Form 6-K

 

Form 6-K

 

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

11 March 2014

 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

 

 

Gogarburn

PO Box 1000

Edinburgh EH12 1HQ

Scotland

United Kingdom

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F  X                                              Form 40-F     

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):__

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):__

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes                                                                 No  X  

 

If "Yes" is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to

the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-             

 

This report on Form 6-K shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the company's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-184147 and 333-184147-01) and to be a part thereof from the date which it was filed, to the extent not superseded by documents or reports subsequently filed or furnished.

 

 


 

 

 

Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

Forward looking statements

2

Presentation of information

3

Condensed consolidated income statement

5

Highlights

7

Chairman’s letter to shareholders

12

Chief Executive’s message

14

Strategic review

22

RBS Capital Resolution

25

Analysis of results

26

Divisional performance

26

 

 

Results

36

 

 

Condensed consolidated income statement

81

Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income

82

Condensed consolidated balance sheet

83

Average balance sheet

84

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

87

Condensed consolidated cash flow statement

90

Notes

91

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

137

 

 

General overview

137

Capital management

140

Liquidity and funding risk

150

Credit risk

161

Market risk

190

Country risk

196

 

 

Risk factors

200

 

 

Additional information

203

 

 

Share information

203

Other financial data

204

Signature page

205

 

 

Appendix 1 RBS Capital Resolution

 

 

 

1

 

 


 

 

 

Forward-looking statements

 

Certain sections in this document contain ‘forward-looking statements’ as that term is defined in the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements that include the words ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘should’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘could’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘Value-at-Risk (VaR)’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘objective’, ‘will’, ‘endeavour’, ‘outlook’, ‘optimistic’, ‘prospects’ and similar expressions or variations on such expressions.


In particular, this document includes forward-looking statements relating, but not limited to: the Group’s restructuring and new strategic plans, divestments, capitalisation, portfolios, net interest margin, capital ratios, liquidity, risk-weighted assets (RWAs), return on equity (ROE), profitability, cost:income ratios, leverage and loan:deposit ratios, funding and risk profile; discretionary coupon and dividend payments; implementation of legislation of ring-fencing and bail-in measures; sustainability targets; litigation, regulatory and governmental investigations; the Group’s future financial performance; the level and extent of future impairments and write-downs; and the Group’s exposure to political risks, including the referendum on Scottish independence, credit rating risk and to various types of market risks, such as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and commodity and equity price risk. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and are subject to inherent risks, uncertainties and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from the future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. For example, certain market risk disclosures are dependent on choices about key model characteristics and assumptions and are subject to various limitations. By their nature, certain of the market risk disclosures are only estimates and, as a result, actual future gains and losses could differ materially from those that have been estimated.


Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by the forward-looking statements contained in this document include, but are not limited to: global economic and financial market conditions and other geopolitical risks, and their impact on the financial industry in general and on the Group in particular; the ability to implement strategic plans on a timely basis, or at all, including the simplification of the Group’s structure, the divestment of Citizens Financial Group and the exiting of assets in RBS Capital Resolution as well as the disposal of certain other assets and businesses as announced or required as part of the State Aid restructuring plan; the achievement of capital and costs reduction targets; ineffective management of capital or changes to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements; organisational restructuring in response to legislation and regulation in the United Kingdom (UK), the European Union (EU) and the United States (US); the implementation of key legislation and regulation including the UK Financial Services (Banking Reform Act) 2013 and the proposed EU Recovery and Resolution Directive; the ability to access sufficient sources of capital, liquidity and funding when required; deteriorations in borrower and counterparty credit quality; litigation, government and regulatory investigations including investigations relating to the setting of LIBOR and other interest rates and foreign exchange trading and rate setting activities; costs or exposures borne by the Group arising out of the origination or sale of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities in the US; the extent of future write-downs and impairment charges caused by depressed asset valuations; the value and effectiveness of any credit protection purchased by the Group; unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, yield curves, foreign currency exchange rates, credit spreads, bond prices, commodity prices, equity prices and basis, volatility and correlation risks; changes in the credit ratings of the Group; changes to the valuation of financial instruments recorded at fair value; competition and consolidation in the banking sector; the ability of the Group to attract or retain senior management or other key employees; regulatory or legal changes (including those requiring any restructuring of the Group’s operations) in the UK, the US and other countries in which the Group operates or a change in UK Government policy; changes to regulatory requirements relating to capital and liquidity; changes to the monetary and interest rate policies of central banks and other governmental and regulatory bodies; changes in UK and foreign laws, regulations, accounting standards and taxes, including changes in regulatory capital regulations and liquidity requirements; impairments of goodwill; pension fund shortfalls; general operational risks; HM Treasury exercising influence over the operations of the Group; reputational risk; the conversion of the B Shares in accordance with their terms; limitations on, or additional requirements imposed on, the Group’s activities as a result of HM Treasury’s investment in the Group; and the success of the Group in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this document speak only as of the date of this announcement, and the Group does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

The information, statements and opinions contained in this document do not constitute a public offer under any applicable legislation or an offer to sell or solicitation of any offer to buy any securities or financial instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such securities or other financial instruments.

2

 

 


 

 

 

Presentation of information

 

The company publishes its financial statements in pounds sterling (‘£’ or ‘sterling’). The abbreviations ‘£m’ and ‘£bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of pounds sterling, respectively, and references to ‘pence’ represent pence in the United Kingdom (‘UK’). Reference to ‘dollars’ or ‘$’ are to United States of America (‘US’) dollars. The abbreviations ‘$m’ and ‘$bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of dollars, respectively, and references to ‘cents’ represent cents in the US. The abbreviation ‘€’ represents the ‘euro’, the European single currency, and the abbreviations ‘€m’ and ‘€bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of euros, respectively.

 

Non-GAAP financial information

The directors manage the Group’s performance by class of business, before certain reconciling items, as is presented in the segmental analysis on pages 104 to 108 (the “managed basis”). Discussion of the Group’s performance focuses on the managed basis as the Group believes that such measures allow a more meaningful analysis of the Group’s financial condition and the results of its operations. These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. A body of generally accepted accounting principles such as IFRS is commonly referred to as ‘GAAP’. A non-GAAP financial measure is defined as one that measures historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows but which excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable GAAP measure. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures are presented throughout this document or in the segmental analysis on pages 104 to 108. These non-GAAP financial measures are not a substitute for GAAP measures. Furthermore, RBS has divided its operations into “Core” and “Non-Core”. Certain measures disclosed in this document for Core operations and used by RBS management are non-GAAP financial measures as they represent a combination of all reportable segments with the exception of Non-Core. In addition, RBS has further divided parts of the Core business into “Retail & Commercial” consisting of the UK Retail, UK Corporate, Wealth, International Banking, Ulster Bank and US Retail & Commercial divisions. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Furthermore, RBS has presented certain measures “excluding RBS Capital Resolution (RCR)” which are deemed non-GAAP measures. Lastly, the Basel III net stable funding ratio, fully loaded Basel III ratio, liquidity coverage ratio, stressed outflow coverage and further metrics included in the Risk and balance sheet management section of this document represent non-GAAP financial measures given they are metrics that are not yet required to be disclosed by a government, governmental authority or self-regulatory organisation.

 

Revisions

 

Direct Line Group

The Group sold the first tranche of ordinary shares representing 34.7% of the share capital of Direct Line Group (DLG) in October 2012 via an Initial Public Offering. On 13 March 2013, the Group sold a further 16.8% of ordinary shares in DLG and ceded control. This fulfilled the Group’s plan to cede control of DLG by the end of 2013. On 20 September 2013, the Group sold a further 20% of the ordinary shares in DLG which is a further step towards complete disposal by the end of 2014, as required by the European Commission. At 31 December 2013, the Group held 28.5% of the issued share capital in DLG.

 

In accordance with IFRS 5, DLG was classified as a discontinued operation in 2012. From 13 March 2013, DLG was classified as an associate and at 31 December 2013 the Group’s interest in DLG was transferred to disposal groups.

  

Revised allocation of Business Services costs

In the first quarter of 2013, the Group reclassified certain costs between direct and indirect expenses for all divisions. Comparatives have been restated accordingly; the revision did not affect total expenses or operating profit.

3

 

 


 

 

 

Presentation of information

 

Revisions (continued) 

 

Implementation of IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (revised)

The Group implemented IAS 19 with effect from 1 January 2013. IAS 19 requires: the immediate recognition of all actuarial gains and losses; interest cost to be calculated on the net pension liability or asset at the long-term bond rate, such that an expected rate of return will no longer be applied to assets; and all past service costs to be recognised immediately when a scheme is curtailed or amended. Implementation of IAS 19 resulted in an increase in the loss after tax of £21 million for the quarter ended 31 December 2012 and £84 million for the year ended 31 December 2012. This also resulted in an increase in the loss per ordinary and B share of 0.2p for the quarter ended 31 December 2012 and 0.8p for the year ended 31 December 2012. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

 

Implementation of IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’

The Group implemented IFRS 10 with effect from 1 January 2013. IFRS 10 adopts a single definition of control: a reporting entity controls another entity when the reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of that other entity so as to vary returns for the reporting entity. IFRS 10 requires retrospective application. Following implementation of IFRS 10, certain entities that have trust preferred securities in issue are no longer consolidated by the Group. As a result there has been a reduction in non-controlling interests of £0.5 billion with a corresponding increase in Owners’ equity (Paid-in equity); prior periods have been restated accordingly.

  

Recent developments

Completion of sale of remaining interest in Direct Line Insurance Group (DLG)

Further to the announcement on 26 February 2014, RBS completed the sale of its remaining interest of 423.2 million ordinary shares in DLG on 27 February 2014 at a price of £2.63 pence per share, raising gross proceeds of £1,113 million.

RBS has now sold all its ordinary shares in DLG except for 4.2 million shares held to satisfy long term incentive plan awards granted by RBS to DLG management.

The sale marks the completion of RBS's EC-mandated disposal of its interest in DLG.

 

Directorate change

On 27 February 2014, RBS announced that Philip Scott, a non-executive Director, will step down from the Board by 31 October 2014.

 

On 7 March 2014, RBS announced the appointment of Morten Friis as a non-executive Director with effect from 10 April 2014.

 

Also on 7 March 2014, RBS announced that Anthony Di Iorio, a non-executive director, will step down from the Board on 26 March 2014.

 

4

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated income statement

for the period ended 31 December 2013

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

16,740 

18,530 

  

3,973 

4,207 

4,439 

Interest payable

(5,759)

(7,128)

  

(1,209)

(1,427)

(1,666)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

10,981 

11,402 

  

2,764 

2,780 

2,773 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

5,460 

5,709 

  

1,370 

1,382 

1,374 

Fees and commissions payable

(942)

(834)

  

(244)

(238)

(245)

Income from trading activities

2,685 

1,675 

  

177 

444 

474 

Gain/(loss) on redemption of own debt

175 

454 

  

(29)

13 

Other operating income/(loss)

1,398 

(465)

  

31 

35 

227 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

8,776 

6,539 

  

1,305 

1,636 

1,830 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

19,757 

17,941 

  

4,069 

4,416 

4,603 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

(7,163)

(8,188)

  

(1,541)

(1,895)

(1,656)

Premises and equipment

(2,348)

(2,232)

  

(700)

(544)

(592)

Other administrative expenses

(7,244)

(5,593)

  

(3,960)

(1,103)

(2,506)

Depreciation and amortisation

(1,410)

(1,802)

  

(336)

(338)

(498)

Write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

(1,403)

(124)

  

(1,403)

(124)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(19,568)

(17,939)

  

(7,940)

(3,880)

(5,376)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

189 

  

(3,871)

536 

(773)

Impairment losses

(8,432)

(5,279)

  

(5,112)

(1,170)

(1,454)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss before tax

(8,243)

(5,277)

  

(8,983)

(634)

(2,227)

Tax credit/(charge)

(382)

(441)

  

377 

(81)

(39)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss from continuing operations

(8,625)

(5,718)

  

(8,606)

(715)

(2,266)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Direct Line Group

127 

(184)

  

(351)

  - Other

21 

12 

  

15 

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  net of tax

148 

(172)

  

15 

(5)

(345)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss for the period

(8,477)

(5,890)

  

(8,591)

(720)

(2,611)

Non-controlling interests

(120)

136 

  

(6)

108 

Preference share and other dividends

(398)

(301)

  

(114)

(102)

(115)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss attributable to ordinary and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B shareholders

(8,995)

(6,055)

  

(8,702)

(828)

(2,618)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary and equivalent 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B share from continuing operations

(81.3p)

(54.5p)

  

(77.3p)

(7.4p)

(21.6p)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary and equivalent 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B share from continuing and discontinued operations

(80.3p)

(55.0p)

  

(77.3p)

(7.4p)

(23.6p)

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

5

 

 


 

 

Core summary consolidated income statement

for the period ended 31 December 2013

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 

31 December 

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

11,091 

11,173 

  

2,805 

2,826 

2,723 

Non-interest income

8,697 

10,624 

  

1,728 

2,187 

2,151 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

19,788 

21,797 

  

4,533 

5,013 

4,874 

Operating expenses

(12,708)

(12,910)

  

(3,108)

(3,141)

(2,741)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

7,080 

8,887 

  

1,425 

1,872 

2,133 

Impairment losses

(3,856)

(3,056)

  

(1,948)

(589)

(751)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

3,224 

5,831 

  

(523)

1,283 

1,382 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Net interest margin

2.23%

2.15%

  

2.28%

2.24%

2.15%

  - Cost:income ratio

64%

59%

  

69%

63%

56%

  - Return on equity

4.6%

8.9%

  

(4.6%)

7.7%

8.2%

 

Analysis of results is set out on pages 26 to 35.

 

6

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

RBS reports a pre-tax loss for 2013 of £8,243 million, including regulatory and redress provisions of £3,844 million, and impairments and other losses of £4,823 million related to the establishment of RBS Capital Resolution (RCR).

 

Excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, RBS operating profit on a managed basis was £2,520 million, down 15% from 2012:

 

RBS has, on 27 February 2014, updated on its comprehensive business review, aimed at transforming the bank (see page 22).

 

Key points

 

Building a bank that is trusted by its customers

RBS announces a refreshed strategic direction with the ambition of building a bank that earns its customers’ trust by serving them better than any other bank.

 

 

RBS will be structured around the needs of its customers, with seven existing operating divisions realigned into three businesses: Personal & Business Banking, Commercial & Private Banking and Corporate & Institutional Banking.

 

 

Ulster Bank in Northern Ireland will benefit from a closer integration with our personal, business and commercial banking franchises in Great Britain. We are continuing to explore further opportunities in the Republic of Ireland with a view to being a challenger to the systemic banks.

 

 

To position RBS to deliver a sustainable overall return on tangible equity of 12% plus in the long term, we must achieve a significant reduction in costs and complexity.

 

 

This simplification is intended to deliver significant improvements to services delivered to our customers while at the same time helping to bring our cost base down from £13.3 billion in 2013 to £8 billion in the medium term(1).

 

 

Future performance will be reported against customer and financial measures. Further details are set out on page 24.

 

Restructuring our balance sheet

Third party assets were reduced by £130 billion over the course of 2013, with Markets down £72 billion and Non-Core down £29 billion. In the five years since the end of 2008, the funded balance sheet has been reduced by £487 billion and total assets by £1,191 billion.

 

 

The Core Tier 1 ratio was 10.9% at 31 December 2013. On a fully loaded Basel III basis, the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 8.6%. The impact of the regulatory and redress provisions booked in Q4 2013 was already reflected in our future capital plan, and RBS continues to target a fully loaded Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of c.11% by the end of 2015 and 12% or above by the end of 2016.

 

 

Continued improvement in credit quality, particularly in the UK Retail and Non-Core portfolios, saw risk elements in lending fall by 4%. Reflecting the increased impairments associated with the creation of RCR, provision coverage increased from 52% at end 2012 to 64% at end 2013.

 

 

RBS remains highly liquid, with short-term wholesale funding down £10 billion to £32 billion at the end of 2013, covered more than four times by a £146 billion liquidity portfolio.

7

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

Key points (continued) 

 

FY 2013 operating results

RBS recorded an operating loss of £8,243 million. On a managed basis RBS recorded an operating profit  of £2,520 million excluding the impact of the creation of RCR which reduced income by £333 million and increased impairments by £4,490 million. Including these RCR-related impairment and other losses of £4,823 million(2), RBS recorded an operating loss of £2,303 million on a managed basis.

Total income increased by £1,816 million to £19,757 million primarily reflecting a lower accounting charge in relation to own credit adjustments; with expenses up 9% to £19,568 million. On a managed basis Group income, excluding the RCR impact of £333 million was down 10% to £19,775 million, principally reflecting a £1,161 million reduction in Markets income. with expenses down 4% to £13,313 million.

 

Retail & Commercial (R&C) operating profit was £2,693 million compared with £4,238 million in 2012. Excluding £1,385 million of impairments and other losses related to the creation of RCR, operating profit was down 4% to £4,078 million, with lower income in UK Corporate and International Banking offsetting improved impairments in Ulster Bank and UK Retail.

 

Markets operating profit was £620 million compared with £1,509 million in 2012. Excluding £18 million of impairments related to the creation of RCR, operating profit was down 58% to £638 million, reflecting its smaller balance sheet and reduced risk levels.

 

Non-Core losses were £5,527 million compared with £2,879 million in 2012. Excluding £3,420 million of impairments and other losses related to the creation of RCR, operating loss was down 27% to £2,107 million, with the cost base falling in line with run-off.

Loss attributable to shareholders was £8,995 million, reflecting the charges relating to the creation of RCR and legacy conduct litigation and redress, the write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets and deferred tax assets.

 

Q4 2013 operating results

Operating loss in Q4 2013 totalled £8,983 million. On a managed basis, operating profit was £204 million, excluding the impact of the creation of RCR.

 

Retail & Commercial operating losses in the fourth quarter were £388 million compared with a profit of £1,125 million in Q4 2012. Excluding the impact of the creation of RCR of £1,385 million, operating profits in the fourth quarter were £997 million, down 11% from Q4 2012, with all divisions except Ulster Bank showing a deterioration from the prior year.

 

Markets operating profit was £39 million compared with £139 million in Q4 2012. Excluding the impact of the creation of RCR of £18 million, operating profit was £57 million which reflected seasonal slower trading together with the impact of the business’s smaller balance sheet and reduced risk envelopes.

 

Non-Core operating losses were £3,896 million compared with £942 in Q4 2012. Excluding the impact of the creation of RCR of £3,220 million, operating losses narrowed to £676 million, with costs and impairments falling in line with the reducing asset base.

 

8

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Delivering our capital plan

To deliver its capital plan RBS has formed the Capital Resolution Group (CRG), which is made up of four pillars: exiting the assets in RCR, delivering the IPOs for both Citizens and Williams & Glyn, and optimising the bank’s group-wide shipping business.

 

 

RCR was set up from 1 January 2014 and will manage a pool of £29 billion of assets with particularly high capital intensity or potentially volatile outcomes in stressed environments, aiming to accelerate run-down of these exposures to free up capital for the bank. The revised strategy to run down high risk loans faster led to an increased impairment charge. When originally announced, RCR assets were projected to be £38 billion at the end of 2013, but accelerated disposals and increased impairments have reduced this total to £29 billion. Further details about RCR are set out on page 25 and in Appendix 1.

 

 

During the course of 2013 RBS sold two tranches of its remaining shares in Direct Line Insurance Group, realising gross proceeds of £1,137 million. At 31 December 2013 RBS held 28.5% of Direct Line Insurance Group. On 26 February 2014 RBS announced that it had entered into a placing agreement to complete the sale of its residual interest (except for 4.2 million shares held to satisfy long term incentive plan awards granted by RBS to Direct Line Group management). Accordingly, on settlement of the placing, the Group will have completed the disposal as required by the European Commission. 

 

 

On 27 November 2013 RBS announced the sale of its remaining economic interest in the WorldPay global payments business. A gain on sale of £159 million was recognised in Q4 2013.

 

 

On 1 November 2013 RBS announced plans to accelerate the divestment of Citizens, its US banking subsidiary. Preparations for a partial initial public offering (IPO) in 2014 remain on track, and the bank intends to fully divest the business by the end of 2016.

 

 

Following the conclusion of a £600 million pre-IPO investment by a consortium of investors led by global financial services specialists Corsair Capital and Centerbridge Partners, and including the Church Commissioners for England and RIT Capital Partners plc, the Williams & Glyn business (formerly known as "Project Rainbow") has made good progress towards its IPO.

 

 

Discussions with the UK Government over the retirement of the Dividend Access Share (DAS) are well advanced. A successful restructuring of the DAS will represent a significant step towards the normalisation of RBS’s capital structure.

 

 

On 16 December 2013 RBS cancelled its £8 billion Contingent Capital Facility with HM Treasury.

 

Legacy conduct issues

As announced in a trading update on 27 January 2014, RBS has provided £1,910 million in Q4 2013 covering claims and conduct-related matters primarily relating to mortgage-backed and other securities litigation. Regulatory and litigation provisions for the full year amounted to £2,394 million.

 

 

An additional £465 million provision for Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) redress and related costs was booked in Q4 2013, making a total of £900 million for the full year 2013. Out of a cumulative PPI provision of £3.1 billion, £2.2 billion had been utilised by 31 December 2013. The remaining £0.9 billion provision covers approximately 12 months at current levels of redress and administrative expenses.

 

 

A further £500 million provision was made in Q4 2013 for interest rate hedging products redress and administration costs, reflecting higher volumes, higher anticipated redress payments and recalibration of our methodology based on more recent trends. The total charge for the full year was £550 million making a total of £1.25 billion of which £0.2 billion had been utilised by 31 December 2013.

9

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Serving our customers

Investment of £700 million has been committed over the next 3-5 years to build the best retail and commercial bank in the UK. Investment in digital channels continued, with 50% of eligible customers now banking online or on mobile.

 

 

Mortgage balance growth was affected in H1 2013 by advisor training, but application volumes recovered during the second half, helped by RBS’s lead in launching the second phase of the Help to Buy scheme. Gross new lending in 2013 was £14.3 billion, up 3% from 2012. This represented an 8% market share, slightly in excess of RBS’s share of mortgage stock.

 

 

UK Corporate will implement all the recommendations of the independent review of its lending standards and practices led by Sir Andrew Large.

 

 

Support for SME customers during 2013 included pro-active ‘Statements of Appetite’ sent to over 12,000 customers, resulting in more than £5.9 billion of new loan offers.

 

 

SME demand for credit has picked up over the course of the year, with new and increased lending sanctioned in 2013, up 6% from the prior year to £9.9 billion. SMEs drew down £6.4 billion of new loans in 2013, up 2% from 2012. However, businesses’ cash generation remained strong, with SME current account balances up 13% from the end of 2012. Many customers increased their loan repayments and reduced overdraft utilisation, which dropped to 37% at the end of 2013 compared with 42% a year earlier.

 

 

Among larger businesses, £12.9 billion of new facilities were made available to new and existing clients. RBS also helped UK companies, universities and housing associations to raise £24.7 billion through bond issues in 2013.

 

 

RBS repaid all its borrowings from the Bank of England Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS) in 2013 but continues to participate fully in the scheme. In the period since launch to 31 December 2013, RBS allocated more than £4.7 billion of new FLS-related lending to business customers, with discounts targeted at SMEs and mid-sized manufacturers. We intend to remain in the scheme throughout 2014 (subject to no further changes in the scheme rules).

 

 

Total net lending flows reported within the scope of the FLS scheme were minus £2,295 million in Q4 2013, with net lending of plus £349 million to households and minus £2,645 million to private sector non-financial corporations, of which minus £671 million was to SMEs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes the impact of business exits such as Citizens Financial Group and Williams & Glyn; bank levy; restructuring costs; and, from 2015, the EU resolution fund charge.

(2)

During the year the Group recognised £4,823 million of impairment and other losses related to the establishment of RCR.  This comprises impairment losses of £4,490 million (of which £173 million relate to core Ulster Bank assets which were not transferred to RCR but are subject to the same strategy) and £333 million reduction in income reflecting asset valuation adjustments.

 

 

10

 

 


 

 

Highlights

 

Outlook

We continue to see signs that the UK economic recovery is gaining traction and have observed higher levels of activity and confidence amongst our customers; we are increasing and improving our front line capacity in order to handle higher levels of new business more efficiently. We expect a lag between the economic recovery and our core franchises starting to grow, given continued low interest rates, excess liquidity and our continued deleveraging in commercial real estate and shipping.

 

We expect margins to be slightly up in 2014 but anticipate lower securities gains from our liquidity portfolio. While the strategic repositioning of Markets announced in 2013 has progressed well, the external and regulatory environment remains challenging.

 

The actions following our strategic review will start to drive cost reductions and improve efficiency during 2014. Whilst it will take two to three years to fully implement these we expect our underlying cost base to be £1 billion lower in 2014.

 

RCR has made a strong start. Its initial balance sheet, at £29 billion of third party assets, is £9 billion lower than the original guidance of £38 billion, and RCR has a strong pipeline in the early months of 2014. Having recognised significant impairment losses due to the revised strategy we expect our credit losses to revert to more normal levels of around 0.6% of loans in 2014.

 

We are working through our legacy conduct and litigation issues; the timings and amounts of any redress or settlements however remain uncertain.

 

With the announcement of our strategic review, we expect elevated restructuring costs in the next two years to get the bank’s customer service and costs back to best in class levels in all respects.

 

11

 

 


 

 

 

Chairman’s letter to shareholders

 

Five years ago RBS embarked on a strategic restructuring designed to correct the aspects of its business that made it particularly vulnerable to the financial crisis of 2008. The execution of that restructuring has transformed the financial position of the bank: we have reduced our balance sheet by more than £1 trillion, repaid hundreds of billions of Government funding support and removed the imminent threat that our size, risk and complexity posed to the UK economy. In 2013 we took further steps to resolve our remaining legacy balance sheet issues by announcing the creation of RCR, with the aim of accelerating the removal of these legacy assets and releasing the capital they are still tying up.

 

We have also taken very substantial charges for a variety of conduct-related issues, including LIBOR, PPI, interest rate swaps and RMBS litigation. Almost all of these costs for RCR and conduct issues can properly be described as legacy costs, arising from events and actions in the run-up to the financial crisis.

 

As our 2013 results make clear, however, restoring the strength of the bank’s balance sheet was only one part of the job. In June the Board announced that Stephen Hester, who had led our financial restructuring since 2008 very effectively, would be stepping down as Group Chief Executive. We selected Ross McEwan to re-energise the task of building a bank that earns its customers’ trust, improves operating efficiency and can move down the path back to full private ownership. The Board and I want to thank Stephen Hester for his dedication to RBS and to congratulate him on his success in putting the bank on to a sound footing.

 

There have been a number of other changes to the Board’s composition during the year. Bruce Van Saun took up his new role as Chairman and Chief Executive of RBS Citizens Financial Group, Inc. on 1 October 2013 and has stepped down from the Board having done an excellent job as our Group Finance Director. He was succeeded by Nathan Bostock, who has since confirmed his resignation; his leaving date has not yet been agreed and the search for his replacement is under way.

 

Two of our non-executive directors, Joe MacHale and Art Ryan, also retired from the Board in 2013 and Philip Scott will step down from the Board by 31 October 2014. I thank them all for the hard work and wisdom they have brought as directors. In December 2013, we also welcomed Robert Gillespie as a new non-executive director. I would like to take this opportunity to express my appreciation to all of my fellow directors for their commitment and readiness to deal with the unusual challenges of a government-controlled listed company.

 

Ross McEwan is bringing a fresh perspective to RBS’s challenges, and that perspective is now bearing fruit in the results of the strategic review that we are setting out today. The Board believes that this was the right time for this review, so as to ensure that we target our future efforts firmly towards serving our customers, shareholders and wider stakeholders in the best possible way.

 

Regrettably, last year brought further reminders that many of our customers and stakeholders do not trust us to do so. In response to persistent criticism of our performance in lending to SMEs the Board commissioned an independent review by Sir Andrew Large; we expect to adopt all of his recommendations.

 

12

 

 


 

 

 

Chairman’s letter to shareholders

 

We also faced accusations that our Global Restructuring Group had been culpable of “systematic and institutional” behaviour in artificially distressing otherwise viable businesses. No evidence has been provided for that allegation but it has, nevertheless, done serious damage to RBS’s reputation. That is why we instructed the law firm Clifford Chance to conduct an independent review. This is an area where all banks routinely make difficult judgments, and indeed the banking sector has been criticised for excessive forbearance in recent years, charged with supporting unviable “zombie” companies for too long.

 

Issues like this continue to underscore the important role played by culture and values in enabling us to become the trusted bank we aspire to be. The Board fully supports the new values we launched in 2013, and it is vital that we continue to set the tone from the top in the coming year to drive essential cultural change. 

 

On many of these issues we have engaged closely with HM Treasury (HMT) through UK Financial Investments, which manages HMT’s shareholding, and with our two main regulators, the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority. Over the course of the year they have all proposed actions for consideration by the Board.

 

Ross McEwan has spoken of the need to reset our relationship with HMT and our main regulators. I hope and believe that we have made good progress in this direction. There is a desire on all sides that our relationship with the Government in its role as controlling shareholder should be primarily managed by UKFI on a commercial, arm’s length basis. I want to make it clear, however, that the path we have set and decisions we have taken reflect the Board’s view of what is in the interests of all RBS’s shareholders and other stakeholders.

 

We are monitoring the debate on Scottish independence but, as I and my colleagues have said many times, we are politically neutral. We don’t support political parties or political movements. We will respond to whatever voters decide and governments agree.

 

Clearly there are issues we are looking at – currency, the application of financial regulation, lender of last resort, credit ratings – which could affect us.  But there is real uncertainty about how any of these matters would be settled in the event of a Yes vote and the outcome would depend on negotiations between the two governments. Indeed, there could be a prolonged period of uncertainty over each of the issues so it really is impossible to quantify with any precision what the effects of each might be right now.

 

We are confident that the actions announced today will deliver a customer-focused bank with undoubted capital strength, the potential for attractive returns and an ability to recommence dividends over the medium term.

 

Philip Hampton

27 February 2014

13

 

 


 

 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

Since 2009 RBS has cleaned up the world’s largest bank balance sheet by removing more than £1 trillion in assets. This was a remarkable achievement, born of absolute necessity, but delivered with exceptional skill.

 

These skills now need to be deployed on a task of equal magnitude: creating a step-change in the customer service and financial performance of RBS. The hardest part of our financial restructuring is now complete, and we now need to use our strengths and capabilities to make RBS an example for everything that should be right with banking.

 

Since taking up post in October, I have listened extensively to our customers and our staff. It is clear to me that people have not given up on us. Our customers tell me we have good people with good intentions. But they also tell me they are frustrated by the way we work. 

 

The potential for RBS is tangible, we have points of brilliance, but these are masked by a heavily damaged reputation, very high cost base and a structure that reflects the bank we are leaving behind, not the one we will become.

 

We hold many excellent market leading positions across the bank and, despite the distractions of our recovery, there are areas where we have started to excel for our customers. But this remains an inconsistent picture and the returns in our strongest businesses can often be diluted by weaker parts of the franchise, the price of past misconduct and an uncompetitive cost base.

 

We are clear on our purpose as a bank: to serve customers well, but we are yet to operate in a way that means we can really deliver on this. Delivering on our purpose will mean running the bank differently.


To meet more of our customers’ needs we must earn more of their trust. This starts with improving the things that matter most to customers, and then rewarding their loyalty. There are too few rewards for customer loyalty in banking and we need to change this. Loyal and rewarded customers are the basis for the higher quality earnings we intend to deliver.

 

Change won’t happen overnight, but we are clear where we can improve and our progress will be evident quarter-by-quarter. We have already started calling out the barriers to our ambition.

 

The opportunity cost of our current approach is clear. We have an 18% share of the GB main current account market but less than half our customers have a mortgage with us. The same is true in different forms across all our businesses and paints a clear picture of untapped potential. I know this frustrates our people, all of whom want to prove the worth of this bank through better service to customers. 

 

The lack of connectivity for customers is a by-product of our own complexity. Too many customers are forced to bank around us; adapting their behaviour to fit with our processes. It's frustrating for them and value destructive for us.

 

14

 

 


 

 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

Our customers rightly demand that we are competitive, in every setting and in every sector. We currently carry the cost base of a global financial services group when in fact we are increasingly a UK–based bank. Our operating model means our customers and shareholders end up paying for parts of the business that cost too much and deliver too little in their interests.

 

This needs to change.


RBS needs a strategy that will address the weakness in our performance for customers, so that we can provide acceptable returns to our shareholders. The business review I have conducted has revealed our key challenges, but it has also given us a clear path to improve the bank.

 

On every dimension our opportunity to improve the relative and absolute performance of the bank is significant. It is my job to make sure our strategy for customers translates into value for our shareholders.

 

2013 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

This bank has had an extraordinary five years. Cleaning up a £2.2 trillion balance sheet whilst addressing the many failings of the past has carried a very heavy cost, which shows in our results.

 

Even by recent standards, 2013 was a difficult year. Regulatory fines, wide-ranging customer complaints, technology problems and public questioning of our integrity all weighed heavily, and bring into sharp focus the job we have at hand.

 

For the full year, we reported a pre-tax loss of £8.2 billion. The loss includes £3.8 billion of legacy litigation, conduct and regulatory costs and £4.8 billion of impairments and other losses relating to the establishment of RBS Capital Resolution (RCR).

 

Looking at underlying performance, total income was down £2.3 billion for the year, primarily reflecting lower revenues from the re-sized Markets business while costs were only down £0.5 billion – pushing the cost:income ratio towards the worse end of our peer group at 67%.

 

Returns varied across our businesses, but only UK Retail and Wealth delivered returns above the cost of equity. That said, the bank continued to make progress despite our financial performance.

 

Our business milestones included completing the run-down of another £29 billion of Non-Core assets - ahead of plan and taking the total reduction since Non-Core was established to £230 billion - setting up the RCR unit and reducing risk-weighted assets, and hence our risk profile, by £66 billion, on a fully loaded Basel III basis.

 

We also cancelled the £8 billion Contingent Capital Facility with HM Treasury, reduced our stake in Direct Line Group to 28.5% - in line with our commitment to the EC - and we are in advanced discussions to restructure the Dividend Access share.

 

It is clear that the underlying performance over the last year underlines the need for us to shift the emphasis from restoring the balance sheet to recharging our performance. 

 

15

 

 


 

 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

WHY WE MUST CHANGE

 

Capital: The capital plan we announced in November outlined a number of concrete actions to place the bank on a sure footing. Among them, the creation of RCR and the flotation of Citizens Financial Group will allow us to target a Common Equity Tier 1 capital position of 12% or greater by the end of 2016.

 

The capital plan has been designed to allow us to focus without distraction on improving our operating performance.

 

We will do what it takes to reach and maintain a prudent capital position. 

 

Cost and Complexity: There was a necessary complexity to running an organisation with a £2.2 trillion balance sheet, as ours was five years ago, but this need has reduced as we have scaled the bank dramatically down over recent years. We now need to simplify our structure and cost base to match. 

 

RBS remains a complex bank. We can be hard to do business with, costly to operate, and complicated to work in. We have seven customer-facing divisions as well as RCR and central functions, many of which are duplicated across divisions. Across this we have hundreds of internal committees. These are costly barriers to interaction between our people and with our customers, meaning we lose out too many times on the opportunity to serve them with more products and services.

 

This complexity shows in our cost:income ratio, which reaches 73% when fully loaded to include the bank levy and restructuring costs. Reducing costs and divesting businesses in the bank will inevitably result in reduced staff levels. We do not yet have detailed plans for implementation and as always we will deal with such matters sensitively, talking to our staff before communicating any such changes.  

 

Trust and Reputation Behaviour and performance influence the perception of worth. RBS carries huge reputational discount due to the extent of bad headlines the bank attracts. This carries through into our customer and investor interaction and can only be solved by a sustained improvement in the quality of our earnings and meaningful change in the way we deal with customers.

 

Our customers like and trust the people they deal with, but not the bank itself. We can change this by moving more of the appropriate decision making and process management closer to the people who deal with customers. 

 

Performance: Great companies know that quality service goes hand-in-hand with disciplined management; they chase down costs intelligently so they can invest more for their customers. They prioritise and invest with relentless focus on the areas that deliver the strongest, most sustainable returns.

 

RBS has earned credibility for the execution of our financial restructuring. The same discipline and focus is now needed on our day-to-day operating performance to better deliver for the customer. The costs that subdue our performance need to be intelligently removed and redirected towards activities that enhance our earnings.

 

16

 

 


 

 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

OUR NEW STRATEGY

We now have a strategy to deliver a sustainable bank with a clear ambition: we want to be number one for customer service, trust and advocacy, in every one of our chosen business areas by 2020.

 

Our ambition aims to deliver a bank that is more trusted than others in the UK. We will earn the trust of customers by serving them better than any other bank.

 

Quality service leads to repeat business and customer advocacy. Repeat business and higher advocacy leads to sustainable income. We won't compromise on this logic.

 

The bank will be structured to deliver this ambition by organising around the needs of our customers.

 

We will collapse seven operating divisions into three customer businesses that can understand our customers’ needs and provide appropriate, consistent services far better than we can across current silos.

 

Our support functions will be smaller, more expert and dedicated to helping the businesses succeed for customers. We will run highly disciplined and well managed conduct and risk functions to maintain safety and soundness.

 

This will be a highly effective bank and in the medium term we will aim to deliver a cost:income ratio (including bank levy, restructuring charges and, from 2015, the EU resolution fund charge) of around 55%, falling in the long term to around 50%.

 

The frontline of this bank is where we'll stand out. Accountable, trusted professionals will staff the perimeter of the bank and drive it forward. They will be supported by simple, effective processes on a sound technology platform.

 

Only 30% of our people today deal directly with the customer. By 2017 more than half will deal directly with the customer and all our people will be measured against our success in improving customer advocacy.

 

Our focus will be determined by where our customers need us, and where we can serve their needs better than anyone else.

 

The UK is our home market and our strongest market. It is also our biggest advantage. Our corporate customer trade flows mean we need a strong European and US presence, so this is where we will be. Our UK clients rely on inward investment, so we'll retain a presence in Asia.

 

Our three customer businesses will cover Personal & Business Banking, Commercial & Private Banking, and Corporate & Institutional Banking. Across the businesses we will have one management team, working to one joined-up plan.

 

The businesses will be built on franchises that can be number one for customers. We have a family of brands across the bank and will use these to deliver on our ambition.

 

Not every business in our current structure will be best placed to deliver on our strategy. Technology investment will enable some to improve service at a rate that outpaces the market, but others will not.

 

17

 

 


 

 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

For those activities where we can't see a clear path to being number one, we will review on the basis of 'fix, close or dispose'. These will become clear as each of our three businesses defines its new customer franchises over the coming months.

 

The three businesses of the go-forward bank have been designed against a number of goals. Firstly, they will better serve customer needs than the existing operating divisions. Secondly, they will help eradicate duplication of cost in both the front and back office. Thirdly, they will position us to deliver a sustainable return on equity in each business.

 

UPDATE ON CAPITAL PLAN

We announced in November that we will target a fully loaded Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 12% or greater by the end of 2016 which will principally be delivered through the Capital Resolution Group.

 

Ahead of today’s results we announced that we would take an additional £2.9 billion of charges for litigation and conduct related matters. While these charges were in our future capital plan, provisions were recognised in 2013 and reduced our fully loaded Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 ratio to 8.6% at the end of 2013.

 

So how do we get to our 12% 2016 target? This will primarily be due to the successful run-down of RCR and the IPO of Citizens, as well as further targeted risk-weighted asset reduction, which will continue to be the main drivers of our plan to deliver our 12% target by the end of 2016.

 

Citizens Financial Group The cornerstone of the capital plan is the IPO of Citizens Financial Group in the United States. We have appointed advisers and this is on schedule for later this year.

 

RCR The creation of RCR from 1 January 2014 originally identified £38 billion of third party assets that were highly capital intensive. This represented 5% of our funded balance sheet but used up 20% of our capital.

 

Mainly as a result of the increased impairments we have taken and significantly higher levels of disposals in Non-Core than had been forecast, the opening balance is £29 billion of third party assets and £65 billion of risk-weighted asset equivalents (RWAe). This reduction in assets has also resulted in a corresponding decrease in the bank’s funding requirements.

 

UK branch divestment To meet our EC-mandated branch divestment, the Williams & Glyn brand will return to the high street via an IPO over the coming years. To achieve this we signed a deal with a consortium of investors led by Corsair Capital and Centerbridge Partners in September 2013. The business will require separation from RBS and this process is well under way.

 

18

 

 


 

 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

Ulster Bank: The thinking behind every aspect of our new strategy applies to our business in the island of Ireland.

 

Consumers and businesses across the island of Ireland deserve a better banking service. To achieve this, however, we must change the way we currently organise our business in the Irish market place. We took the first major step at the end of 2013 when we announced our intention to remove £9 billion of the worst credit risks from the Ulster Bank balance sheet. Our second step is focused on improving customer experience and shareholder return.

 

As outlined in November, we are reviewing our business to make it viable and sustainable into the future. In this regard we are accelerating our strategy for the bank to improve service to our customers, reduce costs and simplify our operating model.

 

Our bank in Northern Ireland will benefit from a closer integration with our personal and business franchises in the rest of the United Kingdom. There are meaningful synergies in terms of investment, costs and customer experience from doing this. It is essential if we are to provide a more appealing and compelling service to our customers in Northern Ireland under the Ulster Bank brand.

 

In the Republic of Ireland we will continue to explore further opportunities to transform our business. We have a range of options but we are now clear on the goal; we will build on our position to be a compelling challenger bank to the domestic pillar banks.

 

Our customers in the island of Ireland need to know that we are committed to providing them with a great everyday banking service. We will finalise our plans in the coming months – but this is about a change in business strategy not a withdrawal from the market.

 

These moves are designed to position the bank to do more for our customers and consequently reward our shareholders for their patience.

 

MEASURES THAT MATTER

We will only succeed in delivering our goals if everyone who works in the bank is clear on the measures that matter. It is too easy to be distracted by measures that flatter progress on things that ultimately don’t count towards our ambition. 

 

The measures we use must have credibility with customers and the wider public if we are to regain trust. And they must focus the bank relentlessly on improving returns for shareholders. It is abundantly clear to me that we need to reward our existing shareholders for their patience and attract new ones based on our potential and performance.

 

Measure 1: Customer:  

We will target the best Net Promoter Score in the market in the long term in each of our chosen business areas.  The most trusted bank in the UK in the long term.

 

Measure 2: Efficiency:

We will aim to deliver a cost:income ratio (including bank levy, restructuring charges and, from 2015, the EU resolution fund charge) of approximately 55% in the medium term, falling in the long term to around 50%. On the same basis, we target a reduction in our costs to approximately £8 billion in the medium term.

19

 

 


 

 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

Measure 3: Returns

Our overall targeted return on tangible equity (RoTE) will be approximately 9-11% in the medium term. Our long-term RoTE target is 12% plus.

 

Measure 4: Capital strength

We will target a CET1 capital ratio, on a fully loaded Basel III basis, of 12% or greater by the end of 2016. Our targeted leverage ratio, on the same basis, will be 3.5-4% in the medium term and 4% or above in the long term.

 

These simple measures mean we will strike a permanent balance between the needs of our stakeholders.

 

HOW WE’LL DO BUSINESS

The scale of the challenge we have faced over the last few years taught us a simple fundamental lesson: you cannot succeed at your customers’ expense. This is why last year we agreed a very simple purpose for the bank: to serve customers well.

 

Our future is not about us, it’s about our customers. These words greet our employees as they walk into our offices every day. They have come to represent a shorthand for what went wrong, but also what we need to get right.

 

Although we remain in the shadow of our past conduct failings, we have a clear and universal set of values that bind the bank together.

 

Serving customers

We exist to serve customers. We earn their trust by focusing on their needs and delivering excellent service.

 

Working together

We care for each other and work best as one team. We bring the best of ourselves to work and support one another to realise our potential.

 

Doing the right thing

We do the right thing. We take risk seriously and manage it prudently. We prize fairness and diversity and exercise judgement with thought and integrity.

 

Thinking long term

We know we succeed only when our customers and communities succeed. We do business in an open, direct and sustainable way.

 

These values are the basis for how we lead, how we reward, how we make decisions and how we treat our customers and each other. They are not yet etched in stone, but become stronger the more they are tested. They are core to us succeeding as a bank.

 

20

 

 


 

 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

CONCLUSION:

RBS isn’t just any bank. Few, if any, comparisons do justice to the scale of the turnaround that RBS required.

 

We’ve got to a point of safety and soundness through a steady focus and patient determination. There will be more things from our past that come back to haunt us, but they will be fewer in number.

 

Over time, with steady focus and disciplined delivery, the new RBS will emerge. The businesses we operate will be highly effective and relentless in their pursuit of delivering service that makes us number one for customers.

 

We will be simple to do business with, free from distractions and supported by a strong capital base.

 

The outcome will be a bank that is truly trusted by customers.

 

 

 

Ross McEwan

27 February 2014

21

 

 


 

 

 

Strategic review

 

On 1 November 2013 RBS announced a full review of its customer-facing businesses, its IT and operations, and its organisational and decision-making structures. As a result of this review, announced on 27 February 2014, a refreshed strategic direction with the ambition of building a bank that earns its customers’ trust by serving them better than any other bank.

 

Business structure

RBS will be structured to deliver this ambition by organising itself around the needs of its customers, so as to combine customer groups with similar needs into business units able to deliver co-ordinated services. The seven existing operating divisions will be realigned into three businesses:

 

·

Personal & Business Banking will serve UK personal and affluent customers together with small businesses (generally reporting up to £2 million turnover), with more business bankers moving back into branches.

 

 

·

Commercial & Private Banking will serve commercial and mid-corporate customers and high net worth individuals, deepening relationships with commercial clients, operating overseas through its market-leading trade and foreign exchange services, while connecting our private banking brands more effectively to successful business owners and entrepreneurs.

 

 

·

Corporate & Institutional Banking will serve our corporate and institutional clients primarily in the UK and Western Europe , as well as those US and Asian multinationals with substantial trade and investment links in the region, with debt financing, risk management and trade services, focusing on core product capabilities that are of most relevance to our clients.

 

Ulster Bank in Northern Ireland will benefit from a closer integration with our personal, business and commercial franchises in Great Britain, while continuing to operate under the Ulster Bank brand.  We are continuing to review our business in the Republic of Ireland with a view to being a challenger to the systemic banks in Ireland.

 

Personal &

Business Banking

Commercial &

Private Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking

 

 

 

 

CEO

Les Matheson

Alison Rose

Donald Workman

RWAs profile (%)(1)

~35%

~30%

~35%

Operating profit profile (%)(1)

~50%

~30%

~20%

Target RoE(1)

15%+

15%+

~10%(2)

 

Notes:

(1)

All business targets refer to steady state performance 2018 - 2020.

(2)

7-8% medium-term.

(3)

This table contains forecasts with significant contingencies. Please refer to “Forward Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

 

The reorganised bank will be a UK-focused retail and corporate bank with an international footprint to drive its corporate business. It will be managed as one bank, with one strategy.

 

Each of the three businesses is built on franchises that have the potential to be the number one bank for their respective customer groups. Each is designed to:

·

Serve customer needs better than the existing operating divisions.

 

 

·

Help eliminate duplication of costs in front and back offices.

 

 

·

Position RBS to deliver a sustainable overall return on tangible equity of 12% plus in the long term.

 

22

 

 


 

 

 

Strategic review

 

More detailed review of component business lines continues within each business, and further updates will be provided over the course of the year.

 

Addressing costs and returns

Key to achieving this is a significant reduction in RBS’s costs and complexity. Transforming the bank to deliver this involves rationalising and simplifying systems, based on a target architecture with improved resilience. Examples of these measures include:

·

The number of technology platforms we use will be reduced by over 50%.

 

 

·

We will move from 50 core banking systems to around 10.

 

 

·

From 80 payment systems currently maintained we will move to approximately 10.

 

 

·

Our property portfolio will be reduced from 25 million square feet to 18 million square feet, including significant reductions in central London.

 

 

·

We will maintain a similar level of investment spending but directed at customer-facing process improvements, instead of maintaining inefficient legacy infrastructure.

 

This simplification is intended to deliver significant improvements to services delivered to our customers but at the same time serves as the cornerstone of a programme designed to bring our cost base down from £13.3 billion in 2013 to £8 billion in the medium term, including the impact of business exits such as Citizens Financial Group and Williams & Glyn, the bank levy, restructuring costs and, from 2015, the EU resolution fund charge. This plan will take RBS towards a cost:income ratio of around 55%, moving towards 50% in the longer term. Bringing our cost base back into alignment with the reduced scale of our business underpins our potential to deliver improved returns in future years.

 

The costs to achieve this plan will total approximately £5 billion over 2014 to 2017; of this approximately £1 billion has already been committed to previous plans related primarily to Citizens, Williams and Glyn and the previous restructuring announced for Markets. Approximately £0.6 billion relates to the costs of achieving asset reductions and realisations in Markets as we reshape this business over the next three to five years.

 

23

 

 


 

 

 

Strategic review

 

Measures

Future performance will be reported against both customer and financial measures.

 

 

Measure

2013

Medium term

Long term

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

Service(1)

<25% of businesses at #1

 

 All businesses at #1

 

Trust

 

 

#1 trusted bank in the UK

 

 

 

 

 

People

Great place to work

 

 

Engagement index ≥ Global Financial Services norm (2)

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency

Cost:income ratio

73%(3)

~55%(3)

~50%(3)

 

Costs

£13.3 billion

~£8 billion(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Returns

Return on tangible equity(4)

Negative

~9-11%

12%+

 

 

 

 

 

Capital strength

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio(5)

8.6%

≥12%

≥12%

 

Leverage ratio(5)

3.5%

3.5-4%

≥4%

 

Notes:

(1)

Measured by Net Promoter Score, with the exception of Corporate & Institutional Banking, which will use customer satisfaction. NPS nets the percentage of “promoters” (loyal enthusiasts of the company) and the percentage of “detractors” (unhappy customers) to give a measure of customer advocacy.

(2)

Global Financial Services norm currently stands at 82%.

(3)

Including bank levy, restructuring charges and, from 2015, the EU resolution fund charge.

(4)

Calculated with tangible equity based on CET1 ratio of 12%.

(5)

Fully loaded Basel III.

(6)

This table contains forecasts with significant contingencies. Please refer to “Forward Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

 

 

 

 

24

 

 


 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

In June 2013, in response to a recommendation by the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards, the UK Government announced it would review the case for an external ‘bad bank’, based on three objectives as originally outlined by the Chancellor:

 

·

accelerating the return of RBS to the private sector;

·

supporting the British economy; and

·

best value for the taxpayer.

 

Following this announcement, RBS worked closely with HM Treasury (‘HMT’) and its advisers to identify a pool of assets with particularly high long-term capital intensity, credit risk, low returns and/or potential stress loss in varying scenarios. The balance of this identified pool was £47 billion as at 30 June 2013. The pool was forecast to be c.£38 billion of assets as at 31 December 2013, which together with derivatives were forecast to attract c.£116 billion of RWA equivalents.

 

HMT published its report on 1 November 2013. The review concluded that the effort, risk and expense involved in the creation of an external bad bank could not be justified. It also concluded that “RBS’s existing provisions and levels of capital deducted suggested that projected future losses are appropriately covered”.

 

As a result, and in line with its new strategic direction set out on 1 November 2013, RBS announced the creation of RBS Capital Resolution (‘RCR’) to separate and wind down RBS’s high capital intensive assets.

 

For further information refer to Appendix 1.

25

 

 


 

 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 

31 December 

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2013 

2012 

Net interest income

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

10,981 

11,402 

  

2,764 

2,780 

2,773 

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Average interest-earning assets

543,376 

593,270

  

523,743 

538,748 

565,982 

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin

 

 

  

  

  

  

  - Group

2.02% 

1.92% 

  

2.09% 

2.05%

1.95% 

  - Retail & Commercial (1)

2.94% 

2.92% 

  

2.99% 

2.95%

2.91% 

  - Non-Core

(0.19%)

0.31% 

  

(0.36%)

(0.35%)

0.29% 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Note:

(1)

Retail & Commercial (R&C) comprises the UK Retail, UK Corporate, Wealth, International Banking, Ulster Bank and US R&C divisions.

 

Key points

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Net interest income decreased by £421 million, 4%, with deposit repricing initiatives only partly mitigating the impact of lower assets. Retail & Commercial net interest income decreased by £391 million and Non-Core net interest income decreased by £343 million due to a fall in interest earning assets driven by run-off and disposals, partially offset by lower treasury and funding costs.

 

 

·

Average interest-earning assets decreased by £49.9 billion to £543.4 billion, reflecting reductions in Markets and Non-Core loans and advances to customers as well as strategic sale and run-down of debt securities.

 

 

·

Group net interest margin (NIM) increased by 10 basis points to 2.02%, driven by moves to reprice deposits in a number of divisions, partially offset by roll-off in holdings of higher yielding securities.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Net interest income decreased by £16 million, 1%. Retail & Commercial net interest income increased by £17 million due to deposit repricing. Markets net interest income increased by £21 million due to one-offs. These uplifts were offset by an increase in liquidity and funding costs driven by bond issuance and assets-for-sale portfolio sales.

 

 

·

Average interest-earning assets decreased by £15.0 billion to £523.7 billion, principally relating to Non-Core.

 

 

·

Group NIM increased by 4 basis points to 2.09%, primarily driven by deposit repricing in Retail & Commercial,  where NIM rose 4 basis points, partially offset by roll-off of higher yielding assets in US R&C.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Net interest income was flat, with stronger margins (up 5 basis points) offset by the declining asset base.

 

26

 

 


 

 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

The following tables reconcile the managed basis results (a non-GAAP financial measure) to the statutory basis.

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 

31 December

 

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

2013 

2012

 

2013 

2013 

2012 

Non-interest income

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

5,460 

5,709 

 

1,370 

1,382 

1,374 

Fees and commissions payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - managed basis

(942)

(833)

 

(244)

(238)

(244)

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(1)

 

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

(942)

(834)

 

(244)

(238)

(245)

Net fees and commissions

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - managed basis

4,518 

4,876 

  

1,126 

1,144 

1,130 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(1)

 

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

4,518 

4,875 

 

1,126 

1,144 

1,129 

Income from trading activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - managed basis

2,651 

3,533 

  

162 

599 

571 

  - Asset Protection Scheme

(44)

 

  - own credit adjustments*

35 

(1,813)

 

15 

(155)

(98)

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(1)

(1)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,685 

1,675 

 

177 

444 

474 

Gain/(loss) on redemption of own debt

175 

454 

 

(29)

13 

Other operating income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - managed basis

1,281 

2,259 

  

(115)

368 

365 

  - own credit adjustments*

(155)

(2,836)

 

(15)

(341)

(122)

  - Strategic disposals**

161 

113 

 

168 

(7)

(16)

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

111 

(1)

 

(7)

15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,398 

(465)

 

31 

35 

227 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income – managed

8,450 

10,668 

  

1,173 

2,111 

2,066 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income – statutory

8,776 

6,539 

 

1,305 

1,636 

1,830 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Own credit adjustments impact:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from trading activities

35 

(1,813)

  

15 

(155)

(98)

Other operating income

(155)

(2,836)

  

(15)

(341)

(122)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(120)

(4,649)

  

(496)

(220)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

**Strategic disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss)/gain on sale and provision for loss on

 

 

 

 

 

 

  disposal of investments in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - Direct Line Group

(13)

  

(13)

  - WorldPay

159 

  

159 

  - RBS Aviation Capital

189 

  

(8)

  - Other

15 

(76)

  

(8)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

161 

113 

  

168 

(7)

(16)

 

27

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Non-interest income increased by £2,237 million to £8,776 million reflecting a lower accounting charge in relation to own credit adjustments. On a managed basis non-interest income decreased by £2,218 million to £8,450 million.

 

 

·

The charge for own credit adjustments fell significantly from £4,649 million to £120 million as the Group’s credit spreads tightened modestly.

 

 

·

On a managed basis, the majority of the decline in income was in Markets, where income from trading activities was £1,001 million lower as the division managed down the scale of the balance sheet and reduced risk.  This was partially offset by a £506 million improvement in Non-Core trading losses.

 

 

·

Within other operating income, Non-Core recorded a loss of £334 million excluding rental income. This primarily related to fair value adjustments associated with investment properties.

 

 

·

A £392 million reduction in operating lease income largely reflects the disposal of RBS Aviation Capital in Q2 2012. This was partially offset by lower depreciation.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Non-interest income decreased by £331 million to £1,305 million reflecting a lower accounting charge in relation to own credit adjustments partially offset by increased disposal gains. On a managed basis non-interest income decreased by £938 million to £1,173 million, principally driven by declining Markets income from trading activities and £277 million of fair value adjustments in Non-Core.

 

 

·

Lower income was booked on central treasury hedges, and gains on available-for-sale securities were also lower (see Central items, page 73).

 

 

·

A £159 million gain was recorded on the disposal of RBS’s remaining interest in WorldPay.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Non-interest income decreased by £525 million to £1,305 million reflecting a lower accounting charge in relation to own credit adjustments partially offset by the WorldPay gain on sale.

 

 

·

On a managed basis non-interest income decreased by £893 million, reflecting the lower central treasury hedge income and valuation adjustments in Non-Core.

 

28

 

 


 

 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

The following tables reconcile the managed basis results (a non-GAAP financial measure) to the statutory basis.

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 

31 December 

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2013 

2012 

Operating expenses

£m 

£m 

 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - managed basis

6,882 

7,377 

  

1,539 

1,758 

1,379 

  - integration and restructuring costs

280 

812 

 

137 

277 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(1)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

7,163 

8,188 

 

1,541 

1,895 

1,656 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - managed basis

2,233 

2,096 

  

614 

540 

524 

  - integration and restructuring costs

115 

136 

 

86 

70 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

 

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,348 

2,232 

 

700 

544 

592 

Other administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - managed basis

2,947 

2,899 

  

785 

683 

685 

  - Payment Protection Insurance costs

900 

1,110 

 

465 

250 

450 

  - Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and

 

 

 

 

 

 

    related costs

550 

700 

 

500 

99 

700 

  - regulatory and legal actions

2,394 

381 

 

1,910 

381 

  - integration and restructuring costs

255 

325 

 

101 

70 

114 

  - bank levy

200 

175 

 

200 

175 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(2)

 

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

7,244 

5,593 

 

3,960 

1,103 

2,506 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - managed basis

1,251 

1,482 

  

309 

305 

360 

  - amortisation of purchased intangible assets

153 

178 

 

35 

39 

32 

  - integration and restructuring costs

142 

 

(8)

(6)

106 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,410 

1,802 

 

336 

338 

498 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-down of goodwill

1,059 

18 

 

1,059 

18 

Write-down of other intangible assets

344 

106 

 

344 

106 

Operating expenses - managed basis

13,313 

13,854 

  

3,247 

3,286 

2,948 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses - statutory basis

 19,568  

 17,939 

  

7,940 

3,880 

5,376 

 

Key points

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Operating expenses increased by £1,629 million, 9%, to £19,568 million principally as a result of £2,394 million of regulatory and litigation provisions, which primarily related to mortgage-backed and other securities litigation, and the write-down of goodwill partially offset by lower integration and restructuring costs. On a managed basis operating expenses decreased by £541 million, 4%, to £13,313 million. Markets decreased by £327 million, 11%, to £2,610 million and Non-Core by £339 million, 36%, to £605 million, driven by lower staff numbers and reduced central support requirements on run-down.

·

Staff expenses decreased by 13% to £7,163 million. On a managed basis staff expenses were down by 7%, at £6,882 million, with headcount down by 4,400, principally in UK Retail, Non-Core and Markets.

·

Restructuring charges fell by £759 million to £656 million, with most of the charges relating to programme costs for the Rainbow branch disposal, Retail transformation and the reduction in size of Markets.

29

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points (continued) 

 

2013 compared with 2012 (continued)

·

Provisions for Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) redress and related costs totalled £900 million, down £210 million from 2012. Out of the cumulative provision of £3.1 billion, £2.2 billion had been utilised at 31 December 2013. The remaining provision of £0.9 billion covers approximately twelve months at current levels of redress and administrative expenses.

 

 

·

Provisions of £550 million were booked for Interest Rate Hedging Product redress and administration costs, down £150 million from 2012. The cumulative charge was £1.25 billion at 31 December 2013.

 

 

·

Write-down of goodwill of £1,059 million related to International Banking following an impairment review. Write-down of other intangible assets, including software, of £344 million related to Markets.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Operating expenses increased by £4,060 million to £7,940 million principally due to the additional provision of £1,910 million to cover various claims and conduct related matters affecting Group companies, primarily those related to mortgage-backed securities and securities related litigation, and the write-down of goodwill of £1,059 million.

 

 

·

An additional £465 million provision was booked for PPI redress and related costs in addition to £250 million in Q3. Q4 2013 claims experience continued at previous rates rather than declining as anticipated and claims are now expected to continue for a longer period.

 

 

·

There was also a further £500 million provision for Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related costs. The increase in provision reflected both higher volumes and anticipated redress payments, recalibration of our methodology based on experience during Q4 2013, and additional administration charges.

 

 

·

On a managed basis operating expenses were broadly flat, with offsetting movements across a number of divisions.  UK Retail expenses were up £54 million to £722 million, principally due to conduct-related provisions of £50 million and an £18 million increase in Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) charges.  Markets expenses were down £72 million to £553 million, with lower bonus accruals partly offset by additional legal fees. UK Corporate expenses were up £45 million to £585 million primarily due to customer remediation provisions.

 

 

·

Staff expenses were down 19% at £1,541 million. On a managed basis staff expenses were down by 12%, with headcount down 1,700, with reductions in Markets and Non-Core reflecting disposals, and in Business Services.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Operating expenses increased by £2,564 million to £7,940 million principally reflecting the increased regulatory and litigation provision and the goodwill write-down of £1,059 million.

 

 

·

On a managed basis operating expenses rose by £299 million, 10%, to £3,247 million. Markets staff expenses were £105 million higher than in the fourth quarter of 2012, which included exceptional bonus clawbacks and releases following the LIBOR settlements. Q4 2013 expenses also included increased conduct charges of £32 million and FSCS costs of £44 million in UK Retail, and increased project and technology costs, partially offset by reduced costs in Non-Core.

 

30

 

 


 

 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

  

  

31 December 

31 December 

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

  

  

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

  

Impairment losses

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses

8,412 

5,315 

  

5,131 

1,120 

1,402 

  

  

Securities

20 

(36)

  

(19)

50 

52 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group impairment losses

8,432 

5,279 

  

5,112 

1,170 

1,454 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - individually assessed

6,919 

3,169 

  

4,867 

580 

818 

  

  

  - collectively assessed

1,464 

2,196 

  

443 

287 

505 

  

  

  - latent

44 

(73)

  

(173)

253 

80 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer loans

8,427 

5,292 

  

5,137 

1,120 

1,403 

  

  

Bank loans

(15)

23 

  

(6)

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses

8,412 

5,315 

  

5,131 

1,120 

1,402 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

3,766 

2,995 

  

1,924 

584 

729 

  

  

Non-Core

4,646 

2,320 

  

3,207 

536 

673 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

8,412 

5,315 

  

5,131 

1,120 

1,402 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which RCR related (1)

4,490 

-

  

4,290 

200 

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer loan impairment charge as a % of

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  gross loans and advances to customers (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

2.0%

1.2%

  

4.9%

1.0%

1.2%

  

  

Core

1.0%

0.7%

  

2.0%

0.6%

0.7%

  

  

Non-Core

12.8%

4.2%

  

35.3%

5.2%

4.8%

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Pertaining to the creation of RCR and related strategy.

(2)

Customer loan impairment charge as a percentage of gross customer loans and advances excludes reverse repurchase agreements and includes disposals groups.

 

Key points

RBS Capital Resolution ('RCR') was set up from 1 January 2014 and will manage a pool of £29 billion of assets with particularly high capital intensity or potentially volatile outcomes in stressed environments, aiming to accelerate the run-down of these exposures over a three year period to free up capital for the bank. This revised strategy to run down high risk loans faster resulted in an increased impairment charge relating to impaired or non-performing assets transferred to RCR, reflecting adverse changes in our estimates of future cash flows. Further details about RCR are set out on page 25 and in Appendix 1.

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Group loan impairment losses rose by 58% to £8,412 million reflecting the increased provisions recognised in connection with the creation of RCR. Adjusting for this impairment, losses fell by £1,393 million (26%) to £3,922 million, driven by significant improvements in Non-Core, Ulster Bank and UK Retail, partially offset by increases in International Banking, US Retail & Commercial and Markets. 

 

 

·

Additional loan impairments arising from the RCR accelerated asset recovery strategy totalled £4,490 million, of which £3,118 million related to Non-Core, £892 million to Ulster Bank, £410 million to UK Corporate, £52 million to International Banking and £18 million to Markets.

31

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points (continued) 

 

2013 compared with 2012 (continued) 

·

Excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, Core Ulster Bank loan impairments fell by £482 million to £882 million (35%), mainly as a result of continued improvement in retail mortgage debt-flow and in recovery trends.  UK Retail loan impairments fell by £210 million (40%), primarily from lower default levels.

 

 

·

Excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, Non-Core loan impairments fell by £792 million to £1,528 million, reflecting the continued reduction in the overall portfolio.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, Core loan impairment losses decreased by £32 million, mainly as a result of improvements in Ulster Bank and International Banking partially offset by a small number of individual impairments in UK Corporate’s real estate and shipping portfolios.

 

 

·

Non-Core loan impairment losses, also excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, improved by £47 million due to decreases in Ulster Bank partially offset by an increase in UK Corporate loan impairments.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Core loan impairment losses, excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, decreased by £177 million, driven principally by an improvement in the performance of the Ulster Bank mortgage book.

 

 

·

Non-Core loan impairment losses, excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, improved by £384 million compared with Q4 2012.

 

 

32

 

 


 

 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

31 December

30 September

31 December

Capital resources and ratios

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

Current rules

  

  

  

Core Tier 1 capital

£42bn

£48bn

£47bn

Tier 1 capital

£51bn

£57bn

£57bn

Total capital

£64bn

£67bn

£67bn

Risk-weighted assets (RWAs)

£385bn

£410bn

£460bn

Core Tier 1 ratio

10.9%

11.6%

10.3%

Tier 1 ratio

13.1%

13.8%

12.4%

Total capital ratio

16.5%

16.2%

14.5%

  

  

  

  

Fully loaded Capital Requirements Regulation estimates

  

  

  

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital

£37bn

£41bn

£38bn

RWAs

£429bn

£453bn

£495bn

CET1 ratio

8.6%

9.1%

7.7%

 

Key points

 

31 December 2013 compared with 31 December 2012

·

The Group’s Core Tier 1 ratio, on a Basel 2.5 basis, was 60 basis points higher at 10.9%. On a fully loaded Basel III (FLB3) basis, the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 8.6%, 90 basis points higher.

 

 

·

Group RWAs decreased by £75 billion to £385 billion, driven by the substantial reductions achieved in Markets (down £37 billion) and Non-Core (down £31 billion). Retail & Commercial RWAs were £11 billion lower.

 

 

·

On a FLB3 basis, Group RWAs decreased by £66 billion to £429 billion, driven by Markets risk reduction and reshape and Non-Core disposals and run-off.

 

31 December 2013 compared with 30 September 2013

·

The Group’s Core Tier 1 ratio, on a Basel 2.5 basis, was 70 basis points lower at 10.9%. On a FLB3 basis, the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 50 basis points lower at 8.6%. The decline was due to the attributable loss for the quarter which outweighed the benefit of lower RWAs.

 

 

·

Group RWAs decreased by £25 billion to £385 billion. Markets was £9 billion lower, driven by the strategic reduction in the division’s balance sheet. Non-Core RWAs were down £12 billion, principally reflecting disposals and run-off. Retail & Commercial RWAs were broadly unchanged.

 

 

·

On a FLB3 basis, Group RWAs decreased by £24 billion to £429 billion.

 

For further details of the Group’s capital resources refer to page 141.

33

 

 


 

 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

  

  

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

Balance sheet

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

Total assets

£1,028bn

£1,129bn

£1,312bn

Derivatives

£288bn

£323bn

£442bn

Funded balance sheet (1)

£740bn

£806bn

£870bn

Loans and advances to customers (2)

£393bn

£408bn

£432bn

Customer deposits (3)

£418bn

£434bn

£434bn

Loan:deposit ratio - Core (4)

89%

87%

90%

Loan:deposit ratio - Group (4)

94%

94%

100%

 

Notes:

(1)

Funded balance sheet represents total assets less derivatives.

(2)

Excludes reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing, and includes disposal groups.

(3)

Excludes repurchase agreements and stock lending, and includes disposal groups.

(4)

Net of provisions, including disposal groups and excluding repurchase agreements. Excluding disposal groups, the loan:deposit ratios of Core and Group at 31 December 2013 were 90% and 94% respectively (30 September 2013 - 87% and 94%; 31 December 2012 - 90% and 99%)

 

Key points

 

31 December 2013 compared with 31 December 2012

·

Funded assets fell by £130 billion to £740 billion as a result of Non-Core disposals and run-off, and the downsizing of Markets business in order to reduce risk and focus on its core strengths.

 

 

·

The Group’s customer funding surplus increased significantly from £2 billion to £25 billion over the year. The Group loan:deposit ratio was 94% compared with 100% at the end of 2012 and the Core loan:deposit ratio at 89% was broadly unchanged.

 

 

·

Loans and advances to customers fell by £39 billion to £393 billion, driven by £22 billion of run-off and disposals in Non-Core.

 

 

·

Customer deposits fell by £16 billion to £418 billion, as several businesses repriced their deposit product suites, reflecting the bank’s excess liquidity position.

 

31 December 2013 compared with 30 September 2013

·

Funded assets fell to £740 billion, a reduction of £66 billion on the quarter, principally reflecting the managing down of Markets balance sheet and sales and run-off in Non-Core.

 

 

·

Retail & Commercial loans and advances declined 3% to £339 billion, with reductions in International Banking due to the netting of pooled accounts and in US Retail & Commercial, where the dollar weakening against the pound affected balances. This was partially offset by growth in UK Retail loan balances, up £0.6 billion.

 

 

·

Customer deposits declined by £16 billion to £418 billion, driven by repricing of non-relationship deposits.

 

34

 

 


 

 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

  

  

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

Funding and liquidity metrics

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

Deposits (1)

£453bn

£473bn

£491bn

Deposits as a percentage of funded balance sheet

61%

59%

56%

Short-term wholesale funding (2)

£32bn

£35bn

£42bn

Wholesale funding (2)

£108bn

£114bn

£150bn

Short-term wholesale funding as a percentage of funded balance sheet

4%

4%

5%

Short-term wholesale funding as a percentage of total wholesale funding

30%

31%

28%

  

  

  

  

Liquidity portfolio

£146bn

£151bn

£147bn

Liquidity portfolio as a percentage of funded balance sheet

20%

19%

17%

Liquidity portfolio as a percentage of short-term wholesale funding

456%

431%

350%

  

  

  

  

Net stable funding ratio

122%

119%

117%

 

Notes:

(1)

Customer and bank deposits excluding repurchase agreements and stock lending and includes disposal groups.

(2)

Excludes derivative collateral.

 

Key points

 

31 December 2013 compared with 31 December 2012

·

The bank remains highly liquid with short-term wholesale funding covered more than 4.5 times by its liquidity portfolio as at 31 December 2013, compared with 3.5 times as at 31 December 2012.

 

 

·

Short-term wholesale funding decreased by £10 billion over the year to £32 billion. As the bank continued to pay down these balances with excess cash, total wholesale funding fell by £42 billion to £108 billion.

 

 

·

The liquidity portfolio remained stable at £146 billion as deleveraging in Non-Core and Markets continued to generate cash, offset by initiatives to reprice non-relationship deposits that generate higher liquidity coverage requirements, as well as by liability management exercises undertaken over the course of the year.

 

 

·

Deposits declined by £38 billion to £453 billion as initiatives to re-price and to improve the behavioural characteristics of the deposit base took effect. These initiatives included repricing wholesale and other deposit types with a low liquidity or relationship value, further improving the bank’s liquidity position and net interest margin.

 

31 December 2013 compared with 30 September 2013

·

Short-term wholesale funding fell by £3 billion in the quarter to £32 billion, representing 4% of the Group’s funded balance sheet.

 

 

·

The liquidity portfolio declined by £5 billion in the quarter, driven by lower deposit balances as a result of the repricing of corporate and wholesale customer balances with higher liquidity coverage requirements.

 

For further details of the Group’s funding and liquidity metrics refer to page 150.

35

 

 


 

 

 

Divisional performance

 

The operating profit/(loss) of each division is shown below.

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 

31 December 

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

  

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss) by division

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

1,943 

1,891 

  

472 

517 

513 

UK Corporate

1,060 

1,796 

  

(115)

422 

424 

Wealth

221 

243 

  

49 

60 

76 

International Banking

279 

594 

  

60 

83 

155 

Ulster Bank

(1,457)

(1,040)

  

(996)

(132)

(243)

US Retail & Commercial

647 

754 

  

142 

142 

200 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

2,693 

4,238 

  

(388)

1,092 

1,125 

Markets

620 

1,509 

  

39 

210 

139 

Central items

(89)

84 

  

(174)

(19)

118 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

3,224 

5,831 

  

(523)

1,283 

1,382 

Non-Core

(5,527)

(2,879)

  

(3,896)

(845)

(942)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

(2,303)

2,952 

  

(4,419)

438 

440 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciling items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own credit adjustments

(120)

(4,649)

 

(496)

(220)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(900)

(1,110)

  

(465)

(250)

(450)

Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related

 

 

 

 

 

 

  costs

(550)

(700)

  

(500)

(700)

Regulatory and legal actions

(2,394)

(381)

  

(1,910)

(99)

(381)

Integration and restructuring costs

(656)

(1,415)

  

(180)

(205)

(567)

Gain/(loss) on redemption of own debt

175 

454 

  

(29)

13 

Write-down of goodwill

(1,059)

(18)

  

(1,059)

(18)

Asset Protection Scheme

(44)

  

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(153)

(178)

  

(35)

(39)

(32)

Strategic disposals

161 

113 

  

168 

(7)

(16)

Bank levy

(200)

(175)

  

(200)

(175)

Write-down of other intangible assets

(344)

(106)

  

(344)

(106)

RFS Holdings minority interest

100 

(20)

  

(10)

11 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory basis

(8,243)

(5,277)

 

(8,983)

(634)

(2,227)

 

Impairment losses/(recoveries) by division

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

324 

529 

  

73 

82 

93 

UK Corporate

1,188 

838 

  

659 

150 

234 

Wealth

29 

46 

  

21 

16 

International Banking

229 

111 

  

47 

28 

37 

Ulster Bank

1,774 

1,364 

  

1,067 

204 

318 

US Retail & Commercial

156 

91 

  

46 

59 

23 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Retail & Commercial

3,700 

2,979 

  

1,913 

524 

721 

Markets

92 

37 

  

34 

(1)

22 

Central items

64 

40 

  

66 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

3,856 

3,056 

  

1,948 

589 

751 

Non-Core

4,576 

2,223 

  

3,164 

581 

703 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group impairment losses – managed and statutory

  basis

8,432 

5,279 

  

5,112 

1,170 

1,454 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which RCR related (1)

4,490 

  

4,290 

200 

 

Note:

(1)

Pertaining to the creation of RCR and related strategy.

36

 

 


 

 

 

 

Divisional performance

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 

31 December 

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

  

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin by division

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

3.57 

3.58 

  

3.60 

3.62 

3.60 

UK Corporate

3.07 

3.06 

  

3.13 

3.09 

2.97 

Wealth

3.56 

3.73 

  

3.70 

3.56 

3.69 

International Banking

1.59 

1.64 

  

1.54 

1.47 

1.62 

Ulster Bank

1.91 

1.88 

  

2.10 

1.86 

1.93 

US Retail & Commercial

2.95 

2.97 

  

2.98 

2.99 

2.90 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

2.94 

2.92 

  

2.99 

2.95 

2.91 

Non-Core

(0.19)

0.31 

  

(0.36)

(0.35)

0.29 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group net interest margin

2.02 

1.92 

 

2.09 

2.05 

1.95 

 

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

Total funded assets by division

  

  

  

UK Retail

117.6 

117.0 

117.4 

UK Corporate

105.0 

107.0 

110.2 

Wealth

21.0 

21.0 

21.4 

International Banking

48.5 

53.3 

53.0 

Ulster Bank

28.0 

29.2 

30.6 

US Retail & Commercial

71.3 

71.4 

72.1 

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

391.4 

398.9 

404.7 

Markets

212.8 

248.2 

284.5 

Central items

106.7 

120.5 

110.3 

  

  

  

  

Core

710.9 

767.6 

799.5 

Non-Core

28.0 

37.3 

57.4 

  

  

  

  

  

738.9 

804.9 

856.9 

Direct Line Group

12.7 

RFS Holdings minority interest

0.9 

0.9 

0.8 

  

  

  

  

Group

739.8 

805.8 

870.4 

37

 

 


 

 

 

 

Divisional performance

 

 

31 December 

30 September 

  

31 December 

  

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

£bn 

£bn 

Change 

£bn 

Change 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets by division

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

43.9 

44.8 

(2%)

45.7 

(4%)

UK Corporate

86.1 

87.2 

(1%)

86.3 

(0%)

Wealth

12.0 

12.1 

(1%)

12.3 

(2%)

International Banking

49.0 

48.4 

1%

51.9 

(6%)

Ulster Bank

30.7 

31.8 

(3%)

36.1 

(15%)

US Retail & Commercial

56.1 

56.1 

56.5 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

277.8 

280.4 

(1%)

288.8 

(4%)

Markets

64.5 

73.2 

(12%)

101.3 

(36%)

Other (primarily Group Treasury)

10.1 

11.6 

(13%)

5.8 

74%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

352.4 

365.2 

(4%)

395.9 

(11%)

Non-Core

29.2 

40.9 

(29%)

60.4 

(52%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group before RFS Holdings minority interest

381.6 

406.1 

(6%)

456.3 

(16%)

RFS Holdings minority interest

3.9 

3.9 

3.3 

18%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

385.5 

410.0 

(6%)

459.6 

(16%)

 

Employee numbers by division

(full time equivalents rounded to the nearest hundred)

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

23,700 

23,900 

26,000 

UK Corporate

13,700 

13,700 

13,300 

Wealth

4,800 

5,000 

5,100 

International Banking

4,700 

4,800 

4,600 

Ulster Bank

4,700 

4,800 

4,500 

US Retail & Commercial

18,500 

18,300 

18,700 

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

70,100 

70,500 

72,200 

Markets

10,300 

10,900 

11,300 

Group Centre

7,400 

7,300 

6,800 

  

  

  

  

Core

87,800 

88,700 

90,300 

Non-Core

1,400 

1,900 

3,100 

  

  

  

  

  

89,200 

90,600 

93,400 

Business Services

29,200 

29,500 

29,100 

Integration and restructuring

200 

200 

500 

  

  

  

  

Group

118,600 

120,300 

123,000 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 


 

 

 

UK Retail

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 

31 December 

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

  

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

3,979 

3,990 

  

1,014 

1,013 

1,011 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

919 

884 

  

249 

243 

202 

Other non-interest income

39 

95 

  

11 

17 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

958 

979 

  

253 

254 

219 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,937 

4,969 

  

1,267 

1,267 

1,230 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(707)

(811)

  

(172)

(177)

(186)

  - other

(562)

(372)

  

(198)

(137)

(90)

Indirect expenses

(1,401)

(1,366)

  

(352)

(354)

(348)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(2,670)

(2,549)

  

(722)

(668)

(624)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

2,267 

2,420 

  

545 

599 

606 

Impairment losses

(324)

(529)

  

(73)

(82)

(93)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

1,943 

1,891 

  

472 

517 

513 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal advances

923 

916 

  

247 

233 

228 

Personal deposits

468 

661 

  

116 

125 

150 

Mortgages

2,606 

2,367 

  

665 

664 

610 

Cards

838 

863 

  

206 

213 

214 

Other

102 

162 

  

33 

32 

28 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,937 

4,969 

  

1,267 

1,267 

1,230 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

30 

92 

  

(13)

18 

Personal

180 

307 

  

61 

34 

64 

Cards

114 

130 

  

25 

30 

24 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

324 

529 

  

73 

82 

93 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

   customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

   reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

0.1%

  

(0.1%)

0.1%

Personal

2.2%

3.5%

  

3.0%

1.7%

2.9%

Cards

2.0%

2.3%

  

1.7%

2.1%

1.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.3%

0.5%

  

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

39

 

 


 

 

 

 

UK Retail

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

  

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

26.3%

24.4%

  

25.5%

28.0%

27.2%

  

Net interest margin

3.57%

3.58%

  

3.60%

3.62%

3.60%

  

Cost:income ratio

54%

51%

  

57%

53%

51%

  

 

  

31 December

30 September

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - mortgages

99.3 

98.9 

  

99.1 

  - personal

8.1 

8.1 

  

8.8 

(8%)

  - cards

5.8 

5.7 

2%

  

5.7 

2%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

113.2 

112.7 

  

113.6 

Loan impairment provisions

(2.1)

(2.2)

(5%)

  

(2.6)

(19%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

111.1 

110.5 

1%

  

111.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending

3.6 

3.8 

(5%)

  

4.6 

(22%)

Provision coverage (2)

59%

59%

-

  

58%

100bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Current accounts

32.6 

31.5 

3%

  

28.9 

13%

  - Savings

82.3 

81.9 

  

78.7 

5%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total customer deposits

114.9 

113.4 

1%

  

107.6 

7%

Assets under management (excluding deposits)

5.8 

5.9 

(2%)

  

6.0 

(3%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

97%

97%

-

  

103%

(600bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

36.1 

37.0 

(2%)

  

37.9 

(5%)

  - Operational risk

7.8 

7.8 

  

7.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk-weighted assets

43.9 

44.8 

(2%)

  

45.7 

(4%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(3)

Divisional RWAs are based on a long-term conservative average secured mortgage probability of default methodology rather than the current lower point in time basis required for regulatory reporting.

 

40

 

 


 

 

 

UK Retail

 

Key points

In March 2013 UK Retail announced its strategy to become a simpler and more customer-focused business. Investment of £700 million over the next 3-5 years has been committed to build the best retail bank in the UK. Good progress has been made with £180 million of investment during 2013 through a number of initiatives directed at enhancing customer service and simplification of products and services. These have included:

 

·

Improvements to Mobile and Digital Banking which continue to evolve in line with how customers prefer to conduct their business. One example of this is the enhancements in the mobile application allowing customers to pay their mobile phone contacts and obtain cash without using their debit card with the award winning ‘Get Cash’. Investment in digital products and services continued in 2013, with 50% of eligible customers now banking online or on mobile. We currently have 5.6 million online users and 2.9 million customers using our mobile app with over 100 million transactions made in 2013. Branch counter transactions were 31 million or 11% lower across the same period. In addition, UK Retail now has over 2.5 million active mobile users, using the service 28 times a month on average. Mobile net promoter scores continued to increase in 2013.

 

 

·

During the year UK Retail invested in the introduction of a new integrated telephony system, increased training and the professional development of our staff. We spent more time on each call to support excellent customer service and to promote relevant offerings, including self service.

 

 

·

During Q1 2013 mortgage advisors attended extensive training courses to help ensure customers receive the best possible outcome to meet their needs. The training affected balance growth during H1 2013; however, application volumes have rebounded quickly with the launch of competitively priced products and the ‘NatYes’ and ‘RBYES’ advertising campaigns leading to H2 2013 applications being 30% higher than H1 2013. RBS was the first bank to be ready to deliver the second phase of the UK Government’s Help To Buy scheme, launched in early October 2013. Extended opening hours in branches helped to deliver more than 3,000 approvals assisting young people and families across Britain buy their home. Gross mortgage lending increased 3% year-on-year to £14.3 billion with Q4 2013 25% higher than Q4 2012.

 

 

·

Significant focus on streamlining processes has benefited all distribution channels, with the capacity created allowing more time for staff coaching and resulting in advisors spending more time and having better conversations with customers.

 

 

·

In addition, our product range has been simplified down from 56 to 46 with several products winning awards. A highlight of this UK Retail strategy is the success of the new instant saver product launched in Q4 2012, which at the end of 2013 had more than £10 billion in balances. Furthermore, nearly 800,000 customers have registered for Cashback Plus online since launch in Q3 2013 and are being rewarded for using their debit cards with selected retailers.

 

 

·

A major branch refurbishment programme is under way with over one quarter completed. 350 branches now have a digital banking zone where customers can use in-branch technology to access online banking. Wi-Fi in-branch allows customers to access their account via their own devices.

 

41

 

 


 

 

 

UK Retail

 

Key points (continued) 

During 2013 good progress has been made with FCA (Financial Conduct Authority) reportable complaints, which declined 22%. In addition, the provision relating to historic Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) mis-selling was increased by £860 million, bringing the total to £3.0 billion. The PPI expense is not included in the operating profit of UK Retail.

 

In 2014, UK Retail will aim to maintain a leading position in digital banking, launching new capability and customer proposition through mobile devices.

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Operating profit increased by 3% to £1,943 million driven by a 39% decline in impairment losses. Net interest income was broadly stable, though investment advice income was adversely impacted following changes introduced by the Retail Distribution Review (RDR). Costs increased primarily because of a higher FSCS levy and other regulatory charges totalling £116 million in the year, conduct-related provisions of £63 million and additional technology investment of £45 million.

 

 

·

Mortgage balance growth was affected in H1 2013 by mortgage advisor training; however, balances recovered during H2 2013 assisted by early adoption of the second phase of the UK Government’s Help To Buy scheme. Gross lending increased to £8.9 billion in H2 2013. Customer deposits increased by 7%, above the UK market average of 4% due to strong growth in both current accounts (13%) and instant access savings accounts (15%).

 

 

·

Net interest income was broadly flat.

 

 

 

Mortgage new business margins reduced in line with market conditions; however, overall book margins improved.

 

Deposit margins declined reflecting the impact of continued lower rates on current account hedges. Savings margins, however, have increased over 2013 with improved market pricing.

 

 

·

Non-interest income fell by 2% to £958 million due to subdued advice income post RDR.

 

 

·

Direct costs increased by 7% due to higher FSCS levy and other regulatory charges and conduct-related provisions of £63 million. This was partly offset by lower staff costs due to a reduction in headcount of 2,300. Indirect costs increased by 3%, largely due to investment in technology.

 

 

·

Impairments declined by 39% to £324 million due to lower customer defaults across all products reflecting continued improvement in asset quality.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets declined by 4% to £43.9 billion largely reflecting balance reductions across the unsecured portfolio and quality improvements.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Operating profit declined 9% due to additional conduct-related provisions and an increased charge for FSCS levy, partially offset by lower staff costs and impairments.

 

 

·

Mortgage balances continued to increase as the second phase of Help to Buy launched with a high volume of applications received. Deposit balances increased 1% with current account growth of 3% as customers continue to favour convenience over price.

 

 

·

Net interest income remained flat at £1,014 million with improving savings margins offset by lower income from unsecured products and lower current account hedge returns.

42

 

 


 

 

 

UK Retail

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013 (continued)

·

Direct costs increased 18% to £370 million due to conduct-related provisions of £50 million and an £18 million increase in the FSCS levy charge. Indirect costs were broadly flat.

 

 

·

Impairments declined 11% to £73 million due to lower customer default rates and higher house prices improving recovery expectations on defaulted mortgage assets.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets declined slightly due to small quality improvements.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Operating profit was 8% lower at £472 million as income growth of 3% and a 22% decline in impairments were more than offset by higher charges for FSCS levy of £44 million and additional conduct-related provisions of £32 million.

 

 

·

Net interest income increased slightly to £1,014 million due to overall mortgage margin improvement.

 

 

·

Non-interest income increased 16% to £253 million due to higher current account-related fee income partly offset by lower investment and advice income.

 

 

·

Direct costs were 34% higher at £370 million due to FSCS levy and conduct-related provisions as well as additional investment in technology. Staff costs were 8% lower as headcount declined 9%.

 

 

·

Impairments declined 22% to £73 million reflecting lower customer default rates.

 

43

 

 


 

 

 

UK Corporate

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,874 

2,974 

  

728 

725 

717 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

1,310 

1,365 

  

326 

328 

349 

Other non-interest income

283 

384 

  

75 

59 

107 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

1,593 

1,749 

  

401 

387 

456 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,467 

4,723 

  

1,129 

1,112 

1,173 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(912)

(940)

  

(229)

(229)

(226)

  - other

(442)

(364)

  

(134)

(90)

(99)

Indirect expenses

(865)

(785)

  

(222)

(221)

(190)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(2,219)

(2,089)

  

(585)

(540)

(515)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

2,248 

2,634 

  

544 

572 

658 

Impairment losses

(1,188)

(838)

  

(659)

(150)

(234)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

1,060 

1,796 

  

(115)

422 

424 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate and commercial lending

2,557 

2,636 

  

639 

631 

672 

Asset and invoice finance

671 

685 

  

168 

169 

176 

Corporate deposits

350 

568 

  

106 

88 

87 

Other

889 

834 

  

216 

224 

238 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,467 

4,723 

  

1,129 

1,112 

1,173 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments/(recoveries) by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial institutions

10 

15 

  

Hotels and restaurants

53 

52 

  

16 

23 

Housebuilding and construction

39 

143 

  

12 

25 

Manufacturing

50 

49 

  

20 

17 

10 

Private sector education, health, social work,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  recreational and community services

138 

37 

  

33 

36 

Property

439 

252 

  

236 

41 

71 

Wholesale and retail trade, repairs

74 

112 

  

15 

20 

47 

Asset and invoice finance

32 

40 

  

21 

10 

Shipping

341 

82 

  

310 

(1)

42 

Other

12 

56 

  

(8)

11 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

1,188 

838 

  

659 

150 

234 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which RCR related (1)

410 

-

  

410 

-

-

 

Note:

(1)

Pertaining to the creation of RCR and related strategy.

 

44

 

 


 

 

 

 

UK Corporate

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

Financial institutions

0.2%

0.3%

  

0.3%

0.4%

0.2%

Hotels and restaurants

1.1%

0.9%

  

1.4%

0.5%

1.6%

Housebuilding and construction

1.3%

4.2%

  

1.7%

1.2%

2.9%

Manufacturing

1.2%

1.0%

  

1.9%

1.6%

0.9%

Private sector education, health, social work,

1.6%

0.4%

  

1.6%

1.7%

0.1%

  recreational and community services

  

Property

2.0%

1.0%

  

4.3%

0.7%

1.1%

Wholesale and retail trade, repairs

0.9%

1.3%

  

0.7%

1.0%

2.2%

Asset and invoice finance

0.3%

0.4%

  

0.7%

0.2%

0.4%

Shipping

5.2%

1.1%

  

19.1%

(0.1%)

2.2%

Other

0.2%

  

(0.1%)

0.2%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1.2%

0.8%

  

2.6%

0.6%

0.9%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

7.9%

14.5%

  

(3.4%)

12.4%

13.2%

Net interest margin

3.07%

3.06%

  

3.13%

3.09%

2.97%

Cost:income ratio

50%

44%

  

52%

49%

44%

 

Note:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

 

45

 

 


 

 

 

 

UK Corporate

 

 

31 December

30 September

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  - financial institutions

5.5 

4.7 

17%

5.8 

(5%)

  - hotels and restaurants

4.7 

5.5 

(15%)

5.6 

(16%)

  - housebuilding and construction

2.9 

2.9 

3.4 

(15%)

  - manufacturing

4.2 

4.3 

(2%)

4.7 

(11%)

  - private sector education, health, social

  

  

  

  

  

    work, recreational and community services

8.5 

8.6 

(1%)

8.7 

(2%)

  - property

22.0 

23.1 

(5%)

24.8 

(11%)

  - wholesale and retail trade, repairs

8.2 

8.4 

(2%)

8.5 

(4%)

  - asset and invoice finance

11.7 

11.6 

1%

11.2 

4%

  - shipping

6.5 

7.0 

(7%)

7.6 

(14%)

  - other

28.3 

27.7 

2%

26.7 

6%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

102.5 

103.8 

(1%)

107.0 

(4%)

Loan impairment provisions

(2.8)

(2.3)

22%

(2.4)

17%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

99.7 

101.5 

(2%)

104.6 

(5%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets

105.0 

107.0 

(2%)

110.2 

(5%)

Risk elements in lending

6.2 

6.0 

3%

5.5 

13%

Provision coverage (1)

46%

39%

700bp

45%

100bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

124.7 

124.9 

127.1 

(2%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

80%

81%

(100bp)

82%

(200bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

77.7 

78.8 

(1%)

77.7 

  - Operational risk

8.4 

8.4 

8.6 

(2%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

86.1 

87.2 

(1%)

86.3 

 

Note:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

Key points

2013 was a year in which UK Corporate underlined its commitment to support the UK economy and played an active role in the communities it operates in.

 

As part of this commitment the Bank appointed Sir Andrew Large to undertake a thorough and independent review of the lending standards and practices used by RBS and NatWest. UK Corporate will implement all of the Independent Lending Review’s recommendations and is adopting a revised strategy and capabilities to enhance support to SMEs and the wider UK economic recovery while maintaining sound lending practices.

 

As part of the division’s concerted effort to support its SME customers, UK Corporate has been proactively reviewing the business needs of SME customers to understand if they could benefit from the offer of additional facilities. In 2013, over 12,000 customers were identified for additional funding under UK Corporate’s 'Statements of Appetite' initiative. The initiative resulted in approximately £6 billion of new funding being offered to customers.

 

46

 

 


 

 

 

UK Corporate

 

Key points (continued) 

The division has continued to support the government-backed Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS) and as at 31 December 2013 had allocated in excess of £4.7 billion of new FLS-related lending to almost 25,000 customers, £3.1 billion of which has been drawn since the scheme was launched. Mid-sized manufacturers are being offered targeted support, with interest rates reduced by more than 1% in some cases. SME customers benefited from both lower interest rates and the removal of arrangement fees.

 

As well as delivering a range of lending initiatives, UK Corporate continued to develop new propositions for its customers. Following a successful pilot UK Corporate launched a leading business-to-business online community platform, Bizcrowd, to support independent needs matching. By the end of 2013 Bizcrowd had over 27,000 users and is now helping to bring businesses together across the UK.

 

During the course of 2013 UK Corporate’s Business Banking Enterprise Programme helped over 40,000 entrepreneurs through over 1,000 events. Through its combination of nationwide start-up surgeries, mobile business schools and business academies, the programme offers support and advice to aspiring entrepreneurs, new start-up businesses and established SMEs looking to grow. Combined with UK Corporate’s skills-based volunteering scheme, a programme offering all employees five days to volunteer with a charitable organisation, UK Corporate continued to deliver on its on-going commitment to communities.

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

The business delivered a return on equity of 11.0% excluding the impact of increased impairment losses related to the creation of RCR, primarily property and shipping exposures, which reduced return on equity by 3.1%.

 

 

·

Net interest income was 3% lower at £2,874 million, as increased income from re-pricing initiatives was offset by the lower rate environment impacting deposit returns, the non-repeat of 2012 deferred income recognition revisions (£58 million) and reduced lending volumes, as loan repayments coupled with run-off in property and shipping sectors outpaced new lending.

 

 

·

Non-interest income reduced 9% to £1,593 million, primarily from lower Markets revenue share income, a decline in operating lease income (offset by an associated reduction of operating lease depreciation in expenses), lower lending fees and higher derivative close-out costs associated with impaired assets.

 

 

·

Expenses, increased 6% to £2,219 million, primarily as a result of remediation provisions of £68 million, an increased share of branch network costs and an uplift in investment spend. This was offset by the reduction in operating lease depreciation, a decline in Markets revenue share related costs and lower staff incentive expenditure.

 

 

·

Whilst full year impairments include the additional impact of increased impairment losses related to the creation of RCR (£410 million), underlying impairments improved by £60 million, or 7%, to £778 million due to lower individual and collectively assessed provisions in the SME business, partially offset by higher individual cases in the mid-to-large corporate business.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets were broadly in line with 2012 at £86.1 billion as reduced asset volumes and movements into default offset increases resulting from the implementation of risk model changes.

 

47

 

 


 

 

 

UK Corporate

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Q4 2013 operating profit was down 27% at £307 million, excluding the impact of increased losses relating to the creation of RCR. Underlying income increased 3%, which was offset by higher impairments and customer remediation provisions.

 

 

·

Net interest income was in line with Q3 2013 as the increase from re-pricing initiatives was offset by a 1% decline in lending volumes from run-off in the property and shipping sectors.

 

 

·

Non-interest income increased 4% to £401 million due to higher equity gains and lower derivative close-out costs associated with impaired assets.

 

 

·

Total expenses excluding customer remediation provisions were broadly flat.

 

 

·

Underlying impairments, excluding the impact of increased losses relating to the creation of RCR, increased by £99 million to £249 million reflecting a small number of individual cases in the mid-to-large corporate business.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Operating profit, excluding the impact of increased losses relating to the creation of RCR, was 28% lower at £307 million, reflecting higher impairments, the allocation of branch network costs and the increased customer remediation provisions.

 

 

·

Net interest income increased 2% to £728 million as the uplift from re-pricing activity was only partially offset by lower yields on current accounts and lower asset volumes.

 

 

·

Non-interest income was 12% lower at £401 million reflecting the reduced operating lease and Markets revenue share income and lower lending fees.

 

 

·

Total expenditure included the higher remediation charges and the increased share of retail branch network costs, which were partially offset by the reduced costs in relation to operating lease depreciation and Markets revenue share.

 

 

·

Impairments, excluding the increased losses relating to the creation of RCR, were 6% higher at £249 million, reflecting the increased individual provisions in the mid-to-large corporate business.

 

48

 

 


 

 

 

Wealth

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

674 

720 

  

174 

169 

178 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

355 

366 

  

85 

90 

89 

Other non-interest income

64 

84 

  

18 

12 

18 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

419 

450 

  

103 

102 

107 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,093 

1,170 

  

277 

271 

285 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(405)

(419)

  

(85)

(102)

(85)

  - other

(124)

(162)

  

(43)

(30)

(34)

Indirect expenses

(314)

(300)

  

(79)

(78)

(74)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(843)

(881)

  

(207)

(210)

(193)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

250 

289 

  

70 

61 

92 

Impairment losses

(29)

(46)

  

(21)

(1)

(16)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

221 

243 

  

49 

60 

76 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income

  

  

  

  

  

  

Private banking

894 

956 

  

225 

222 

230 

Investments

199 

214 

  

52 

49 

55 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,093 

1,170 

  

277 

271 

285 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key metrics

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

12.0%

13.1%

  

10.9%

13.1%

16.7%

Net interest margin

3.56%

3.73%

  

3.70%

3.56%

3.69%

Cost:income ratio

77%

75%

  

75%

77%

68%

 

Note:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

 

49

 

 


 

 

 

 

Wealth

 

 

31 December

30 September

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  - mortgages

8.7 

8.7 

8.8 

(1%)

  - personal

5.6 

5.6 

5.5 

2%

  - other

2.5 

2.6 

(4%)

2.8 

(11%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

16.8 

16.9 

(1%)

17.1 

(2%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

16.7 

16.8 

(1%)

17.0 

(2%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending

0.3 

0.3 

0.2 

50%

Provision coverage (1)

43%

38%

500bp

44%

(100bp)

Assets under management (excluding deposits)

29.7 

30.5 

(3%)

28.9 

3%

Customer deposits

37.2 

38.1 

(2%)

38.9 

(4%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

45%

44%

100bp

44%

100bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

     - non-counterparty

10.0 

10.1 

(1%)

10.3 

(3%)

     - counterparty

0.1 

(100%)

  - Market risk

0.1 

100%

0.1 

  - Operational risk

1.9 

1.9 

1.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12.0 

12.1 

(1%)

12.3 

(2%)

 

Note:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

Key points

2013 saw a major shake-up of the UK financial advice landscape with the implementation of the Retail Distribution Review (RDR). Clients welcomed Coutts’ new fully compliant advice-led model where Coutts requires its advisers to achieve the more stringent Level 6 rating, in excess of the FCA’s minimum Level 4 requirement. Coutts has received a number of industry accolades for its levels of service, such as ‘UK Private Bank of the Year’ (The Banker Global Private Banking Awards). Total assets under advice grew to approximately £3 billion over the year.

 

Following the deposit re-pricing strategy implemented in the second half of 2013 deposit margins have significantly improved. Lending volumes have remained resilient despite pay-downs in line with best-advice policy under RDR. In addition, a new international trust strategy was announced, strengthening the client offering by positioning it as a market-leading, client-centric trust business. This was achieved by the creation of a centre of excellence in Jersey, accompanied by withdrawal from the Cayman Islands and restructuring of the Geneva trust business.

 

Work continued on streamlining client-facing processes and driving increased benefits from the division’s global technology platform, including significant enhancements to Coutts’ online and digital client channels.  A streamlining of the London property footprint from 11 buildings to 2 was also concluded, alongside further office rationalisation in the International business.

 

50

 

 


 

 

 

Wealth

 

Key points (continued) 

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Operating profit was 9% lower at £221 million, driven by lower income partially offset by a decrease in expenses and impairment losses.

 

 

·

Income declined by 7% to £1,093 million, with the reduction in net interest income reflecting the lower spread earned on deposits as a result of lower Group funding requirements.

 

 

·

Non-interest income fell by 7% to £419 million due to the disposal of the Latin American, Caribbean and African businesses for a profit of £15 million in H1 2012 together with a decline in fee income in the International business.

 

 

·

Expenses were 4% lower at £843 million as a result of reduced headcount, tight discretionary cost management and the non-recurrence of two regulatory fines totalling £26 million incurred during 2012. This was partially offset by a one-off UK tax treaty charge in the International business.

 

 

·           

Client assets and liabilities managed by the division declined by 2%, with a £1.7 billion reduction in deposits following re-pricing initiatives in the UK in line with the wider Group funding strategy. Assets under management increased by 3% due to positive market movements. Lending was 2% lower, reflecting increased levels of repayments in the UK.

 

 

·

Impairments were £17 million lower at £29 million, largely reflecting a small number of specific impairments.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·  

Operating profit was £11 million lower at £49 million, driven by higher impairment losses partially offset by an increase in income and decrease in expenses.

 

 

·

Income was £6 million, 2%, higher at £277 million reflecting an increase in deposit margins following the implementation of product re-pricing in the UK.

 

 

·

Expenses of £207 million were 1% lower primarily due to lower staff incentive costs, partially offset by a one-off UK tax treaty charge in the International business

 

 

·

Client assets and liabilities were 2% lower with the decrease in assets under management mainly driven by low margin custody asset outflows and negative market movements. Deposits were £0.9 billion lower following re-pricing action in the UK. Lending remained broadly flat.

 

 

·

Impairments increased by £20 million reflecting a single specific impairment.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Operating profit decreased by 36% as income decreased by £8 million to £277 million and expenses increased by £14 million to £207 million.

 

 

·

Net interest income decreased by £4 million, primarily driven by the lower spread earned on a number of deposit products. Non-interest income also fell £4 million as a result of lower transaction and investment volumes in the International business.

 

 

·

Expenses increased by £14 million, 7% to £207 million, reflecting increased investment in strategic and regulatory projects, partially offset by the continued tight management of discretionary costs.

 

 

·

Impairments were £5 million higher at £21 million.

 

51

 

 


 

 

 

International Banking

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income from banking activities

713 

922 

 

173 

166 

201 

Funding costs of rental assets

(9)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

713 

913 

  

173 

166 

201 

Non-interest income

1,135 

1,209 

  

271 

288 

283 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,848 

2,122 

  

444 

454 

484 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(530)

(580)

  

(123)

(137)

(103)

  - other

(171)

(164)

  

(58)

(41)

(20)

Indirect expenses

(639)

(673)

  

(156)

(165)

(169)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1,340)

(1,417)

  

(337)

(343)

(292)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

508 

705 

  

107 

111 

192 

Impairment losses

(229)

(111)

  

(47)

(28)

(37)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

279 

594 

  

60 

83 

155 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ongoing businesses

279 

602 

  

60 

83 

150 

Run-off businesses

(8)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash management

738 

943 

  

185 

189 

205 

Trade finance

295 

291 

  

77 

77 

70 

Loan portfolio

814 

865 

  

182 

188 

207 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ongoing businesses

1,847 

2,099 

  

444 

454 

482 

Run-off businesses

23 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,848 

2,122 

  

444 

454 

484 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments/(recoveries) by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

147 

42 

  

20 

21 

Property and construction

15 

  

20 

Transport and storage

55 

(3)

  

23 

Telecommunications, media and technology

(7)

12 

  

Banks and financial institutions

(15)

43 

  

(15)

Other

34 

10 

  

19 

12 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

229 

111 

  

47 

28 

37 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which RCR related (1)

52 

-

  

52 

-

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements)

0.6%

0.3%

  

0.5%

0.3%

0.4%

 

Note:

(1)

Pertaining to the creation of RCR and related strategy.

 

52

 

 


 

 

 

 

International Banking

 

Key metrics

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios (ongoing businesses)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

3.9%

9.1%

  

3.4%

4.7%

8.3%

Net interest margin

1.59%

1.64%

  

1.54%

1.47%

1.62%

Cost:income ratio

73%

66%

  

76%

76%

61%

 

  

31 December

30 September

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross) (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - manufacturing and infrastructure

13.6 

15.0 

(9%)

  

15.8 

(14%)

  - property and construction

2.4 

2.2 

9%

  

2.4 

  - transport and storage

3.3 

3.2 

3%

  

2.5 

32%

  - telecommunications, media and technology

2.8 

2.3 

22%

  

2.2 

27%

  - banks and financial institutions

6.5 

8.4 

(23%)

  

9.1 

(29%)

  - other

7.4 

10.8 

(31%)

  

10.2 

(27%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

36.0 

41.9 

(14%)

  

42.2 

(15%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.3)

(0.3)

  

(0.4)

(25%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

35.7 

41.6 

(14%)

  

41.8 

(15%)

Loans and advances to banks

8.0 

5.5 

45%

  

4.8 

67%

Securities

2.4 

2.4 

  

2.6 

(8%)

Cash and eligible bills

0.3 

0.3 

  

0.5 

(40%)

Other

2.1 

3.5 

(40%)

  

3.3 

(36%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets (excluding derivatives

  

  

  

  

  

  

  mark-to-market)

48.5 

53.3 

(9%)

  

53.0 

(8%)

Risk elements in lending

0.5 

0.5 

  

0.4 

25%

Provision coverage (3)

69%

64%

500bp

  

93%

(2,400bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

39.3 

47.6 

(17%)

  

46.2 

(15%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

6.5 

5.3 

23%

  

5.6 

16%

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

91%

87%

400bp

  

91%

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

44.3 

43.7 

1%

  

46.7 

(5%)

  - Operational risk

4.7 

4.7 

  

5.2 

(10%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

49.0 

48.4 

1%

  

51.9 

(6%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax, divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions), for the ongoing businesses.

(2)

Excludes disposal groups.

(3)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Run-off businesses (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

23 

  

Direct expenses

(1)

(31)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

(8)

  

 

Note:

(1)

Run-off businesses consist of the exited corporate finance business.

 

53

 

 


 

 

 

International Banking

 

Key points

International Banking provides for the needs of its customers through its offering of debt financing, risk management and transaction services across its network. Business conditions remain challenging as themes of low interest rates and margin compression continue. International Banking remained focused on cost discipline throughout 2013 and continued to strengthen its balance sheet. Despite credit model uplifts, risk-weighted assets reduced 6% year on year. 

 

The strength of the division’s efforts in serving its customers’ needs is reflected in recent external industry awards and recognition, including:

 

·

Best Trade Finance Bank, UK, and Best Supply Chain Finance Provider, Western Europe – Global Finance. Global Trade Review magazine’s 'Leaders in Trade' award for Best Bank for Documentary Processing 2013, making this the 4th consecutive win for the bank.

 

 

·

A good performance in the Euromoney 2013 Cash Management Survey, particularly in Europe, ranking #1 in the Netherlands, #2 in the UK and #2 in Western Europe. International Banking improved on last year’s performance in APAC, achieving a #8 ranking, and retained a #9 ranking in North America and a #6 ranking globally.

 

 

·

Received the ‘Most Innovative Investment Bank for Loans’ award at The Banker Investment Banking Awards 2013 providing a further indication that RBS is putting customers at the heart of its business.

 

 

·

Best Debt House, UK - Euromoney.

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Operating profit, decreased by £315 million as lower income and higher impairments, including £52 million in relation to the accelerated asset recovery strategy associated with RCR, were only partially offset by lower costs.

 

 

·

Income was 13% lower:

 

 

 

Cash management was 22% lower reflecting a decline in three-month LIBOR rates as well as increased funding costs of liquidity buffer requirements.

 

Loan portfolio decreased by 6%, in line with a smaller balance sheet.

 

 

·

Expenses, were down £77 million, or 5%, reflecting continued emphasis on cost control and timely run-off of discontinued business. 

 

11

·

Impairment losses were £118 million higher than in 2012, including two large single-name provisions and £52 million in relation to the impact of the accelerated RCR asset recovery strategy.

 

 

·

Third party assets were down 8% due to reductions in the loan portfolio following increased levels of customer repayments partially offset by an increase in Asia trade volume.

 

 

·

Customer deposits declined by 15% in line with a change in Group funding strategy.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets decreased by 6% primarily as a result of management action to mitigate credit model increases and a smaller balance sheet.

 

 

·

Return on equity was 4% or 5% excluding the impact of the accelerated RCR asset recovery strategy compared with 9% in 2012.

 

54

 

 


 

 

 

International Banking

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Excluding the impact of the accelerated asset recovery strategy of £52 million, operating profit was up 35% with lower non-RCR-related impairments offsetting weaker income.

 

 

·

Expenses decreased 2% through continued cost discipline.

                                                 

 

·

Excluding the impact of increased impairment losses related to the creation of RCR, impairments were £33 million lower driven by recoveries in Q4 2013.

 

 

·

Third party assets were down 9%, driven by a reduction in overdrafts, which mainly reflected netting of pooled accounts.

 

 

·

Customer deposits were 17% lower in line with the divisional funding strategy.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Operating profit was down 28%, excluding the impact of the accelerated asset recovery strategy, driven by lower income and higher costs.

 

 

·

Income was 8% lower:

 

 

 

Loan portfolio income declined 12% due to lower revenues from a smaller balance sheet.

 

Cash management income was 10% lower, driven by increased liquidity buffer costs and margin compression from falling interest rates.

 

Trade income was up 10%, driven by volume growth in Asia and EMEA.

 

 

·

Expenses increased by £45 million, including a £9 million write-off of technology intangibles.  There was a larger bonus accrual release in Q4 2012.

 

 

·

Excluding the impact of increased impairment losses related to the creation of RCR, impairments were £42 million lower, driven by two large single name impairments in Q4 2012 and recoveries in Q4 2013.

55

 

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

 

 

 

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

631 

649 

  

169 

154 

161 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

141 

145 

  

37 

35 

36 

Other non-interest income

99 

51 

  

25 

15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

240 

196 

  

38 

60 

51 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

871 

845 

  

207 

214 

212 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(239)

(214)

  

(51)

(64)

(53)

  - other

(63)

(49)

  

(21)

(15)

(14)

Indirect expenses

(252)

(258)

  

(64)

(63)

(70)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(554)

(521)

  

(136)

(142)

(137)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

317 

324 

  

71 

72 

75 

Impairment losses

(1,774)

(1,364)

  

(1,067)

(204)

(318)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(1,457)

(1,040)

  

(996)

(132)

(243)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate

315 

360 

  

69 

76 

85 

Retail

408 

360 

  

98 

101 

93 

Other

148 

125 

  

40 

37 

34 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

871 

845 

  

207 

214 

212 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

235 

646 

  

24 

30 

135 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

593 

221 

  

392 

104 

52 

  - development

153 

55 

  

115 

12 

17 

Other corporate

771 

389 

  

534 

51 

97 

Other lending

22 

53 

  

17 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

1,774 

1,364 

  

1,067 

204 

318 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which RCR related (1)

892 

-

  

892 

-

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

Mortgages

1.2%

3.4%

  

0.5%

0.6%

2.8%

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

17.4%

6.1%

  

46.1%

11.6%

5.8%

  - development

21.9%

7.9%

  

65.7%

6.9%

9.7%

Other corporate

10.9%

5.0%

  

30.1%

2.8%

5.0%

Other lending

1.8%

4.1%

  

0.7%

2.3%

5.2%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

5.6%

4.2%

  

13.6%

2.6%

3.9%

 

Note:

(1)

Pertaining to the creation of RCR and related strategy.

 

56

 

 


 

 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

Key metrics

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

(32.4%)

(21.8%)

  

(98.1%)

(12.0%)

(20.9%)

Net interest margin

1.91%

1.88%

  

2.10%

1.86%

1.93%

Cost:income ratio

64%

62%

  

66%

66%

65%

 

  

31 December

30 September

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

  

Change 

£bn

Change 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19.0 

19.2 

  

(1%)

19.2 

(1%)

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3.4 

3.6 

  

(6%)

3.6 

(6%)

  - development

0.7 

0.7 

  

0.7 

Other corporate

7.1 

7.2 

  

(1%)

7.8 

(9%)

Other lending

1.2 

1.2 

  

1.3 

(8%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31.4 

31.9 

  

(2%)

32.6 

(4%)

Loan impairment provisions

(5.4)

(4.5)

  

20%

(3.9)

38%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

26.0 

27.4 

  

(5%)

28.7 

(9%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Mortgages

3.2 

3.3 

  

(3%)

3.1 

3%

  - Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - investment

2.3 

2.1 

  

10%

1.6 

44%

    - development

0.5 

0.4 

  

25%

0.4 

25%

  - Other corporate

2.3 

2.5 

  

(8%)

2.2 

5%

  - Other lending

0.2 

0.2 

  

0.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

8.5 

8.5 

  

7.5 

13%

Provision coverage (2)

64%

52%

  

1,200bp

52%

1,200bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

21.7 

22.2 

  

(2%)

22.1 

(2%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

120%

123%

  

(300bp)

130%

(1,000bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

28.2 

29.6 

  

33.6 

(16%)

    - counterparty

0.3 

0.4 

  

(25%)

0.6 

(50%)

  - Market risk

0.5 

0.1 

  

400%

0.2 

150%

  - Operational risk

1.7 

1.7 

  

1.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30.7 

31.8 

  

(3%)

36.1 

(15%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Spot exchange rate - €/£

1.201 

1.196 

  

  

1.227 

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating loss after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

57

 

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

Key points

The creation of RCR will expedite the resolution of underperforming, capital intensive assets and allow Ulster Bank to focus on building a stronger core business for the future. The creation of RCR resulted in additional charges of £911 million in Ulster Bank’s results in Q4 2013.

 

Operating loss was £1,457 million compared with £1,040 in 2012. Operating performance for 2013, excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, improved by £494 million or 48% versus prior year primarily reflecting higher income and a 64% reduction in mortgage impairment losses driven by enhanced collections effectiveness, the development of programmes to assist customers in financial difficulty and a modest improvement in economic conditions.

 

Ulster Bank is committed to supporting the Irish economic recovery and £1.7 billion of funding has been made available to support new lending in 2014, £1 billion for business customers and £700 million for personal customers. The bank made considerable progress during 2013 in its commitment to building a really good bank that serves customers well.

 

Simplifying Banking

Ulster Bank delivered a number of improvements for personal and business customers in 2013:

The launch of initiatives such as “Get Cash”, “Pay Your Contacts” and “Emergency Cash” provided a new range of simple and convenient services for customers to access their cash and make payments online and via mobile.

 

 

Further development of online and mobile banking for business customers focused on providing an efficient and effective day-to-day banking service. Enhancements during 2013 included a speedy and simplified account application process; registration for Anytime Banking via telephone; ability to manage personal and business accounts together and access to extended transaction history.

 

 

The efficiency and effectiveness of Ulster Bank’s digital offering was evidenced by a 55% increase in mobile app registrations and more than 100 million transactions were carried out via digital channels during 2013. Over 315,000 customers regularly use mobile app banking services and 640,000 customers make regular use of online Anytime banking services.

 

Supporting Enterprise and the Community:

Supporting entrepreneurship and the growth of small businesses in the local community is a long term commitment of Ulster Bank. Highlights in 2013 included:

The Community Impact Fund and Business Woman Can initiative which facilitated women in local communities to set up their own business. The bank also supported a number of projects in schools across the island of Ireland through its MoneySense programme.

 

 

Ulster Bank’s dedicated SME teams offer professional support and a range of products to help customers meet their banking challenges and grow their business. The agri–specialist team has introduced a number of initiatives during 2013 to support the farming sector.

 

 

The ‘One Week in June’ initiative raised £430,000 for a number of Irish charities through a series of fundraising events involving both customers and staff.

 

 

In partnership with Concern Worldwide and Disasters Emergency Committee, Ulster Bank ATMs, branches and online banking facilitated donations to the Philippines Typhoon emergency appeals.

 

Helping Customers out of Financial Difficulty:

Ulster Bank is committed to working with all customers in financial difficulty to find a solution. The Bank continued to invest in its Problem Debt Management Unit and further developed a range of solutions to make it easier for customers to enter into arrangements. As a consequence, the number of mortgage customers in arrears of 90 days or more has decreased every month since March 2013.

58

 

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

Key points (continued) 

 

2013 compared with 2012

Excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, operating result improved by £494 million or 48% primarily due to a higher income and lower impairment losses on the mortgage portfolio.

Total income increased by £26 million or 3% to £871 million primarily reflecting hedging gains on the mortgage portfolio. Net interest margin for 2013 increased by 3 basis points to 1.91% although net interest income was £18 million lower at £631 million, largely driven by lower interest-earning assets and a higher cost of funding.

Total expenses increased by £33 million or 6% to £554 million driven by the costs of mandatory change programmes such as the Single Euro Payment Area, £18 million, an investment of £10 million in programmes to support customers in financial difficulty and an accelerated depreciation charge of £12 million.

Impairment losses, excluding the impact of RCR, were £482 million, 35% lower. This was predominantly due to a sharp reduction in losses on the mortgage portfolio which reduced by £411 million or 64% due to a decline in arrears levels driven by an improved collections performance and the development of programmes to assist customers in financial difficulty, coupled with stabilising residential property prices.

The loan:deposit ratio reduced from 130% to 120% during 2013 reflecting continued customer deleveraging and low levels of demand for new lending. Retail and SME deposit balances increased by 2% during 2013, offset by a reduction in wholesale customer balances, resulting in a 2% decline in total deposit balances.

Risk-weighted assets decreased by 15% reflecting a smaller performing loan book and stabilising credit metrics.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

Net interest margin increased 24 basis points in the quarter to 2.10% driving a £15 million or 10% increase in net interest income to £169 million mainly reflecting initiatives to reduce the bank’s cost of funding.

Non-interest income declined by £22 million to £38 million primarily driven by an increased provision on a counterparty swap exposure related to the creation of RCR.

Total expenses reduced by £6 million or 4% to £136 million, principally attributable to a pension service cost reduction for 2013 and despite an accelerated depreciation charge of £12 million.

Impairment losses continued to fall, from £204 million to £175 million, excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, reflecting an improvement in property values and falling levels of arrears.

The loan:deposit ratio reduced from 123% to 120% in the quarter largely driven by a reduction in net loan balances to customers.

Risk-weighted assets decreased by £1.1 billion or 3% primarily reflecting the impact of newly defaulted RCR assets.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

Operating result improved by £158 million or 65%, excluding the impact of the creation of RCR, driven by a reduction in impairment losses on the mortgage portfolio.

Total income decreased by £5 million or 2% reflecting the increased provision on a counterparty swap exposure related to the creation of RCR largely offset by the benefits of re-pricing initiatives coupled with hedging gains on the mortgage portfolio.

Whilst total expenses reduced by £1 million reflecting the benefits of cost saving initiatives, there were a number of significant offsetting items in Q4 2013 and Q4 2012. These included the cost of mandatory change programmes, an accelerated depreciation charge, a pension service cost adjustment and an impairment charge on own property assets.

59

 

 


 

 

 

US Retail & Commercial (£ Sterling)

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,916 

1,932 

  

479 

493 

465 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

761 

791 

  

182 

197 

197 

Other non-interest income

312 

368 

  

58 

66 

78 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

1,073 

1,159 

  

240 

263 

275 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,989 

3,091 

  

719 

756 

740 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(1,065)

(1,013)

  

(244)

(264)

(227)

  - other

(972)

(1,014)

  

(246)

(249)

(263)

  - litigation settlement

(88)

  

Indirect expenses

(149)

(131)

  

(41)

(42)

(27)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(2,186)

(2,246)

  

(531)

(555)

(517)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

803 

845 

  

188 

201 

223 

Impairment losses

(156)

(91)

  

(46)

(59)

(23)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

647 

754 

  

142 

142 

200 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average exchange rate - US$/£

1.565 

1.585 

  

1.619 

1.551 

1.606 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages and home equity

458 

540 

  

100 

109 

134 

Personal lending and cards

411 

402 

  

101 

106 

102 

Retail deposits

763 

852 

  

187 

197 

199 

Commercial lending

679 

609 

  

169 

175 

154 

Commercial deposits

403 

434 

  

100 

103 

101 

Other

275 

254 

  

62 

66 

50 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,989 

3,091 

  

719 

756 

740 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

28 

(1)

  

16 

Home equity

65 

95 

  

27 

13 

Corporate and commercial

(23)

(77)

  

25 

(13)

(20)

Other consumer

81 

65 

  

20 

24 

24 

Securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

156 

91 

  

46 

59 

23 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

0.5%

  

1.1%

0.1%

Home equity

0.5%

0.7%

  

0.9%

0.4%

Corporate and commercial

(0.1%)

(0.3%)

  

0.4%

(0.2%)

(0.3%)

Other consumer

0.9%

0.8%

  

0.9%

1.1%

1.2%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.3%

0.2%

  

0.4%

0.4%

0.2%

60

 

 


 

 

 

 

US Retail & Commercial (£ Sterling)

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

7.2%

8.3%

  

6.5%

6.3%

9.0%

Net interest margin

2.95%

2.97%

  

2.98%

2.99%

2.90%

Cost:income ratio

73%

73%

  

74%

73%

70%

 

 

  

31 December

30 September

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

5.8 

5.6 

4%

  

5.8 

  - home equity

12.1 

12.5 

(3%)

  

13.3 

(9%)

  - corporate and commercial

24.1 

24.1 

  

23.8 

1%

  - other consumer

8.6 

8.6 

  

8.4 

1%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

50.6 

50.8 

  

51.3 

(2%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.3)

(0.3)

  

(0.3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

50.3 

50.5 

  

51.0 

(2%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets

71.7 

71.9 

  

72.8 

(2%)

Investment securities

12.9 

12.9 

  

12.0 

8%

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - retail

0.9 

0.9 

  

0.8 

13%

  - commercial

0.1 

0.2 

(50%)

  

0.3 

(67%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

1.0 

1.1 

(9%)

  

1.1 

(9%)

Provision coverage (2)

26%

25%

100bp 

  

25%

100bp 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

55.1 

58.0 

(5%)

  

59.2 

(7%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

2.0 

0.7 

186%

  

1.8 

11%

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

91%

87%

400bp

  

86%

500bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

50.7 

50.6 

  

50.8 

    - counterparty

0.5 

0.6 

(17%)

  

0.8 

(38%)

  - Operational risk

4.9 

4.9 

  

4.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

56.1 

56.1 

  

56.5 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Spot exchange rate - US$/£

1.654 

1.618 

  

  

1.616 

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

Key points

Sterling strengthened against the US Dollar, with the spot exchange rate at 31 December 2013 increasing 2.4% compared with 31 December 2012.

 

 

Performance is described in full in the US dollar-based financial statements set out on pages 62 to 67.

61

 

 


 

 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

$m

$m

  

$m

$m

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,998 

3,062 

  

781 

760 

747 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

1,190 

1,253 

  

298 

302 

315 

Other non-interest income

489 

584 

  

97 

101 

127 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

1,679 

1,837 

  

395 

403 

442 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,677 

4,899 

  

1,176 

1,163 

1,189 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(1,667)

(1,605)

  

(400)

(406)

(365)

  - other

(1,521)

(1,609)

  

(402)

(382)

(422)

  - litigation settlement

(138)

  

Indirect expenses

(233)

(206)

  

(66)

(65)

(42)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(3,421)

(3,558)

  

(868)

(853)

(829)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,256 

1,341 

  

308 

310 

360 

Impairment losses

(244)

(145)

  

(75)

(91)

(38)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

1,012 

1,196 

  

233 

219 

322 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages and home equity

716 

856 

  

164 

168 

215 

Personal lending and cards

643 

637 

  

165 

164 

164 

Retail deposits

1,194 

1,348 

  

306 

302 

319 

Commercial lending

1,062 

965 

  

275 

269 

247 

Commercial deposits

631 

689 

  

163 

159 

163 

Other

431 

404 

  

103 

101 

81 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,677 

4,899 

  

1,176 

1,163 

1,189 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

44 

(2)

  

24 

Home equity

101 

150 

  

43 

21 

Corporate and commercial

(36)

(120)

  

38 

(21)

(31)

Other consumer

127 

104 

  

33 

38 

39 

Securities

13 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

244 

145 

  

75 

91 

38 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

0.5%

  

1.1%

0.1%

Home equity

0.5%

0.7%

  

0.9%

0.4%

Corporate and commercial

(0.1%)

(0.3%)

  

0.4%

(0.2%)

(0.3%)

Other consumer

0.9%

0.8%

  

0.9%

1.1%

1.2%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.3%

0.2%

  

0.4%

0.4%

0.2%

62

 

 


 

 

 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

7.2%

8.3%

  

6.5%

6.3%

9.0%

Net interest margin

2.95%

2.97%

  

2.98%

2.99%

2.90%

Cost:income ratio

73%

73%

  

74%

73%

70%

 

 

  

31 December

30 September

  

  

31 December

  

  

2013

2013

  

  

2012

  

  

$bn

$bn

Change

  

$bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

9.6 

9.1 

5%

  

9.4 

2%

  - home equity

20.1 

20.2 

  

21.5 

(7%)

  - corporate and commercial

39.8 

39.0 

2%

  

38.5 

3%

  - other consumer

14.1 

13.9 

1%

  

13.5 

4%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

83.6 

82.2 

2%

  

82.9 

1%

Loan impairment provisions

(0.4)

(0.4)

  

(0.5)

(20%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

83.2 

81.8 

2%

  

82.4 

1%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets

118.7 

116.4 

2%

  

117.7 

1%

Investment securities

21.3 

20.9 

2%

  

19.5 

9%

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - retail

1.5 

1.4 

7%

  

1.3 

15%

  - commercial

0.2 

0.3 

(33%)

  

0.6 

(67%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

1.7 

1.7 

  

1.9 

(11%)

Provision coverage (2)

26%

25%

100bp 

  

25%

100bp 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

91.1 

93.9 

(3%)

  

95.6 

(5%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

3.3 

1.1 

200%

  

2.9 

14%

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

91%

87%

400bp

  

86%

500bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

83.8 

81.9 

2%

  

82.0 

2%

    - counterparty

0.8 

0.9 

(11%)

  

1.4 

(43%)

  - Operational risk

8.2 

8.0 

2%

  

7.9 

4%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

92.8 

90.8 

2%

  

91.3 

2%

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

63

 

 


 

 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

Key points

On 1 November 2013, RBS announced plans to accelerate its previously announced partial initial public offering of RBS Citizens Financial Group (RBSCFG) into the second half of 2014. RBS intends to fully divest its position in RBSCFG by the end of 2016, leaving it as a standalone regional bank, owned by public shareholders. 

 

RBSCFG has commenced a number of actions in 2013 aimed at improving financial performance. RBSCFG continued to drive profitable growth in its core business by focusing on the customer and delivering a differentiated experience. In addition, RBSCFG has launched a series of initiatives aimed at narrowing the performance gap with competitors, including selectively expanding lending areas where RBSCFG has proven capabilities (such as Mid-Corporate, Specialty Verticals) and selective expansion of risk appetite (moving from super-prime to prime in certain products). 

 

RBSCFG has also launched transformational initiatives in 2013 including:

·

A special initiative called Project ‘TOP’, ‘Tapping Our Potential’. The project intends to improve the overall effectiveness and efficiency of the franchise by utilising ideas generated by our colleagues.

 

 

·

On 7 January 2014, RBSCFG announced the sale of its Chicago-area retail branches, small business operations and select middle market relationships in the Chicago market to U.S. Bank National Association, the lead bank of U.S. Bancorp. RBSCFG will maintain a presence in Chicago through its commercial business lines and several national consumer business lines not included in the sale(1). The sale, expected to close in mid-2014 (subject to regulatory approval), includes 94 Charter One branches in the Chicago area, $5.3 billion in local deposits and $1.1 billion in locally originated loans for a deposit premium of approximately $315 million, or 6%. The proceeds will be reinvested in the remaining franchise, where we have stronger market positions and better long-term growth prospects.

 

Moreover, RBSCFG continued to grow its core franchise by consistently delivering a differentiated customer experience and leveraging its strong market presence (top 5 deposit market share in 8 of its top 10 Metropolitan Statistical Areas).

 

In 2013, Consumer Banking continued to improve customer convenience, address the shift in customer preference, and expand its distribution presence. Consumer Banking installed more than 900 intelligent deposit machines (enhanced ATMs), improved the web account opening process, simplified online banking log-in, and released a new mobile application optimised for the iPad. Consumer Banking also implemented a new branch image capture system throughout the network that automates teller processing and offers secure paperless transactions, debit card identification and clear receipts that provide on-the-spot balance availability.

 

 

64

 

 


 

 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

Key points (continued) 

In recognition of the customer experience it offers, Money  magazine named Citizens Bank one of the “Best Banks in America” in 2013. In addition to a “robust presence” defined by its many branches and ATMs, Money  recognised RBSCFG’s extended branch hours that include seven-day-a-week supermarket branches. Money  also noted that RBSCFG’s convenience options also extend to its mobile banking apps for Android and iPhone, which are generating positive customer feedback in the industry. An August report issued by Xtreme Labs noted that “Citizens Bank is the only bank with the highest rated apps on both Android (4.5 stars) and iOS (4.5 stars) platforms”.

 

The Small Business Banking and Commercial Enterprise Banking divisions were integrated into one consolidated Business Banking division within Consumer Banking, targeting companies with up to $25 million in annual sales. The consolidation will enhance the customer experience, transform sales and service, and align products and processes.

 

Commercial Banking remained focused on growing and deepening relationships by providing thought leadership and improved product capabilities to clients. Commercial and Industry loan growth was 8.5% compared with the same time period a year ago, which was 1.3% higher than the market(2). The strong results are partially due to the launch of several growth initiatives, which includes expanding our MidCorporate business nationally, as well as growing our Franchise Finance, Lender Finance and other key industry verticals. 

 

Corporate Finance & Capital Markets continued to take market share from both regional competitors and large money centre banks. Commercial Banking moved up in the Overall Middle Market Bookrunner league table from an unranked position in 2009 to #6 by origination volume and #8 by number of transactions in Q4 2013.

 

Furthermore, the strategic alliance with Oppenheimer allowed Commercial bankers to deliver M&A ideas and solutions that are helping us provide comprehensive solutions to our clients. This alliance won the Barlow Research Associates’ Monarch Innovation Award for “Most Innovative Product”. The award highlights RBSCFG’s commitment to making it easier for middle market companies to develop financial strategies that encompass both commercial banking and investment banking products and services. 

 

As a result of our ongoing focus on providing thought leadership to our clients, our most recent client survey (Q3 2013) showed significant improvement in Middle Market customer satisfaction metrics over the same period a year ago. Net Promoter score increased from 36 to 50, which is well above the peer average of 42. “Proactively Provides Advice and Solutions” score was up from 62% to 85% and lead relationships as a percent of total relationships improved from 51% to 58%. Both metrics are strong indicators of our Commercial bankers’ thought leadership capabilities. 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1)

RBSCFG will continue to operate several businesses in the Chicago market, including the consumer businesses lines of mortgage lending, Education Finance and Auto Finance. RBS Citizens, the bank’s commercial banking division, will continue a diverse range of commercial banking operations in Chicago including Asset-Based Lending, Asset Finance, Equipment Leasing, Commercial Real Estate, Treasury Solutions, Capital Markets, Sponsor Finance, Franchise Finance and the majority of its corporate banking business.

(2)

Source: SNL Financial.  Based on most recent regulatory data as of Q3 2013.  Market includes all US banks required to file regulatory reports.

65

 

 


 

 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

Key points (continued) 

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Operating profit of £647 million ($1,012 million) was down £107 million ($184 million), or 14%. The operating environment and market conditions remained challenging, with intense competition for loans. An extended period of low short-term rates limited net interest margin expansion and the rise in long-term rates dramatically slowed mortgage refinance volumes.

 

 

·

Net interest income was down 1% at £1,916 million ($2,998 million) due to a smaller investment portfolio, consumer loan run-off and the effect of prevailing economic conditions on asset yields partially offset by the benefit of interest rate swaps, commercial loan growth and favourable funding costs.

 

 

·

Average loans and advances were flat, with commercial loan growth of 5% despite competition for lending opportunities offset by run-off of long-term fixed-rate consumer products.

 

 

·

Average customer deposits were flat, with planned run-off of high priced time deposits and lower wholesale deposits offset by growth achieved in checking and money market balances. Consumer checking balances grew by 3% while small business checking balances grew by 7% over the year.

 

 

·

Excluding the £47 million ($75 million) gross gain on the sale of Visa B shares in 2012, non-interest income was down £39 million ($83 million), or 4% at £1,073 million ($1,679 million), reflecting lower mortgage banking fees as refinancing volumes have slowed, and lower deposit fees. This was partially offset by higher securities gains and commercial banking fee income.

 

 

·

Excluding the £88 million ($138 million) litigation settlement in 2012 relating to a class action lawsuit regarding the way overdraft fees were assessed on customer accounts prior to 2010 and the £8 million ($13 million) litigation reserve associated with the sale of Visa B shares, total expenses of £2,186 million ($3,421 million) were broadly in line with prior year.  This largely reflects a mortgage servicing rights impairment recapture driven by the increase in long-term rates offset by the cost of regulatory compliance and new technology investments and a one-off £21 million ($33 million) pension gain in 2012.

 

 

·

Impairment losses increased by £65 million ($99 million) to £156 million ($244 million) for the year and represented 0.3% of loans and advances to customers.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Operating profit of £142 million ($233 million) remained flat. In US dollar terms operating profit increased by $14 million, or 6%, to $233 million, driven by higher income and lower impairments partially offset by higher expenses.

 

 

·

Net interest income was down 3% to £479 million. In US dollar terms net interest income was up 3% to $781 million due to a larger investment portfolio, favourable funding costs and commercial loan growth.

 

 

·

Higher rates led to investment security purchases resulting in portfolio growth of £0.4 billion ($1.5 billion) in the quarter and £2.5 billion ($3.9 billion) during the second half, reversing first half run-off.

 

 

·

Average loans and advances were up 2%, driven by commercial loan growth, a strategic initiative to purchase residential mortgages and shift to hold more originations on the balance sheet.

 

 

·

Non-interest income was down £23 million ($8 million), or 9% at £240 million ($395 million), reflecting lower deposit fees due to a change in the posting order of customer transactions and lower mortgage banking fees as originations continue to trend down (33% lower than prior quarter). Mortgage activity is slowing as market rates have risen leading to lower applications combined with gains at a lower level. Commercial banking fee income was flat to the prior quarter with strong capital markets fees offset by deterioration in leasing income.

66

 

 


 

 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013 (continued)

·

Total expenses were down £24 million. In US dollar terms, total expenses were up $15 million, or 2% at $868 million, largely reflecting a litigation reserve in Q4 2013.

 

 

·

Impairment losses decreased by £13 million ($16 million) to £46 million ($75 million) for the quarter.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Operating profit of £142 million ($233 million) decreased by £58 million ($89 million), or 29%, largely driven by higher expenses and impairments.

 

 

·

Net interest income was up £14 million ($34 million), or 3% at £479 million ($781 million), driven by the benefit of both run-off of legacy and newly transacted interest rate swaps and deposit pricing discipline partially offset by consumer loan run-off.

 

 

·

Non-interest income was down £35 million ($47 million), or 13% at £240 million ($395 million), driven by lower mortgage banking fees, down £26 million ($42 million).

 

 

·

Total expenses were up £14 million ($39 million) at £531 million ($868 million) reflecting a one-off £21 million ($33 million) pension gain in Q4 2012.

 

 

·

Impairment losses increased by £23 million ($37 million) to £46 million ($75 million) in the quarter.

 

67

 

 


 

 

 

Markets

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

157 

111 

  

61 

41 

49 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions receivable

75 

128 

  

20 

16 

Income from trading activities

3,057 

4,105 

  

542 

764 

551 

Other operating income

33 

139 

  

13 

40 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

3,165 

4,372 

  

565 

793 

592 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

3,322 

4,483 

  

626 

834 

641 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(1,177)

(1,453)

  

(192)

(299)

(87)

  - other

(723)

(722)

  

(186)

(148)

(207)

Indirect expenses

(710)

(762)

  

(175)

(178)

(186)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(2,610)

(2,937)

  

(553)

(625)

(480)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

712 

1,546 

  

73 

209 

161 

Impairment losses (1)

(92)

(37)

  

(34)

(22)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

620 

1,509 

  

39 

210 

139 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ongoing businesses (2)

655 

1,431 

  

92 

217 

269 

Run-off and recovery businesses

(35)

78 

  

(53)

(7)

(130)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Rates

1,053 

1,922 

  

189 

390 

323 

Currencies

1,000 

775 

  

214 

257 

207 

Asset-backed products

943 

1,322 

  

204 

125 

169 

Credit markets

699 

735 

  

143 

187 

157 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income ongoing businesses

3,695 

4,754 

  

750 

959 

856 

Inter-divisional revenue share

(612)

(708)

  

(132)

(162)

(169)

Run-off and recovery businesses

239 

437 

  

37 

(46)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

3,322 

4,483 

  

626 

834 

641 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Memo - Fixed income and currencies

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income ongoing businesses

3,695 

4,754 

  

750 

959 

856 

Less: primary credit markets

(561)

(574)

  

(128)

(146)

(160)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total fixed income and currencies

3,134 

4,180 

  

622 

813 

696 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes £18 million pertaining to the creation of RCR and related strategy.

(2)

The ongoing businesses comprise the Rates, Currencies, Asset backed products and Credit markets areas.

 

68

 

 


 

 

 

 

Markets

 

Key metrics

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

5.0%

9.6%

  

1.5%

7.0%

3.8%

Cost:income ratio

79%

66%

  

88%

75%

75%

Compensation ratio (2)

35%

32%

  

31%

36%

14%

 

 

  

31 December

30 September

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

25.4 

24.4 

4%

  

29.8 

(15%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.2)

(0.2)

  

(0.2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

25.2 

24.2 

4%

  

29.6 

(15%)

Net loans and advances to banks

12.5 

15.5 

(19%)

  

16.6 

(25%)

Reverse repos

76.2 

95.6 

(20%)

  

103.8 

(27%)

Securities

69.8 

71.4 

(2%)

  

92.4 

(24%)

Cash and eligible bills

20.3 

19.6 

4%

  

30.2 

(33%)

Other

8.8 

21.9 

(60%)

  

11.9 

(26%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets (excluding derivatives

  

  

  

  

  

  

  mark-to-market)

212.8 

248.2 

(14%)

  

284.5 

(25%)

Net derivative assets (after netting)

15.5 

18.6 

(17%)

  

21.9 

(29%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Provision coverage (3)

85%

77%

800bp

  

77%

800bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

21.5 

25.8 

(17%)

  

26.3 

(18%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

23.8 

29.3 

(19%)

  

45.4 

(48%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

10.8 

10.5 

3%

  

14.0 

(23%)

    - counterparty

17.5 

26.5 

(34%)

  

34.7 

(50%)

  - Market risk

26.4 

26.4 

  

36.9 

(28%)

  - Operational risk

9.8 

9.8 

  

15.7 

(38%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

64.5 

73.2 

(12%)

  

101.3 

(36%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax, divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Compensation ratio is based on staff costs as a percentage of total income.

(3)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

69

 

 


 

 

 

 

Markets

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

  

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

Income statement (ongoing business)

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

3,094 

4,076 

  

619 

800 

691 

Direct expenses

(1,750)

(1,902)

  

(353)

(408)

(247)

Indirect expenses

(682)

(753)

  

(154)

(176)

(183)

Impairment (losses)/recoveries

(7)

10 

  

(20)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

655 

1,431 

  

92 

217 

269 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios (ongoing business)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

6.8%

11.5%

  

4.6%

9.3%

9.2%

Cost:income ratio

79%

65%

  

82%

73%

62%

Compensation ratio (2)

35%

31%

  

29%

34%

10%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

  

  

  

  

2013

2013 

2012 

Balance sheet (ongoing business)

  

  

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets (excluding derivatives mark-to-market)

  

  

198.8 

231.4 

259.3 

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

52.1 

56.9 

79.1 

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax, divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions), for ongoing businesses.

(2)

Compensation ratio is based on staff costs as a percentage of total income.

 

Key points

In 2013, Markets launched and executed a strategic repositioning of the business, aimed at reducing risk, tightening controls, consolidating the geographic footprint and reducing complexity by refocusing on the franchise’s core strengths in fixed income products. The division met or exceeded all internal targets for reducing controllable costs, risk weighted assets and balance sheet, while meeting revenue and operating profit expectations. Controls were enhanced, trading was integrated into four financial hubs, the front-to-back operating model was simplified and an agreement was reached for the sale of the Investor Products and Equity Derivatives business. Market share in the four core product areas (Rates, Currencies, Asset Backed Products and Credit) remained broadly stable with high profile client transactions executed across the globe. As a result of the strategic repositioning, Markets ended 2013 better positioned for the changing regulatory and external environment.

 

Lower income in 2013 compared with 2012 reflected both the strategic scaling back of the balance sheet and risk reduction in a difficult market environment. Client activity was limited by the uncertainty that surrounded the much anticipated tapering of the Federal Reserve’s programme of quantitative easing. This contrasted with 2012 when markets were boosted by the European Central Bank’s Long Term Refinancing Operation.  Nevertheless, Markets’ core businesses remained resilient and continued to produce positive results. Currencies income increased significantly year on year and Corporate Debt Capital Markets reaffirmed its leading position in the GBP market. 

70

 

 


 

 

 

Markets

 

Key points (continued)

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Operating profit fell by £889 million with income falling by 26%, partly offset by significant cost reductions. The de-risking of Markets resulted in a 36% reduction in risk-weighted assets.

 

 

·

Rates actively repositioned the business during 2013, lowering the balance sheet and reducing risk. This, combined with a weak trading performance in H1 2013, resulted in subdued returns.

 

 

·

Currencies income increased as the franchise remained resilient and FX Options benefited from opportunities in volatile FX and emerging markets.

 

 

·

Asset Backed Products continued to perform well, although income was affected by investor concerns regarding tapering of the Federal Reserve’s programme of quantitative easing and a reduction in the balance sheet and risk resources deployed by the business.

 

 

·

Credit Markets reflected the previous year’s de-risking of credit trading and witnessed a modest reduction in Debt Capital Markets income, although the business executed a number of significant transactions and retained its leading position in corporate GBP issuance.  

 

 

·

Costs fell by 11%, reflecting a reduction in headcount of 1,000 – split evenly between the front and back-office - and tightly controlled discretionary expenses, although this was offset by a higher level of legal costs, primarily related to legacy issues in the US Asset Backed Products business.

 

 

·

The increase in impairments was driven predominantly by provisions against a single exposure in 2013. 

 

 

·

Reducing risk and refocusing the division on core fixed income and currencies products drove a substantial reduction in both balance sheet and risk capital. Third party assets were £72 billion lower than 31 December 2012 and risk-weighted assets, at £65 billion, were down £37 billion.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

A small operating profit in Q4 2013 reflected the expected seasonal slow-down and a weaker trading performance in Rates, although this was mitigated by an improvement in Asset Backed Products.

 

 

·

The fall in Rates reflected lower volumes and a robust trading performance in Q3 2013.

 

 

·

Currencies income reduced as opportunities in FX Options were more limited following an exceptional period of volatility in both Q2 and Q3 2013.

 

 

·

Asset Backed Products rebounded as positive economic news and increased clarity concerning the pace and timing of tapering of the Federal Reserve’s programme of quantitative easing reassured markets.

 

 

·

Lower Credit income was driven by fewer high value transactions in Debt Capital Markets following a spike in activity towards the end of Q3 2013. 

 

 

·

Costs fell by £72 million, driven by lower staff costs, including the impact of the strategic decision to focus resources on core fixed income and currencies products.

 

 

·

The strategic reduction of the division’s balance sheet and capital continued apace as third party assets and risk-weighted assets fell, respectively, by a further £35 billion and £9 billion over the quarter.

 

71

 

 


 

 

 

Markets

 

Key points (continued)

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Operating profit fell by £100 million, driven by an exceptional reduction to variable compensation in the prior year.

 

 

·

The reduction in both third party assets and risk-weighted assets was reflected in Rates lower income, although Asset Backed Products benefitted from renewed investor confidence as the market reacted to the Federal Reserve’s clarification of intended pace and timing of tapering of quantitative easing. 

 

 

·

Headcount fell by 1,000 and significant cost reductions were implemented.  This was more than offset, however, by the impact of the reduction to variable compensation in Q4 2012 following the Group’s LIBOR settlement.

 

72

 

 


 

 

 

Central items

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

(89)

84 

  

(174)

(19)

118 

 

Note:

(1)

Costs/charges are denoted by brackets.

 

Funding and operating costs have been allocated to operating divisions based on direct service usage, the requirement for market funding and other appropriate drivers where services span more than one division.

 

Residual unallocated items relate to volatile corporate items that do not naturally reside within a division.

 

Key points

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Central items not allocated, represented a debit of £89 million in 2013 compared with a credit of £84 million in 2012, a reduction of £173 million.

 

 

·

This has been principally driven by higher unallocated Treasury and funding costs, £175 million higher, including volatile items under IFRS and lower gains on Treasury available-for-sale securities, down £156 million from £880 million in 2012 to £724 million in 2013.

 

 

·

Central items included various legacy litigation and conduct provisions totalling £127 million for 2013, a reduction of £33 million compared with 2012, and a property-related impairment of £65 million which have been offset by the non-repeat of £175 million costs incurred in 2012 in relation to the technology incident and credits totalling £80 million recognised in relation to the Group’s share of profit from its stake in Saudi Hollandi, which was held as a disposal group in 2012.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Central items not allocated represented a debit of £174 million in Q4 2013 compared with a debit of £19 million in Q3 2013, an increase of £155 million. 

 

 

·

This increase has been principally driven by higher unallocated Treasury and funding costs, up £197 million including volatile items under IFRS, along with lower gains on Treasury available-for-sale securities, down £36 million to £114 million for Q4 2013 compared with £150 million recognised in Q3 2013. 

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Central items not allocated represented a debit of £174 million compared with a credit of £118 million in Q4 2012.

 

 

·

This has been principally driven by higher unallocated Treasury and funding costs, up £260 million including volatile items under IFRS, along with lower gains on Treasury available-for-sale securities, down £73 million to £114 million for Q4 2013 compared with £187 million in Q4 2012. 

 

73

 

 


 

 

 

Non-Core

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

(61)

346 

  

(30)

(33)

59 

Funding costs of rental assets

(38)

(102)

 

(8)

(10)

(6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

(99)

244 

 

(38)

(43)

53 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

55 

105 

  

11 

28 

Loss from trading activities

(148)

(654)

  

(218)

(109)

(50)

Other operating income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - rental income

177 

510 

  

28 

49 

47 

  - other (1)

(331)

83 

  

(376)

(22)

(110)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

(247)

44 

  

(555)

(76)

(85)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

(346)

288 

  

(593)

(119)

(32)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(203)

(276)

  

(37)

(50)

(50)

  - operating lease depreciation

(76)

(246)

  

(18)

(17)

(51)

  - other

(128)

(164)

  

(34)

(30)

(47)

Indirect expenses

(198)

(258)

  

(50)

(48)

(59)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(605)

(944)

  

(139)

(145)

(207)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss before impairment losses

(951)

(656)

  

(732)

(264)

(239)

Impairment losses

(4,576)

(2,223)

  

(3,164)

(581)

(703)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(5,527)

(2,879)

  

(3,896)

(845)

(942)

 

Note:

(1)

Includes losses on disposals (year ended 31 December 2013 - £221 million loss; year ended 31 December 2012 - £14 million loss; Q4 2013 - £79 million loss; Q3 2013 - £73 million loss; Q4 2012 - £115 million loss).

 

74

 

 


 

 

 

 

Non-Core

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of (loss)/income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios

(496)

40 

  

(556)

(84)

(111)

International businesses

51 

250 

  

10 

(31)

29 

Markets

99 

(2)

  

(47)

(4)

50 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (loss)/income

(346)

288 

  

(593)

(119)

(32)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/income from trading activities

  

  

  

  

  

  

Monoline exposures

(46)

(205)

  

(43)

(21)

(35)

Credit derivative product companies

(5)

(205)

  

(5)

(9)

Asset-backed products

103 

101 

  

60 

16 

Other credit exotics

32 

(28)

  

13 

Equities

(2)

  

(5)

Banking book hedges

(38)

  

(2)

Other

(237)

(277)

  

(234)

(100)

(30)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(148)

(654)

  

(218)

(109)

(50)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios (1)

4,646 

2,346 

  

3,201 

589 

723 

International businesses

56 

  

(9)

15 

Markets

(71)

(179)

  

(28)

(12)

(35)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

4,576 

2,223 

  

3,164 

581 

703 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which RCR related (2)

3,118 

-

  

2,918 

200 

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) (3)

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios (4)

12.9%

4.2%

  

35.9%

5.2%

5.0%

International businesses

0.5%

5.1%

  

(18.0%)

4.0%

5.5%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

12.8%

4.2%

  

35.3%

5.2%

4.8%

 

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratio

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin

(0.19%)

0.31%

  

(0.36%)

(0.35%)

0.29%

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes Ulster Bank impairment losses of £3,027 million (year ended 31 December 2012 - £983 million; Q4 2013 - £2,198 million; Q3 2013 - £398 million; Q4 2012 - £364 million).

(2)

Pertaining to the creation of RCR and related strategy.

(3)

Includes disposal groups.

(4)

Ulster Bank - 26.1% (year ended 31 December 2012 - 7.6%; Q4 2013 - 75.8%; Q3 2013 - 13.2%; Q4 2012 - 11.3%). Banking and portfolios excluding Ulster Bank - 6.0% (year ended 31 December 2012 - 3.1%; Q4 2013 - 17.1%; Q3 2013 - 1.9%; Q4 2012 - 3.0%).

 

75

 

 


 

 

 

 

Non-Core

 

 

31 December

30 September

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross) (1)

35.6 

40.4 

(12%)

55.4 

(36%)

Loan impairment provisions

(13.8)

(11.3)

22%

(11.2)

23%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

21.8 

29.1 

(25%)

44.2 

(51%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets (excluding derivatives)

28.0 

37.3 

(25%)

57.4 

(51%)

Total third party assets (including derivatives)

31.2 

41.1 

(24%)

63.4 

(51%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending (1)

19.0 

19.8 

(4%)

21.4 

(11%)

Provision coverage (2)

73%

57%

1,600bp

52%

2,100bp

Customer deposits (1)

2.2 

2.4 

(8%)

2.7 

(19%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

21.0 

29.2 

(28%)

45.1 

(53%)

    - counterparty

3.7 

6.5 

(43%)

11.5 

(68%)

  - Market risk

3.3 

4.0 

(18%)

5.4 

(39%)

  - Operational risk

1.2 

1.2 

(1.6)

175%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

29.2 

40.9 

(29%)

60.4 

(52%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes disposal groups.

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

 

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

Gross customer loans and advances

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios

35.4 

40.0 

54.5 

International businesses

0.2 

0.4 

0.9 

  

  

  

  

  

35.6 

40.4 

55.4 

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios

26.2 

36.7 

53.3 

International businesses

0.7 

1.0 

2.4 

Markets

2.3 

3.2 

4.7 

  

  

  

  

  

29.2 

40.9 

60.4 

  

  

  

  

Third party assets (excluding derivatives)

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios

25.9 

34.8 

51.1 

International businesses

0.3 

0.4 

1.2 

Markets

1.8 

2.1 

5.1 

  

  

  

  

  

28.0 

37.3 

57.4 

76

 

 


 

 

 

 

Non-Core

 

Third party assets (excluding derivatives)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December

Run-off 

Disposals/ 

Drawings/ 

Impairments 

FX 

31 December

2012 

restructuring 

roll overs 

2013

Year ended 31 December 2013

£bn

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

22.1 

(5.3)

(2.3)

0.2 

(4.1)

0.3 

10.9 

Corporate

25.5 

(8.2)

(4.6)

0.8 

(0.3)

(0.2)

13.0 

SME

1.0 

(0.5)

(0.2)

0.3 

Retail

3.2 

(0.6)

(0.6)

(0.2)

1.8 

Other

0.5 

(0.3)

0.2 

Markets

5.1 

(0.3)

(3.0)

1.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (1)

57.4 

(15.2)

(10.7)

1.0 

(4.6)

0.1 

28.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September

Run-off 

Disposals/ 

Drawings/ 

Impairments 

FX 

31 December

2013

restructuring 

roll overs 

2013

Quarter ended 31 December 2013

£bn

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

16.0 

(1.6)

(0.8)

0.2 

(2.8)

(0.1)

10.9 

Corporate

16.5 

(1.4)

(1.7)

0.1 

(0.3)

(0.2)

13.0 

SME

0.4 

(0.1)

0.3 

Retail

2.1 

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

1.8 

Other

0.2 

0.2 

Markets

2.1 

0.1 

(0.4)

1.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

37.3 

(3.1)

(2.9)

0.3 

(3.2)

(0.4)

28.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

Run-off 

Disposals/ 

Drawings/ 

Impairments 

FX 

30 September

2013 

restructuring 

roll overs 

2013 

Quarter ended 30 September 2013

£bn

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

18.3 

(1.1)

(0.5)

(0.5)

(0.2)

16.0 

Corporate

19.9 

(2.0)

(1.0)

0.2 

(0.6)

16.5 

SME

0.5 

(0.1)

0.4 

Retail

3.0 

(0.1)

(0.6)

(0.1)

(0.1)

2.1 

Other

0.2 

0.2 

Markets

3.5 

(0.1)

(1.1)

(0.2)

2.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

45.4 

(3.4)

(3.2)

0.2 

(0.6)

(1.1)

37.3 

 

Note:

(1)

Disposals of £0.8 billion have been signed as at 31 December 2013 but are pending completion (30 September 2013 - £0.2 billion; 31 December 2012 - £0.2 billion).

 

 

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2013

2012

Commercial real estate third party assets

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

UK (excluding NI)

4.7 

5.6 

8.9 

Ireland (ROI and NI)

2.3 

4.7 

5.8 

Spain

0.8 

1.2 

1.4 

Rest of Europe

2.8 

4.0 

4.9 

USA

0.3 

0.5 

0.9 

RoW

0.2 

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding derivatives)

10.9 

16.0 

22.1 

77

 

 


 

 

 

 

Non-Core

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

Impairment losses by donating division

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and sector (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total UK Retail

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Corporate

  

  

  

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

60 

19 

  

66 

(3)

Property and construction

228 

88 

  

89 

16 

Transport

40 

16 

  

Financial institutions

(8)

(38)

  

(23)

Lombard

(4)

48 

  

(8)

15 

Other

40 

107 

  

23 

53 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total UK Corporate

356 

240 

  

174 

26 

56 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

837 

288 

  

679 

29 

91 

  - development

1,836 

611 

  

1,237 

356 

256 

Other corporate

345 

77 

  

279 

12 

16 

Other EMEA

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Ulster Bank

3,027 

983 

  

2,198 

398 

364 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

US Retail & Commercial

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto and consumer

55 

49 

  

12 

15 

19 

Cards

  

(2)

SBO/home equity

83 

130 

  

23 

14 

22 

Residential mortgages

12 

21 

  

Commercial real estate

(12)

  

(1)

(2)

Commercial and other

(3)

(12)

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total US Retail & Commercial

156 

177 

  

36 

39 

44 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

International Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

(42)

  

Property and construction

835 

623 

  

534 

92 

96 

Transport

26 

199 

  

21 

(1)

51 

Telecoms, media and technology

24 

32 

  

19 

Financial institutions

(49)

(58)

  

(2)

(17)

75 

Other

245 

18 

  

184 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total International Banking

1,039 

817 

  

757 

117 

238 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wealth

(1)

  

(1)

Central items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Other

(1)

  

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

4,576 

2,223 

  

3,164 

581 

703 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which RCR related (2)

3,118 

  

2,918 

200 

 

Notes:

(1)

Impairment losses include those relating to AFS securities; sector analyses above include allocation of latent impairment charges.

(2)

Pertaining to the creation of RCR and related strategy.

 

78

 

 


 

 

 

 

Non-Core

 

 

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse

  

  

  

  repurchase agreements) by donating division and sector

  

  

  

  

UK Corporate

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

0.1 

Property and construction

1.7 

2.2 

3.6 

Transport

2.7 

3.5 

3.8 

Financial institutions

0.2 

Lombard

0.2 

0.2 

0.4 

Other

1.2 

0.9 

4.2 

  

  

  

  

Total UK Corporate

5.8 

6.8 

12.3 

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  - investment

3.2 

3.4 

3.4 

  - development

6.9 

7.2 

7.6 

Other corporate

1.5 

1.5 

1.6 

Other EMEA

0.3 

  

  

  

  

Total Ulster Bank

11.6 

12.1 

12.9 

  

  

  

  

US Retail & Commercial

  

  

  

Auto and consumer

0.2 

0.2 

0.6 

SBO/home equity

1.5 

1.7 

2.0 

Residential mortgages

0.3 

0.3 

0.4 

Commercial real estate

0.2 

0.2 

0.4 

Commercial and other

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

  

  

  

  

Total US Retail & Commercial

2.3 

2.5 

3.5 

  

  

  

  

International Banking

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

1.4 

1.6 

3.9 

Property and construction

7.5 

9.2 

12.3 

Transport

1.4 

1.6 

1.7 

Telecoms, media and technology

0.8 

0.7 

0.4 

Financial institutions

2.9 

3.4 

4.7 

Other

1.9 

2.4 

3.7 

  

  

  

  

Total International Banking

15.9 

18.9 

26.7 

  

  

  

  

Other

  

  

  

Wealth

0.1 

  

  

  

  

Total Other

0.1 

  

  

  

  

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse

  

  

  

  repurchase agreements)

35.6 

40.4 

55.4 

 

 

 

79

 

 


 

 

 

Non-Core

 

Key points

Non-Core has successfully achieved and surpassed its five year Strategic Plan target, reducing third party assets from the opening £258 billion position to end 2013 significantly below the original c.£40 billion target at £28 billion. Over the life of Non-Core this represents an overall reduction of £230 billion, or 89%.  This was achieved through a mixture of disposals, run-off and impairments. By the end of 2013, the Non-Core funded balance sheet was c.4% of the Group’s funded balance sheet compared with 21% when the division was created. RWAs have reduced from £171 billion to £29 billion, or 83%, over the life of Non-Core.

 

Third party assets were reduced by £29 billion, or 51%, during the year. Approximately £3.1 billion of the reduction was due to increased impairments as a result of the change in the future run-down/disposal plan for the remaining Non-Core assets under the transition to RCR. 

 

2013 is the final reporting period for the Non-Core division. Approximately £12 billion of assets which were managed by Non-Core are to be returned to the relevant Core divisions, with the remaining assets transferring to RCR from 1 January 2014.

 

2013 compared with 2012

·

Third party assets declined by £29 billion, or 51%, reflecting run-off of £15 billion, disposals of £11 billion and impairments of £5 billion, of which £3.1 billion is driven by the new RCR strategy to exit these assets over a shorter timeframe than previous plans.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets were £31 billion lower, driven by disposals and run-off.

 

 

·

Operating loss of £5,527 million was £2,648 million higher than 2012, principally due to a £2,353 million increase in impairments. This was predominantly due to £3,118 million of 2013 impairments related to the creation of RCR, most significantly with £2,299 million in Ulster Bank and £742 million in International Banking, driven by the new RCR strategy to exit these assets over a shorter timeframe than previous plans, which has led to increased impairment losses on the non-performing assets.

 

 

·

Operating loss before impairment losses was £295 million higher with a reduction in net interest income of £343 million, £207 million additional disposal losses and £104 million further fair value writedowns offset by £506 million lower losses from trading activities.

 

 

·

The reduction in net interest income of £343 million was driven by a 31% fall in interest earning assets driven by run-off and disposals.

 

 

·

Headcount declined by 1,700, or 55% to 1,400 of which 1,000 relates to operations in India and Romania, reflecting divestment activity and run-off.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q3 2013

·

Third party assets declined by £9 billion to £28 billion, driven by disposals of £3 billion, run-off of £3 billion and impairments of £3 billion (predominantly reflecting the new RCR strategy).

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets fell by £12 billion, driven by disposals and run-off.

 

 

·

Operating loss of £3,896 million was £3,051 million higher than Q3 2013, principally due to higher impairments driven by the RCR increases noted above and includes £277 million RCR additional fair value losses.

 

Q4 2013 compared with Q4 2012

·

Operating loss increased by £2,954 million, principally due to higher impairments related to the creation of RCR, and lower valuations for assets held at fair value.

80

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated income statement

for the period ended 31 December 2013

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

16,740 

18,530 

  

3,973 

4,207 

4,439 

Interest payable

(5,759)

(7,128)

  

(1,209)

(1,427)

(1,666)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

10,981 

11,402 

  

2,764 

2,780 

2,773 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

5,460 

5,709 

  

1,370 

1,382 

1,374 

Fees and commissions payable

(942)

(834)

  

(244)

(238)

(245)

Income from trading activities

2,685 

1,675 

  

177 

444 

474 

Gain on redemption of own debt

175 

454 

  

(29)

13 

Other operating income/(loss)

1,398 

(465)

  

31 

35 

227 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

8,776 

6,539 

  

1,305 

1,636 

1,830 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

19,757 

17,941 

  

4,069 

4,416 

4,603 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

(7,163)

(8,188)

  

(1,541)

(1,895)

(1,656)

Premises and equipment

(2,348)

(2,232)

  

(700)

(544)

(592)

Other administrative expenses

(7,244)

(5,593)

  

(3,960)

(1,103)

(2,506)

Depreciation and amortisation

(1,410)

(1,802)

  

(336)

(338)

(498)

Write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

(1,403)

(124)

  

(1,403)

(124)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(19,568)

(17,939)

  

(7,940)

(3,880)

(5,376)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

189 

  

(3,871)

536 

(773)

Impairment losses

(8,432)

(5,279)

  

(5,112)

(1,170)

(1,454)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss before tax

(8,243)

(5,277)

  

(8,983)

(634)

(2,227)

Tax credit/(charge)

(382)

(441)

  

377 

(81)

(39)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss from continuing operations

(8,625)

(5,718)

  

(8,606)

(715)

(2,266)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Direct Line Group

127 

(184)

  

(351)

  - Other

21 

12 

  

15 

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  net of tax

148 

(172)

  

15 

(5)

(345)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss for the period

(8,477)

(5,890)

  

(8,591)

(720)

(2,611)

Non-controlling interests

(120)

136 

  

(6)

108 

Preference share and other dividends

(398)

(301)

  

(114)

(102)

(115)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss attributable to ordinary and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B shareholders

(8,995)

(6,055)

  

(8,702)

(828)

(2,618)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary and equivalent 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B share from continuing operations

(81.3p)

(54.5p)

  

(77.3p)

(7.4p)

(21.6p)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary and equivalent 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B share from continuing and discontinued operations

(80.3p)

(55.0p)

  

(77.3p)

(7.4p)

(23.6p)

 

* Restated - see page 93.

81

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the period ended 31 December 2013

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss for the period

 (8,477) 

 (5,890) 

  

 (8,591) 

 (720) 

 (2,611) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Items that do not qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

  

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans

446 

 (2,158) 

  

446 

 (2,158) 

Tax

(246)

352 

 

(83)

(163)

429 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200 

(1,806)

 

363 

(163)

(1,729)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Items that do qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale financial assets

 (406) 

645 

  

 (103) 

430 

 (70) 

Cash flow hedges

 (2,291) 

1,006 

  

 (667) 

 (88) 

 (126) 

Currency translation

 (229) 

 (900) 

  

 (328) 

 (1,211) 

169 

Tax

1,014 

 (152) 

  

203 

85 

118 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (1,912) 

599 

  

 (895) 

 (784) 

91 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other comprehensive loss after tax

 (1,712) 

 (1,207) 

  

 (532) 

 (947) 

 (1,638) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive loss for the period

 (10,189) 

 (7,097) 

  

 (9,123) 

 (1,667) 

 (4,249) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive loss is attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

137 

 (129) 

  

16 

 (13) 

 (104) 

Preference shareholders

349 

273 

  

99 

98 

99 

Paid-in equity holders

49 

28 

  

15 

16 

Ordinary and B shareholders

 (10,724) 

 (7,269) 

  

 (9,253) 

 (1,756) 

 (4,260) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (10,189) 

 (7,097) 

  

 (9,123) 

 (1,667) 

 (4,249) 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

Key points

·

The movement in available-for-sale financial assets during the year and quarter reflects net realised gains on high quality UK, US and German sovereign bonds.

 

 

·

Cash flow hedging losses in both the year and Q4 2013 largely result from increases in Sterling and US dollar swap rates in the main durations of the underlying portfolio.

 

 

·

Currency translation losses during the year are principally due to the strengthening of Sterling

against the US dollar, 2.3%, partially offset by weakening against the Euro, 2.1%. Currency translation losses during the fourth quarter arose mainly from the 2.2% strengthening of Sterling against the US dollar.

 

 

·

Actuarial gains on defined benefit plans primarily relate to the higher value of assets of the UK pension schemes and changes in the discount rate. Both of these improvements were driven by improving market conditions, particularly yields on AA rated corporate bonds. These gains were partially offset by an increase in the assumed rate of inflation.

 

82

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated balance sheet

at 31 December 2013

 

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

82,659 

87,066 

79,290 

Net loans and advances to banks

27,555 

28,206 

29,168 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing

26,516 

33,757 

34,783 

Loans and advances to banks

54,071 

61,963 

63,951 

Net loans and advances to customers

390,825 

406,927 

430,088 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing

49,897 

62,214 

70,047 

Loans and advances to customers

440,722 

469,141 

500,135 

Debt securities

113,599 

122,886 

157,438 

Equity shares

8,811 

10,363 

15,232 

Settlement balances

5,591 

18,099 

5,741 

Derivatives

288,039 

323,657 

441,903 

Intangible assets

12,368 

13,742 

13,545 

Property, plant and equipment

7,909 

8,476 

9,784 

Deferred tax

3,478 

3,022 

3,443 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

7,614 

8,586 

7,820 

Assets of disposal groups

3,017 

2,435 

14,013 

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,027,878 

1,129,436 

1,312,295 

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

Bank deposits

35,329 

38,601 

57,073 

Repurchase agreements and stock lending

28,650 

32,748 

44,332 

Deposits by banks

63,979 

71,349 

101,405 

Customer deposits

414,396 

434,305 

433,239 

Repurchase agreements and stock lending

56,484 

72,636 

88,040 

Customer accounts

470,880 

506,941 

521,279 

Debt securities in issue

67,819 

71,781 

94,592 

Settlement balances

5,313 

18,514 

5,878 

Short positions

28,022 

31,020 

27,591 

Derivatives

285,526 

319,464 

434,333 

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

16,017 

14,157 

14,801 

Retirement benefit liabilities

3,210 

3,597 

3,884 

Deferred tax

507 

514 

1,141 

Subordinated liabilities

24,012 

23,720 

26,773 

Liabilities of disposal groups

3,378 

249 

10,170 

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities

968,663 

1,061,306 

1,241,847 

  

  

  

  

Equity

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

473 

462 

1,770 

Owners’ equity*

  

  

  

  Called up share capital

6,714 

6,697 

6,582 

  Reserves

52,028 

60,971 

62,096 

  

  

  

  

Total equity

59,215 

68,130 

70,448 

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and equity

1,027,878 

1,129,436 

1,312,295 

  

  

  

  

* Owners’ equity attributable to:

  

  

  

Ordinary and B shareholders

53,450 

62,376 

63,386 

Other equity owners

5,292 

5,292 

5,292 

  

  

  

  

  

58,742 

67,668 

68,678 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

83

 

 


 

 

 

Average balance sheet

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

  

%

%

  

%

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average yields, spreads and margins of the

  

  

  

  

  

  banking business

  

  

  

  

  

Gross yield on interest-earning assets of banking business

3.08 

3.12 

  

3.01 

3.10 

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities of banking business

(1.42)

(1.54)

  

(1.24)

(1.40)

  

 

 

  

 

  

Interest spread of banking business

1.66 

1.58 

  

1.77 

1.70 

Benefit from interest-free funds

0.36 

0.34 

  

0.32 

0.35 

  

 

 

  

 

  

Net interest margin of banking business

2.02 

1.92 

  

2.09 

2.05 

  

 

 

  

 

  

Average interest rates

 

 

  

 

  

The Group's base rate

0.50 

0.50 

  

0.50 

0.50 

  

 

 

  

 

  

London inter-bank three month offered rates

 

 

  

 

  

  - Sterling

0.52 

0.82 

  

0.52 

0.51 

  - Eurodollar

0.24 

0.43 

  

0.24 

0.26 

  - Euro

0.27 

0.53 

  

0.24 

0.22 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

84

 

 


 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet

 

 

Year ended

  

Year ended

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012*

  

Average

  

  

  

Average

  

  

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

£m

£m

%

  

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

74,706 

430 

0.58 

 

73,998 

493 

0.67 

Loans and advances to customers

399,796 

15,125 

3.78 

 

429,323 

16,188 

3.77 

Debt securities

68,874 

1,185 

1.72 

 

89,949 

1,849 

2.06 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - banking business (1)

543,376 

16,740 

3.08 

 

593,270 

18,530 

3.12 

  - trading business (2)

216,211 

 

 

 

240,131 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest earning assets

467,779 

 

 

 

596,971 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

1,227,366 

 

 

 

1,430,372 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits by banks

23,651 

406 

1.72 

 

38,476 

600 

1.56 

Customer accounts

330,207 

2,831 

0.86 

 

328,213 

3,491 

1.06 

Debt securities in issue

49,324 

1,307 

2.65 

 

83,003 

2,023 

2.44 

Subordinated liabilities

23,260 

886 

3.81 

 

21,090 

815 

3.86 

Internal funding of trading business

(19,564)

329 

(1.68)

 

(9,148)

199 

(2.18)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - banking business

406,878 

5,759 

1.42 

 

461,634 

7,128 

1.54 

  - trading business (2)

223,264 

 

 

 

248,647 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - demand deposits

76,607 

 

 

 

74,320 

 

 

  - other liabilities

452,068 

 

 

 

571,963 

 

 

Owners’ equity

68,549 

 

 

 

73,808 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

1,227,366 

 

 

 

1,430,372 

 

 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

Notes:

(1)

Interest income includes amounts (unwind of discount) recognised on impaired loans and receivables. The average balances of such loans are included in average loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers.

(2)

Interest receivable and interest payable on trading assets and liabilities are included in income from trading activities.

 

85

 

 


 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet

 

 

Quarter ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 2013

  

30 September 2013

  

Average

  

  

  

Average

  

  

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

£m

£m

%

  

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

75,338 

102 

0.54 

  

74,222 

106 

0.57 

Loans and advances to customers

389,323 

3,656 

3.73 

  

397,115 

3,829 

3.83 

Debt securities

59,082 

215 

1.44 

  

67,411 

272 

1.60 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  - banking business (1)

523,743 

3,973 

3.01 

  

538,748 

4,207 

3.10 

  - trading business (2)

190,320 

 

 

  

209,517 

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

Non-interest earning assets

393,827 

 

 

  

435,445 

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,107,890 

 

 

  

1,183,710 

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deposits by banks

20,086 

88 

1.74 

  

21,591 

95 

1.75 

Customer accounts

324,635 

562 

0.69 

  

330,405 

692 

0.83 

Debt securities in issue

43,386 

294 

2.69 

  

45,537 

315 

2.74 

Subordinated liabilities

22,149 

216 

3.87 

  

23,005 

223 

3.85 

Internal funding of trading business

(24,467)

49 

(0.79)

  

(17,216)

102 

(2.35)

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  - banking business

385,789 

1,209 

1.24 

  

403,322 

1,427 

1.40 

  - trading business (2)

199,273 

 

 

  

220,871 

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  - demand deposits

73,883 

 

 

  

78,912 

 

 

  - other liabilities

383,233 

 

 

  

411,798 

 

 

Owners’ equity

65,712 

 

 

  

68,807 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

1,107,890 

 

 

  

1,183,710 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1)

Interest income includes amounts (unwind of discount) recognised on impaired loans and receivables. The average balances of such loans are included in average loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers.

(2)

Interest receivable and interest payable on trading assets and liabilities are included in income from trading activities.

 

86

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the period ended 31 December 2013

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Called-up share capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

6,582 

15,318 

  

6,697 

6,632 

6,581 

Ordinary shares issued

132 

197 

  

17 

65 

Share capital sub-division and consolidation

(8,933)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

6,714 

6,582 

  

6,714 

6,697 

6,582 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Paid-in equity (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

979 

979 

  

979 

979 

979 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Share premium account

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

24,361 

24,001 

  

24,628 

24,483 

24,268 

Ordinary shares issued

306 

360 

  

39 

145 

93 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

24,667 

24,361 

  

24,667 

24,628 

24,361 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Merger reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

13,222 

13,222 

  

13,222 

13,222 

13,222 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(346)

(957)

  

(252)

(714)

(291)

Unrealised gains

607 

1,939 

  

592 

136 

Realised gains

(891)

(1,319)

  

(122)

(164)

(209)

Tax

432 

50 

  

65 

34 

77 

Recycled to profit or loss on disposal of businesses (2)

(110)

  

Transfer to retained earnings

(59)

  

(59)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

(308)

(346)

  

(308)

(252)

(346)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash flow hedging reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

1,666 

879 

  

447 

491 

1,746 

Amount recognised in equity

(967)

2,093 

  

(271)

163 

162 

Amount transferred from equity to earnings

(1,324)

(1,087)

  

(396)

(251)

(288)

Tax

541 

(219)

  

136 

44 

46 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

(84)

1,666 

  

(84)

447 

1,666 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Foreign exchange reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

3,908 

4,775 

  

4,018 

5,201 

3,747 

Retranslation of net assets

(325)

(1,056)

  

(417)

(1,338)

147 

Foreign currency gains on hedges of net assets

105 

177 

  

88 

148 

21 

Transfer to retained earnings

(2)

  

(2)

Tax

17 

  

(5)

Recycled to profit or loss on disposal of businesses

(3)

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

3,691 

3,908 

  

3,691 

4,018 

3,908 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital redemption reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

9,131 

198 

  

9,131 

9,131 

9,131 

Share capital sub-division and consolidation

8,933 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

9,131 

9,131 

  

9,131 

9,131 

9,131 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent capital reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(1,208)

(1,208)

  

(1,208)

(1,208)

(1,208)

Transfer to retained earnings

1,208 

  

1,208 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

(1,208)

  

(1,208)

(1,208)

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 89.

87

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the period ended 31 December 2013

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retained earnings

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

10,596 

18,929 

  

10,144 

11,105 

15,216 

Transfer to non-controlling interests

(361)

  

(361)

(Loss)/profit attributable to ordinary and B 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   shareholders and other equity owners

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

(8,708)

(5,694)

  

(8,592)

(723)

(2,278)

  - discontinued operations

111 

(60)

  

(3)

(225)

Equity preference dividends paid

(349)

(273)

  

(99)

(98)

(99)

Paid-in equity dividends paid, net of tax

(49)

(28)

  

(15)

(4)

(16)

Transfer from available-for-sale reserve

59 

  

59 

Transfer from foreign exchange reserve

  

Transfer from contingent capital reserve

(1,208)

  

(1,208)

Termination of contingent capital agreement

320 

  

320 

Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in retirement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  benefit schemes

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - gross

446 

(2,158)

  

446 

(2,158)

  - tax

(246)

352 

  

(83)

(163)

429 

Loss on disposal of own shares held

(18)

(196)

  

Shares released for employee benefits

(77)

(87)

  

(76)

43 

Share-based payments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - gross

48 

117 

  

26 

26 

(19)

  - tax

(6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

867 

10,596 

  

867 

10,144 

10,596 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own shares held

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(213)

(769)

  

(138)

(139)

(207)

Disposal/(purchase) of own shares

75 

441 

  

(6)

Shares released for employee benefits

115 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

(137)

(213)

  

(137)

(138)

(213)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Owners’ equity at end of period

58,742 

68,678 

  

58,742 

67,668 

68,678 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 89.

88

 

 


 

 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the period ended 31 December 2013

 

 

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

1,770 

686 

  

462 

475 

646 

Currency translation adjustments and other movements

(6)

(18)

  

(21)

Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

83 

(24)

  

(14)

12 

  - discontinued operations

37 

(112)

  

11 

(2)

(120)

Dividends paid

(5)

  

(5)

Movements in available-for-sale securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - unrealised gains

  

(3)

(1)

  - realised losses

21 

22 

  

21 

  - tax

(1)

  

  - recycled to profit or loss on disposal of businesses (3)

(5)

  

Equity raised

875 

  

874 

Equity withdrawn and disposals

(1,429)

(23)

  

(7)

Transfer from retained earnings

361 

  

361 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

473 

1,770 

  

473 

462 

1,770 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total equity at end of period

59,215 

70,448 

  

59,215 

68,130 

70,448 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive loss recognised in the

  

  

  

  

  

  

   statement of changes in equity is attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

137 

(129)

  

16 

(13)

(104)

Preference shareholders

349 

273 

  

99 

98 

99 

Paid-in equity holders

49 

28 

  

15 

16 

Ordinary and B shareholders

(10,724)

(7,269)

  

(9,253)

(1,756)

(4,260)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(10,189)

(7,097)

  

(9,123)

(1,667)

(4,249)

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

For an explanation of the movements in the available-for-sale, cash flow hedging and foreign exchange reserves, and pensions refer to page 82.

 

Notes:

(1)

Paid-in equity was increased by £548 million on adoption of IFRS 10 - see page 92.

(2)

Net of tax - £35 million charge.

(3)

Net of tax - £1 million charge.

 

 

Key point

·

On cancellation of the contingent capital agreement with HMT on 16 December 2013 the reserve of £1,208 million and £320 million in respect of the final year’s instalment were transferred to retained earnings.

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated cash flow statement

for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

 

2013 

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Operating activities

  

  

Operating loss before tax on continuing operations

(8,243)

(5,277)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax on discontinued operations

177 

(111)

Adjustments for non-cash items

6,561 

9,306 

  

  

  

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from trading activities

(1,505)

3,918 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

(28,780)

(48,736)

  

  

  

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax

(30,285)

(44,818)

Income taxes paid

(346)

(295)

  

  

  

Net cash flows from operating activities

(30,631)

(45,113)

  

  

  

Net cash flows from investing activities

21,183 

27,175 

  

  

  

Net cash flows from financing activities

(2,728)

2,017 

  

  

  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

512 

(3,893)

  

  

  

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

(11,664)

(19,814)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

132,841 

152,655 

  

  

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

121,177 

132,841 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

90

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

1. Basis of preparation

The Group’s condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the 2013 annual accounts which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee of the IASB as adopted by the European Union (EU) (together IFRS).

 

In accordance with IFRS 5, Direct Line Group (DLG) was classified as a discontinued operation in 2012. From 13 March 2013, DLG was classified as an associate and at 31 December 2013 the Group’s interest in DLG was transferred to disposal groups.

 

Going concern

Having reviewed the Group’s forecasts, projections and other relevant evidence, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Annual Results for the year ended 31 December 2013 have been prepared on a going concern basis.

 

2. Accounting policies

There have been no significant changes to the Group’s principal accounting policies as set out on pages 320 to 332 of its 2012 Annual 20-F apart from the adoption of a number of new and revised IFRSs that are effective from 1 January 2013 as described below.

 

IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’, which supersedes IAS 31 ‘Interests in Joint Ventures’, distinguishes between joint operations and joint ventures. Joint operations are accounted for by the investor recognising its assets and liabilities including its share of any assets held and liabilities incurred jointly and its share of revenues and costs. Joint ventures are accounted for in the investor’s consolidated accounts using the equity method. IFRS 11 requires retrospective application.

 

IAS 27 ‘Separate Financial Statements’ comprises those parts of the existing IAS 27 that deal with separate financial statements. IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’ covers joint ventures as well as associates; both must be accounted for using the equity method. The mechanics of the equity method are unchanged.

 

IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’ mandates the disclosures in annual financial statements in respect of investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and structured entities that are not controlled by the Group.

 

IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ sets out a single IFRS framework for defining and measuring fair value. It defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also requires disclosures about fair value measurements.

 

91

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

‘Disclosures - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 7)’ amended IFRS 7 to require disclosures about the effects and potential effects on an entity’s financial position of offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities and related arrangements.

  

Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income’ require items that will never be recognised in profit or loss to be presented separately in other comprehensive income from those items that are subject to subsequent reclassification.

 

‘Annual Improvements 2009-2011 Cycle’ also made a number of minor changes to IFRSs.

 

Implementation of the standards above has not had a material effect on the Group’s results.

 

IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (revised) requires: the immediate recognition of all actuarial gains and losses; interest cost to be calculated on the net pension liability or asset at the long-term bond rate, such that an expected rate of return will no longer be applied to assets; and all past service costs to be recognised immediately when a scheme is curtailed or amended. Implementation of IAS 19 resulted in an increase in the loss after tax of £21 million for the quarter ended 31 December 2012, £84 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 and other comprehensive income after tax higher by the same amounts. This also resulted in an increase in the loss per ordinary and B share of 0.2p for the quarter ended 31 December 2012 and 0.8p for the year ended 31 December 2012. Prior periods have been restated.

 

IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ replaces SIC-12 ‘Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities’ and the consolidation elements of the existing IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’. IFRS 10 adopts a single definition of control: a reporting entity controls another entity when the reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of that other entity so as to vary returns for the reporting entity. IFRS 10 requires retrospective application. Following implementation of IFRS 10, certain entities that have trust preferred securities in issue are no longer consolidated by the Group. As a result there was a reduction in Non-controlling interests of £0.5 billion with a corresponding increase in Owners’ equity (Paid-in equity) as at 31 December 2012. This resulted in an increase in the loss attributable to non-controlling interests of £1 million for the quarter ended 31 December 2012 and £13 million for the year ended 31 December 2012, with a corresponding increase in the profit attributable to paid-in equity holders. There was no impact on the loss attributable to ordinary and B shareholders. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

 

Critical accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The reported results of the Group are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its financial statements. The judgements and assumptions that are considered to be the most important to the portrayal of the Group’s financial condition are those relating to pensions; goodwill; provisions for liabilities; deferred tax; loan impairment provisions and financial instrument fair values. These critical accounting policies and judgments are described on pages 328 to 331 of the Group’s 2012 20-F.

 

92

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

 

Recent developments in IFRS

The IASB published:

in May 2013, IFRIC 21 ‘Levies’. This interpretation provides guidance on accounting for the liability to pay a government imposed levy. IFRIC 21 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

 

in May 2013, ‘Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets (Amendments to IAS 36)’. These amendments align IAS 36’s disclosure requirements about recoverable amounts with IASB’s original intentions. They are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

 

in June 2013, ‘Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting (Amendments to IAS 39)’. These amendments provide relief from discontinuing hedge accounting when novation of a derivative designated as a hedging instrument meets certain criteria. They are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

in November 2013, ‘Defined Benefit Plans: Employee Contributions’. This amendment distinguishes the accounting for employee contributions that are related to service from those that are independent of service. It is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.

 

 

in November 2013, IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (Hedge Accounting and amendments to IFRS 9, IFRS 7 and IAS 39) which sets out new requirements for hedge accounting and in respect of IFRS 9 transition.

in December 2013, Annual Improvements to IFRS 2010 - 2012 and 2011 - 2013 cycles. There are a number of minor changes to IFRS that will not have a material effect on the Group’s financial statements. All amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.

 

The Group is reviewing these requirements to determine their effect, if any, on its financial reporting.

 

93

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

  

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers

15,125 

16,188 

  

3,656 

3,829 

3,940 

Loans and advances to banks

430 

493 

  

102 

106 

114 

Debt securities

1,185 

1,849 

  

215 

272 

385 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

16,740 

18,530 

  

3,973 

4,207 

4,439 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer accounts

2,831 

3,491 

  

562 

692 

849 

Deposits by banks

406 

600 

  

88 

95 

122 

Debt securities in issue

1,307 

2,023 

  

294 

315 

404 

Subordinated liabilities

886 

815 

  

216 

223 

201 

Internal funding of trading businesses

329 

199 

  

49 

102 

90 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest payable

5,759 

7,128 

  

1,209 

1,427 

1,666 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

10,981 

11,402 

  

2,764 

2,780 

2,773 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - payment services

1,432 

1,368 

  

368 

375 

317 

  - credit and debit card fees

1,078 

1,088 

  

265 

284 

280 

  - lending (credit facilities)

1,377 

1,480 

  

344 

335 

368 

  - brokerage

479 

548 

  

110 

117 

122 

  - trade finance

300 

314 

  

74 

73 

64 

  - investment management

450 

471 

  

131 

109 

106 

  - other

344 

440 

  

78 

89 

117 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5,460 

5,709 

  

1,370 

1,382 

1,374 

Fees and commissions payable - banking

(942)

(834)

  

(244)

(238)

(245)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

4,518 

4,875 

  

1,126 

1,144 

1,129 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Foreign exchange

854 

654 

  

206 

198 

86 

Interest rate

596 

1,932 

  

(54)

248 

456 

Credit

998 

737 

  

116 

118 

Own credit adjustments

35 

(1,813)

  

15 

(155)

(98)

Other

202 

165 

  

37 

(88)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income from trading activities

2,685 

1,675 

  

177 

444 

474 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gain/(loss) on redemption of own debt

175 

454 

  

(29)

13 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating lease and other rental income

484 

876 

  

103 

125 

152 

Own credit adjustments

(155)

(2,836)

  

(15)

(341)

(122)

Changes in the fair value of:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - securities and other financial assets and liabilities

(26)

146 

  

(91)

36 

19 

  - investment properties

(281)

(153)

  

(258)

(7)

(77)

Profit on sale of securities

830 

1,146 

  

91 

167 

237 

Profit/(loss) on sale of:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - property, plant and equipment

44 

34 

  

11 

10 

(1)

  - subsidiaries and associates

168 

95 

  

171 

(21)

(21)

Dividend income

87 

59 

  

46 

16 

Share of profits less losses of associates

320 

29 

  

43 

73 

21 

Other income

(73)

139 

  

(70)

(13)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other operating income

1,398 

(465)

  

31 

35 

227 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

94

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income

8,776 

6,539 

  

1,305 

1,636 

1,830 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

19,757 

17,941 

  

4,069 

4,416 

4,603 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

7,163 

8,188 

  

1,541 

1,895 

1,656 

Premises and equipment

2,348 

2,232 

  

700 

544 

592 

Other (1)

7,244 

5,593 

  

3,960 

1,103 

2,506 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Administrative expenses

16,755 

16,013 

  

6,201 

3,542 

4,754 

Depreciation and amortisation

1,410 

1,802 

  

336 

338 

498 

Write down of goodwill (2)

1,059 

18 

  

1,059 

18 

Write down of other intangible assets

344 

106 

  

344 

106 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

19,568 

17,939 

  

7,940 

3,880 

5,376 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses

8,412 

5,315 

  

5,131 

1,120 

1,402 

Securities

20 

(36)

  

(19)

50 

52 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment losses

8,432 

5,279 

  

5,112 

1,170 

1,454 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes bank levy of £200 million (2012 - £175 million), Payment Protection Insurance costs of £900 million (2012 - £1,110 million), Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related costs of £550 million (2012 - £700 million) and regulatory and legal actions of £2,394 million (2012 - £381 million).

(2)

Excludes goodwill of £394 million written-off in Q4 2012 in respect of Direct Line Group.

 

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI)

The Group increased its provision for PPI in Q4 2013 by £465 million, bringing the total charge for the year to £900 million. The cumulative charge in respect of PPI is £3.1 billion, of which £2.2 billion (70%) in redress and expenses had been utilised by 31 December 2013. Of the £3.1 billion cumulative charge, £2.8 billion relates to redress and £0.3 billion to administrative expenses.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

895 

745 

  

737 

704 

684 

Charge to income statement

900 

1,110 

  

465 

250 

450 

Utilisations

(869)

(960)

  

(276)

(217)

(239)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

926 

895 

  

926 

737 

895 

 

The remaining provision provides coverage for approximately twelve months for redress and administrative expenses, based on the current average monthly utilisation.

 

95

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued) 

 

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) (continued)

The principal assumptions underlying the Group’s provision in respect of PPI sales relate to: assessment of the total number of complaints that the Group will receive; the proportion of these that will result in redress; and the average cost of such redress. The number of complaints has been estimated from an analysis of the Group’s portfolio of PPI policies sold by vintage and by product. Estimates of the percentage of policyholders that will lodge complaints (the take up rate) and of the number of these that will be upheld (the uphold rate) have been established based on recent experience, guidance in the FSA policy statements and expected rate of responses from proactive customer contact. The average redress assumption is based on recent experience, the calculation rules in the FSA statement and the expected mix of claims.

 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the provision to changes in the principal assumptions (all other assumptions remaining the same).

 

 

 

Sensitivity

 

Actual to date 

Current 

 assumption 

Change in 

assumption 

Consequential 

change in 

provision 

Assumption

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

Past business review take up rate

36% 

38% 

+/-5 

+/-45 

Uphold rate

84% 

83% 

+/-5 

+/-30 

Average redress

£1,733 

£1,646 

+/-5 

+/-26 

 

Note:

(1)

Uphold rate excludes claims where no PPI policy was held.

 

Interest that will be payable on successful complaints has been included in the provision as has the estimated cost to the Group of administering the redress process. The Group expects the majority of the cash outflows associated with this provision to have occurred by the end of 2014. There are uncertainties as to the eventual cost of redress which will depend on actual complaint volumes, take up and uphold rates and average redress costs. Assumptions relating to these are inherently uncertain and the ultimate financial impact may be different than the amount provided. The Group will continue to monitor the position closely and refresh its assumptions.

 

Interest Rate Hedging Products (IRHP) redress and related costs

Following an industry-wide review conducted in conjunction with the Financial Services Authority (now being dealt with by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)), a charge of £700 million was booked in Q4 2012 for redress in relation to certain interest rate hedging products sold to small and medium-sized businesses classified as retail clients under FSA rules. £575 million was earmarked for client redress and £125 million for administrative expenses. The estimate for administrative costs was increased by £50 million in Q1 2013 following development of the plan for administering this process in accordance with FSA guidelines. The provision was further increased in Q4 2013 by £500 million, reflecting both higher volumes and anticipated redress payments, recalibration of our methodology based on experience during Q4 2013 and additional administration charges. The cumulative charge for IRHP is £1.3 billion, of which £1.0 billion relates to redress and £0.3 billion relates to administrative expenses. Customers may also be entitled to be compensated for any consequential losses they may have suffered. The Group is not able to measure reliably any liability it may have and has accordingly not made any provision.

 

96

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued) 

 

Interest Rate Hedging Products (IRHP) redress and related costs (continued)

The Group expects to complete its review of sales of IRHP and provide basic redress to all customers who are entitled to it by the end of 2014. On 23 October 2013, the Group announced that it would split redress payments for all customers who may have been mis-sold IRHP. Customers will receive redress monies without having to wait for the assessment of any additional consequential loss claims which are outside the allowance for such claims included in the 8% interest on redress due.

 

The Group continues to monitor the level of provision given the uncertainties over the number of transactions that will qualify for redress and the nature and cost of that redress.

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

676 

  

631 

670 

Charge to income statement

550 

700 

  

500 

700 

Utilisations

(149)

(24)

  

(54)

(39)

(24)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

1,077 

676 

  

1,077 

631 

676 

 

Regulatory and legal actions

The Group is party to certain legal proceedings and regulatory investigations and continues to co-operate with a number of regulators. All such matters are periodically reassessed with the assistance of external professional advisers, where appropriate, to determine the likelihood of the Group incurring a liability and to evaluate the extent to which a reliable estimate of any liability can be made. An additional charge of £2,394 million was booked in 2013 (FY 2012 - £381 million; Q4 2013 £1,910 million; Q3 2013 - £99 million; Q4 2012 - £381 million), primarily in respect of matters related to mortgage-backed securities and securities related litigation following recent third party litigation settlements and regulatory decisions

 

Staff expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff expenses comprise

2013 

2012*

Change 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

Salaries

4,429 

4,748 

(7)

Variable compensation

588 

716 

(18)

Temporary and contract costs

650 

699 

(7)

Social security costs

486 

562 

(14)

Share based compensation

49 

126 

(61)

Pension costs

  

  

  

  - defined benefit schemes

517 

528 

(2)

  - curtailment and settlement gains

(7)

(41)

(83)

  - defined contribution schemes

76 

29 

162 

Severance

69 

426 

(84)

Other

306 

395 

(23)

  

  

  

  

Staff expenses

7,163 

8,188 

(13)

 

* Restated - see page 92.

97

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued) 

 

Variable compensation awards

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The following tables analyse Group and Markets variable compensation awards for 2013(1).

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

  

Markets

  

2013 

2012 

Change 

  

2013 

2012 

Change 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-deferred cash awards (2)

67 

73 

(8)

  

10 

(10)

Non-deferred share awards

27 

(100)

  

17 

(100)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-deferred variable compensation

67 

100 

(33)

  

27 

(67)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deferred bond awards

188 

497 

(62)

  

43 

212 

(80)

Deferred share awards

321 

82 

291 

  

185 

48 

285 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total deferred variable compensation

509 

579 

(12)

  

228 

260 

(12)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total variable compensation (3)

576 

679 

(15)

  

237 

287 

(17)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Variable compensation as a % of operating profit (4)

19%

19%

  

  

27%

16%

  

Proportion of variable compensation that is deferred

88%

85%

  

  

96%

91%

  

  - Of which deferred bond awards

37%

86%

  

  

19%

82%

  

  - Of which deferred share awards

63%

14%

  

  

81%

18%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

 

Variable compensation decreased by 15% to £576 million for the Group and by 17% to £237 million for Markets. Total Group variable compensation as a percentage of operating profit(4) has remained flat at 19%. The proportion of variable compensation that is deferred has increased to 88% for the Group and 96% for Markets. The proportion of deferred variable compensation delivered to employees in shares has increased significantly as it is capital efficient and better aligns employees’ interests with those of the shareholders. 63% of Group deferred variable compensation awards were awarded in shares in 2013 compared with 14% in 2012. For Markets 81% of deferred variable compensation awards were awarded in shares in 2013 compared with 18% in 2012.

 

Reconciliation of variable compensation awards to income statement charge

2013 

2012 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

Variable compensation awarded 

576 

679 

Less: deferral of charge for amounts awarded for current year

(245)

(262)

  

  

  

Income statement charge for amounts awarded in current year

331 

417 

  

  

  

Add: current year charge for amounts deferred from prior years

294 

355 

Less: forfeiture of amounts deferred from prior years

(37)

(56)

  

  

  

Income statement charge for amounts deferred from prior year

257 

299 

  

  

  

Income statement charge for variable compensation (3)

588 

716 

 

98

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued) 

 

  

Actual

  

Expected

Year in which income statement charge is expected to be taken for deferred variable compensation

  

  

  

  

2015 

2012 

2013 

2014 

and beyond 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Variable compensation deferred from 2011 and earlier

414 

105 

  

Variable compensation deferred from 2012

199 

  

39 

24 

Clawback of variable compensation

(59)

(10)

  

(3)

Less: Forfeiture of amounts deferred from prior years

(56)

(37)

  

Variable compensation for 2013 deferred

  

170 

76 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

299 

257 

  

211 

100 

 

Notes:

(1)

The tables above relate to continuing businesses only. There are no amounts relating to discontinued businesses in 2013 (2012 - £24 million).

(2)

Cash payments to all employees are limited to £2,000.

(3)

Excludes other performance related compensation.

(4)

Reported operating profit excluding the impact of RCR and before variable compensation expense and one-off and other items.

 

4. Pensions

  

  

  

2013 

2012*

Pension costs

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

Defined benefit schemes

510 

487 

Defined contribution schemes

76 

29 

  

  

  

Pension costs - continuing operations

586 

516 

 

  

2013 

2012*

Net pension deficit

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

At 1 January

3,740 

2,051 

Currency translation and other adjustments

13 

(12)

Income statement

  

  

Pension costs

  

  

  - continuing operations

510 

487 

  - discontinued operations

30 

Net actuarial (gains)/losses

(446)

2,158 

Contributions by employer

(821)

(977)

Transfer to disposal groups

  

  

  

At 31 December

2,996 

3,740 

  

  

  

Net assets of schemes in surplus

(214)

(144)

Net liabilities of schemes in deficit

3,210 

3,884 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

The Group and the Trustees of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund agreed the funding valuation as at 31 March 2010 during 2011. It showed that the value of liabilities exceeded the value of assets by £3.5 billion as at 31 March 2010, a ratio of assets to liabilities of 84%. In order to eliminate this deficit, the Group agreed to pay additional contributions each year over the period 2011 to 2018. Contributions started at £375 million per annum in 2011, increasing to £400 million per annum in 2013 and from 2016 onwards will be further increased in line with price inflation. These contributions are in addition to the regular annual contributions of around £250 million for future accrual benefits.

 

A funding valuation as at 31 March 2013 is currently in progress and is expected to be concluded by 30 June 2014.

99

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

5. Loan impairment provisions

Operating loss is stated after charging loan impairment losses of £8,412 million (year ended 31 December 2012 - £5,315 million). The balance sheet loan impairment provisions increased in the year ended 31 December 2013 from £21,250 million to £25,216 million and the movements thereon were:

  

Year ended

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

RFS

  

Core

Core

Total

Core

Core

MI

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

10,062 

11,188 

21,250 

  

8,414 

11,469 

19,883 

Transfers (to)/from disposal groups

(9)

(9)

  

764 

764 

Currency translation and other adjustments

81 

40 

121 

  

53 

(363)

(310)

Disposals

(77)

(77)

  

(1)

(4)

(5)

Amounts written-off

(2,490)

(1,856)

(4,346)

  

(2,145)

(2,121)

(4,266)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

168 

88 

256 

  

211 

130 

341 

Charge to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

3,766 

4,646 

8,412 

  

2,995 

2,320 

5,315 

  - discontinued operations

  

Unwind of discount (recognised in interest income)

(201)

(190)

(391)

  

(230)

(246)

(476)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

11,377 

13,839 

25,216 

  

10,062 

11,188 

21,250 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 2013

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

RFS

  

Core

Core

Total

Core

Core

Total

Core

Core

MI

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

10,101 

11,320 

21,421 

  

10,358 

11,395 

21,753 

  

9,203 

11,115 

20,318 

Transfers (to)/from disposal groups

(9)

(9)

  

  

764 

764 

Currency translation and other adjustments

(28)

(90)

(118)

  

(98)

(211)

(309)

  

57 

139 

196 

Disposals

  

(77)

(77)

  

(1)

(4)

(5)

Amounts written-off

(607)

(586)

(1,193)

  

(728)

(302)

(1,030)

  

(688)

(733)

(1,421)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

38 

27 

65 

  

40 

30 

70 

  

50 

46 

96 

Charge to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

1,924 

3,207 

5,131 

  

584 

536 

1,120 

  

729 

673 

1,402 

  - discontinued operations

  

  

Unwind of discount

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  (recognised in interest income)

(42)

(39)

(81)

(55)

(51)

(106)

  

(53)

(51)

(104)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

11,377 

13,839 

25,216 

  

10,101 

11,320 

21,421 

  

10,062 

11,188 

21,250 

 

Provisions at 31 December 2013 include £63 million in respect of loans and advances to banks (30 September 2013 - £69 million; 31 December 2012 - £114 million).

 

The tables above exclude impairments relating to securities.

100

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

6. Tax

The actual tax charge differs from the expected tax credit computed by applying the standard UK corporation tax rate of 23.25% (2012 - 24.5%).

 

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss before tax

(8,243)

(5,277)

  

(8,983)

(634)

(2,227)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expected tax credit

1,916 

1,293 

  

2,088 

147 

546 

Losses in year where no deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  asset recognised

(879)

(511)

  

(688)

(75)

(129)

Foreign profits taxed at other rates

(196)

(383)

  

(44)

(32)

(77)

UK tax rate change impact

(313)

(149)

  

(116)

(197)

(14)

Unrecognised timing differences

(8)

59 

  

(6)

10 

42 

Non-deductible goodwill impairment

(247)

  

(247)

Items not allowed for tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - losses on disposals and write-downs

(20)

(49)

  

(15)

(5)

(41)

  - UK bank levy

(47)

(43)

  

(6)

(12)

10 

  - regulatory and legal actions

(144)

(93)

  

(54)

(93)

  - employee share schemes

(11)

(9)

  

10 

(7)

35 

  - other disallowable items

(202)

(246)

  

(99)

(21)

(133)

Non-taxable items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - gain on sale of RBS Aviation Capital

26 

  

(1)

  - gain on sale of Global Merchant Services

37 

  

37 

  - other non-taxable items

171 

104 

  

56 

29 

60 

Taxable foreign exchange movements

(25)

(1)

  

(11)

(12)

Losses brought forward and utilised

36 

  

13 

(4)

(10)

Reduction in carrying value of deferred tax asset

  

  

  

  

  

  

  in respect of losses in:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - UK

(701)

  

(701)

  - Australia

(191)

  

(9)

  - Ireland

(203)

  

(203)

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

251 

(47)

  

160 

98 

(22)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Actual tax (charge)/credit

(382)

(441)

  

377 

(81)

(39)

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

The tax charge for the year ended 31 December 2013 reflects losses in low tax regimes (principally Ireland), losses in overseas subsidiaries for which a deferred tax asset has not been recognised (principally Ireland), a reduction in the carrying value of the deferred tax asset in respect of UK losses and the effect of the reduction of 3% in the rate of UK corporation tax enacted in July 2013.

 

The Group has recognised a deferred tax asset at 31 December 2013 of £3,478 million (30 September 2013 - £3,022 million; 31 December 2012 - £3,443 million) and a deferred tax liability as at 31 December 2013 of £507 million (30 September 2013 - £514 million; 31 December 2012 - £1,141 million). These balances include £2,411 million (30 September 2013 - £2,578 million; 31 December 2012 - £3,072 million) relating to carried forward trading losses in the UK. Under UK tax legislation, these UK losses can be carried forward indefinitely to be utilised against profits arising in the future. The Group has considered the carrying value of this asset as at 31 December 2013 and concluded that it is recoverable based on future profit projections.  

101

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

7. Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS Sempra Commodities JV

(3)

  

(2)

RFS Holdings BV Consortium Members

113 

(30)

  

(5)

Direct Line Group

19 

(125)

  

(125)

Other

(9)

16 

  

15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

120 

(136)

  

(3)

(108)

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

 

8. Dividends

  

  

  

  

  

  

Dividends paid to preference shareholders and paid-in equity holders are as follows:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preference shareholders

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01

226 

153 

  

41 

69 

43 

Non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01

121 

115 

  

57 

29 

55 

Non-cumulative preference shares of £1

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Paid-in equity holders

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest on securities classified as equity, net of tax

49 

28 

  

15 

16 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

398 

301 

  

114 

102 

115 

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

The Group has now resumed payments on all discretionary non-equity capital instruments following the end of the European Commission ban in 2012 for RBSG and 2013 for RBS N.V. Future coupons and dividends on hybrid capital instruments will only be paid subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the relevant instruments.

 

In the context of prior macro-prudential policy discussions, the Board of RBSG decided to partially neutralise any impact on Core Tier 1 capital of coupon and dividend payments in respect of 2013 Group hybrid capital instruments through an equity issuance of c.£300 million. During the year, approximately £255 million was raised through the issue of new ordinary shares and a further £44 million was raised through the sale of surplus shares held by the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust.

 

For 2014, the Board of RBSG has decided to continue partially neutralising the Core Tier 1 impact of Group hybrid capital instruments. It is expected that £300 million of new equity will be issued during the course of 2014 to achieve this aim.

102

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

9. Earnings per ordinary and equivalent B share  

  

  

  

Earnings per ordinary and equivalent B share (1) have been calculated based on the following:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

  

2013

2012*

  

2013

2013

2012*

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Earnings

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss from continuing operations attributable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   to ordinary and equivalent B shareholders (£m)

(9,106)

(5,995)

  

(8,706)

(825)

(2,393)

  

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations attributable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  to ordinary and equivalent B shareholders (£m)

111 

(60)

  

(3)

(225)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss attributable to ordinary and equivalent B

  shareholders (£m)

(8,995)

(6,055)

  

(8,702)

(828)

(2,618)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ordinary shares outstanding during the period (millions)

6,096 

5,902 

  

6,156 

6,123 

6,003 

  

Equivalent B shares in issue during the period (millions)

5,100 

5,100 

  

5,100 

5,100 

5,100 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  shares and equivalent B shares

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  outstanding during the period (millions)

11,196 

11,002 

  

11,256 

11,223 

11,103 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary and equivalent B

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  share from continuing operations

(81.3p)

(54.5p)

  

(77.3p)

(7.4p)

(21.6p)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary and equivalent B

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  share from continuing and discontinuing operations

(80.3p)

(55.0p)

  

(77.3p)

(7.4p)

(23.6p)

  

 

* Restated - see page 92.

 

103

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis

 

Analysis of divisional operating profit/(loss)

The following tables provide an analysis of divisional operating profit/(loss) by main income statement captions.

 

The ceding of control which resulted from the partial disposal of the Group’s shareholding in Direct Line Group (DLG) has resulted in the Group no longer treating DLG as an operating segment. Comparative data for 2012 have been restated.

 

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Year ended 31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

3,979 

958 

4,937 

(2,670)

(324)

1,943 

UK Corporate 

2,874 

1,593 

4,467 

(2,219)

(1,188)

1,060 

Wealth

674 

419 

1,093 

(843)

(29)

221 

International Banking

713 

1,135 

1,848 

(1,340)

(229)

279 

Ulster Bank

631 

240 

871 

(554)

(1,774)

(1,457)

US Retail & Commercial

1,916 

1,073 

2,989 

(2,186)

(156)

647 

Markets

157 

3,165 

3,322 

(2,610)

(92)

620 

Central items

147 

114 

261 

(286)

(64)

(89)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

11,091 

8,697 

19,788 

(12,708)

(3,856)

3,224 

Non-Core

(99)

(247)

(346)

(605)

(4,576)

(5,527)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

10,992 

8,450 

19,442 

(13,313)

(8,432)

(2,303)

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(120)

(120)

(120)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(900)

(900)

Interest Rate Hedging Products

  

  

  

  

  

  

  redress and related costs

(550)

(550)

Regulatory and legal actions

(2,394)

(2,394)

Integration and restructuring costs

(656)

(656)

Gain on redemption of own debt

175 

175 

175 

Write-down of goodwill

(1,059)

(1,059)

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(153)

(153)

Strategic disposals

161 

161 

161 

Bank levy

(200)

(200)

Write-down of other intangible assets

(344)

(344)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(11)

110 

99 

100 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

10,981 

8,776 

19,757 

(19,568)

(8,432)

(8,243)

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £35 million gain included in 'Income from trading activities' and £155 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

104

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Year ended 31 December 2012

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

3,990 

979 

4,969 

(2,549)

(529)

1,891 

UK Corporate 

2,974 

1,749 

4,723 

(2,089)

(838)

1,796 

Wealth

720 

450 

1,170 

(881)

(46)

243 

International Banking

913 

1,209 

2,122 

(1,417)

(111)

594 

Ulster Bank

649 

196 

845 

(521)

(1,364)

(1,040)

US Retail & Commercial

1,932 

1,159 

3,091 

(2,246)

(91)

754 

Markets

111 

4,372 

4,483 

(2,937)

(37)

1,509 

Central items

(116)

510 

394 

(270)

(40)

84 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

11,173 

10,624 

21,797 

(12,910)

(3,056)

5,831 

Non-Core

244 

44 

288 

(944)

(2,223)

(2,879)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

11,417 

10,668 

22,085 

(13,854)

(5,279)

2,952 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(4,649)

(4,649)

(4,649)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(1,110)

(1,110)

Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  related costs

(700)

(700)

Regulatory and legal actions

(381)

(381)

Integration and restructuring costs

(1,415)

(1,415)

Gain on redemption of own debt

454 

454 

454 

Write-down of goodwill

(18)

(18)

Asset Protection Scheme (2)

(44)

(44)

(44)

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(178)

(178)

Strategic disposals

113 

113 

113 

Bank levy

(175)

(175)

Write-down of other intangible assets

(106)

(106)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(15)

(3)

(18)

(2)

(20)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

11,402 

6,539 

17,941 

(17,939)

(5,279)

(5,277)

 

Notes:

(1)

Comprises £1,813 million loss included in 'Income from trading activities' and £2,836 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

(2)

Included in ‘Income from trading activities’ on a statutory basis.

105

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

1,014 

253 

1,267 

(722)

(73)

472 

UK Corporate 

728 

401 

1,129 

(585)

(659)

(115)

Wealth

174 

103 

277 

(207)

(21)

49 

International Banking

173 

271 

444 

(337)

(47)

60 

Ulster Bank

169 

38 

207 

(136)

(1,067)

(996)

US Retail & Commercial

479 

240 

719 

(531)

(46)

142 

Markets

61 

565 

626 

(553)

(34)

39 

Central items

(143)

(136)

(37)

(1)

(174)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

2,805 

1,728 

4,533 

(3,108)

(1,948)

(523)

Non-Core

(38)

(555)

(593)

(139)

(3,164)

(3,896)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

2,767 

1,173 

3,940 

(3,247)

(5,112)

(4,419)

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(465)

(465)

Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related costs

(500)

(500)

Regulatory and legal actions

(1,910)

(1,910)

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(35)

(35)

Integration and restructuring costs

(180)

(180)

Gain on redemption of own debt

(29)

(29)

(29)

Write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

(1,059)

(1,059)

Strategic disposals

168 

168 

168 

Bank levy

(200)

(200)

Write-down of other intangible assets

(344)

(344)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(3)

(7)

(10)

(10)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,764 

1,305 

4,069 

(7,940)

(5,112)

(8,983)

106

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 30 September 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

1,013 

254 

1,267 

(668)

(82)

517 

UK Corporate 

725 

387 

1,112 

(540)

(150)

422 

Wealth

169 

102 

271 

(210)

(1)

60 

International Banking

166 

288 

454 

(343)

(28)

83 

Ulster Bank

154 

60 

214 

(142)

(204)

(132)

US Retail & Commercial

493 

263 

756 

(555)

(59)

142 

Markets

41 

793 

834 

(625)

210 

Central items

65 

40 

105 

(58)

(66)

(19)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

2,826 

2,187 

5,013 

(3,141)

(589)

1,283 

Non-Core

(43)

(76)

(119)

(145)

(581)

(845)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

2,783 

2,111 

4,894 

(3,286)

(1,170)

438 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(496)

(496)

(496)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(250)

(250)

Regulatory and legal actions

(99)

(99)

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(39)

(39)

Integration and restructuring costs

(205)

(205)

Gain on redemption of own debt

13 

13 

13 

Strategic disposals

(7)

(7)

(7)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(3)

15 

12 

(1)

11 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,780 

1,636 

4,416 

(3,880)

(1,170)

(634)

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £155 million loss included in 'Income from trading activities' and £341 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

107

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 31 December 2012

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

1,011 

219 

1,230 

(624)

(93)

513 

UK Corporate 

717 

456 

1,173 

(515)

(234)

424 

Wealth

178 

107 

285 

(193)

(16)

76 

International Banking

201 

283 

484 

(292)

(37)

155 

Ulster Bank

161 

51 

212 

(137)

(318)

(243)

US Retail & Commercial

465 

275 

740 

(517)

(23)

200 

Markets

49 

592 

641 

(480)

(22)

139 

Central items

(59)

168 

109 

17 

(8)

118 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

2,723 

2,151 

4,874 

(2,741)

(751)

1,382 

Non-Core

53 

(85)

(32)

(207)

(703)

(942)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

2,776 

2,066 

4,842 

(2,948)

(1,454)

440 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(220)

(220)

(220)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(450)

(450)

Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related costs

(700)

(700)

Regulatory and legal actions

(381)

(381)

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(32)

(32)

Integration and restructuring costs

(567)

(567)

Write-down of goodwill

(18)

(18)

Strategic disposals

(16)

(16)

(16)

Bank Levy

(175)

(175)

Write-down of other intangible assets

(106)

(106)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(3)

(3)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,773 

1,830 

4,603 

(5,376)

(1,454)

(2,227)

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £98 million loss included in 'Income from trading activities' and £112 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

 

108

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets by division

  

  

  

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013 

2013 

2012 

Total assets

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

117,577 

117,020 

117,411 

UK Corporate

104,985 

106,995 

110,158 

Wealth

21,101 

21,046 

21,484 

International Banking

48,526 

53,276 

53,091 

Ulster Bank

28,170 

29,395 

30,754 

US Retail & Commercial

71,738 

71,911 

72,902 

Markets

495,106 

564,457 

714,303 

Central items

108,569 

123,345 

115,239 

  

  

  

  

Core

995,772 

1,087,445 

1,235,342 

Non-Core

31,197 

41,065 

63,418 

  

  

  

  

  

1,026,969 

1,128,510 

1,298,760 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

Direct Line Group

12,697 

RFS Holdings minority interest

909 

926 

838 

  

  

  

  

  

1,027,878 

1,129,436 

1,312,295 

 

 

109

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments

 

Classification

The following tables analyse the Group’s financial assets and liabilities in accordance with the categories of financial instruments in IAS 39 with assets and liabilities outside the scope of IAS 39 shown separately.

 

  

HFT (1)

DFV (2)

  

AFS (4)

LAR (5)

Other

  

  

Total 

  

 financial 

  

Non 

  

instruments 

  

financial 

  

(amortised

Finance 

assets/ 

HD (3)

 cost) 

leases 

liabilities 

31 December 2013

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

82,659 

  

  

  

82,659 

Loans and advances to banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

25,795 

  

721 

  

  

  

26,516 

  - other

9,952 

  

17,603 

  

  

  

27,555 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

49,897 

  

  

  

  

49,897 

  - other

19,170 

49 

  

364,772 

  

6,834 

  

390,825 

Debt securities

56,582 

122 

  

53,107 

3,788 

  

  

  

113,599 

Equity shares

7,199 

400 

  

1,212 

  

  

  

8,811 

Settlement balances

  

5,591 

  

  

  

5,591 

Derivatives

283,508 

  

4,531 

  

  

  

  

  

288,039 

Intangible assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12,368 

12,368 

Property, plant and equipment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7,909 

7,909 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,478 

3,478 

Prepayments, accrued income and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other assets

  

  

  

7,614 

7,614 

Assets of disposal groups

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,017 

3,017 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

452,103 

571 

4,531 

54,319 

475,134 

  

6,834 

34,386 

1,027,878 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

23,127 

  

  

  

5,523 

  

  

28,650 

  - other

19,764 

  

  

  

15,565 

  

  

35,329 

Customer accounts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

52,300 

  

  

  

4,184 

  

  

56,484 

  - other

10,236 

5,862 

  

  

  

398,298 

  

  

414,396 

Debt securities in issue

8,560 

15,848 

  

  

  

43,411 

  

  

67,819 

Settlement balances

  

  

  

5,313 

  

  

5,313 

Short positions

28,022 

  

  

  

  

  

  

28,022 

Derivatives

281,299 

  

4,227 

  

  

  

  

  

285,526 

Accruals, deferred income and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other liabilities

  

  

  

1,764 

19 

14,234 

16,017 

Retirement benefit liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,210 

3,210 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

507 

507 

Subordinated liabilities

868 

  

  

  

23,144 

  

  

24,012 

Liabilities of disposal groups

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,378 

3,378 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

423,308 

22,578 

4,227 

  

  

497,202 

19 

21,329 

968,663 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Equity

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

59,215 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,027,878 

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

110

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments: Classification (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

HFT (1)

DFV (2)

  

AFS (4)

LAR (5)

Other

  

  

Total 

  

 financial 

  

Non 

  

instruments 

  

financial 

  

(amortised

Finance 

assets/ 

HD (3)

 cost) 

leases 

liabilities 

31 December 2012

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

79,290 

  

  

  

79,290 

Loans and advances to banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

33,394 

  

1,389 

  

  

  

34,783 

  - other

13,265 

  

15,903 

  

  

  

29,168 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

70,025 

  

-

22 

  

  

  

70,047 

  - other

24,841 

189 

  

-

397,824 

  

7,234 

  

430,088 

Debt securities

78,340 

873 

  

73,737 

4,488 

  

  

  

157,438 

Equity shares

13,329 

533 

  

1,370 

  

  

  

  

15,232 

Settlement balances

  

5,741 

  

  

  

5,741 

Derivatives

433,264 

  

8,639 

  

  

  

  

  

441,903 

Intangible assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

13,545 

13,545 

Property, plant and equipment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

9,784 

9,784 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,443 

3,443 

Prepayments, accrued income and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other assets

  

  

  

7,820 

7,820 

Assets of disposal groups

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

14,013 

14,013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

666,458 

1,595 

8,639 

75,107 

504,657 

  

7,234 

48,605 

1,312,295 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

36,370 

  

  

  

7,962 

  

  

44,332 

  - other

30,571 

  

  

  

26,502 

  

  

57,073 

Customer accounts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

82,224 

  

  

  

5,816 

  

  

88,040 

  - other

12,077 

6,323 

  

  

  

414,839 

  

  

433,239 

Debt securities in issue

10,879 

23,614 

  

  

  

60,099 

  

  

94,592 

Settlement balances

  

  

  

5,878 

  

  

5,878 

Short positions

27,591 

  

  

  

  

  

  

27,591 

Derivatives

428,537 

  

5,796 

  

  

  

  

  

434,333 

Accruals, deferred income and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other liabilities

  

  

  

1,684 

12 

13,105 

14,801 

Retirement benefit liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,884 

3,884 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,141 

1,141 

Subordinated liabilities

1,128 

  

  

  

25,645 

  

  

26,773 

Liabilities of disposal groups

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

10,170 

10,170 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

628,249 

31,065 

5,796 

  

  

548,425 

12 

28,300 

1,241,847 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Equity

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

70,448 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,312,295 

 

Notes:

(1)

Held-for-trading.

(2)

Designated as at fair value.

(3)

Hedging derivatives.

(4)

Available-for-sale.

(5)

Loans and receivables.

 

There were no reclassifications in 2013 or 2012.

111

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments (continued) 

A description of the Group’s valuation methodologies is included the Group’s 2013 Annual 20-F.

 

Valuation reserves

When valuing financial instruments in the trading book, adjustments are made to mid-market valuations to cover bid-offer spread, liquidity and credit risk. The valuation framework used to determine the fair value of uncollateralised derivative exposures was refined during the year in line with market developments. The weightings applied to the expected losses and gains in the credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and own credit adjustments (OCA) calculations have been removed. Funding valuation adjustments (FVA) now reflect the counterparty contingent nature of the exposures. FVA is also now considered the primary adjustment applied to liabilities; the extent to which OCA and FVA overlap is eliminated from OCA. The following table shows CVA and other valuation reserves.

 

Credit valuation adjustments

Credit valuation adjustments represent an estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the counterparty credit risk inherent in derivative exposures.

 

  

31 December

30 September

31 December

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

Credit valuation adjustments

  

  

  

  - monoline insurers and credit derivative product companies (CDPC)

99 

199 

506 

  - other counterparties

1,667 

1,790 

2,308 

  

  

  

  

  

1,766 

1,989 

2,814 

  

  

  

  

Other valuation reserves

  

  

  

  - bid-offer

513 

464 

625 

  - funding valuation adjustment

424 

355 

475 

  - product and deal specific

745 

759 

763 

  - other

26 

134 

  

  

  

  

  

1,690 

1,604 

1,997 

  

  

  

  

Valuation reserves

3,456 

3,593 

4,811 

 

The table below analyses CVA relating to other counterparties by rating and sector.

  

  

31 December

Ratings:

2013 

£m 

  

  

AAA

104 

AA to AA+

13 

A to AA-

168 

BBB- to A-

446 

Non-investment grade

936 

  

  

  

1,667 

  

  

Sector:

  

Banks

89 

Other financial institutions

199 

Corporate

1,126 

Government

253 

  

  

  

1,667 

112

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments: Valuation reserves (continued) 

 

Key points

·

Monoline insurers and CDPC: reduced exposures during the year, tighter credit spreads and exchange rate movements contributed to the decrease in CVA.

 

 

·

Other counterparties: the decrease in CVA during the year was driven by tighter credit spreads, reduction in exposure due to market movements together with realised default losses and reserve releases on certain exposures following restructuring. The net impact of updates to counterparty ratings and recovery rate assumptions also contributed to the decrease. This was partially offset by an increase in CVA due to methodology refinements.

 

 

·

The decrease in bid-offer reserves during the year reflects risk reduction.

 

 

·

Reduction in exposure due to market moves together with the impact of methodology refinements contributed to the decrease in FVA. This was partially offset by additional funding related reserves on uncollateralised derivatives in Q4 2013.

 

Own credit

The cumulative own credit adjustment (OCA) recorded on held-for-trading (HFT) and designated as at fair value through profit or loss (DFV) debt securities and derivative liabilities are set out below.

 

Cumulative OCA (CR)/ DR (1)

  

  

  

Subordinated 

  

  

  

Debt securities in issue (2)

liabilities 

  

  

  

HFT 

DFV 

Total 

DFV 

Total 

Derivatives 

Total (3)

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

(467)

(33)

(500)

256 

(244)

96 

(148)

30 September 2013

(548)

(42)

(590)

295 

(295)

95 

(200)

31 December 2012

(648)

56 

(592)

362 

(230)

259 

29 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Carrying values of underlying liabilities

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

8.6 

15.8 

24.4 

0.9 

25.3 

  

  

30 September 2013

9.4 

17.4 

26.8 

0.9 

27.7 

  

  

31 December 2012

10.9 

23.6 

34.5 

1.1 

35.6 

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

The OCA does not alter cash flows and is not used for performance management. It is disregarded for regulatory capital reporting purposes and will reverse over time as the liabilities mature.

(2)

Includes wholesale and retail note issuances.

(3)

The reserve movement between periods will not equate to the reported profit or loss for own credit. The balance sheet reserve is stated by conversion of underlying currency balances at spot rates for each period, whereas the income statement includes intra-period foreign exchange sell-offs.

 

Key points

·

The cumulative OCA decreased during the year due to tightening of RBS credit spreads.

 

 

·

Senior issued debt OCA is determined by reference to secondary debt issuance spreads. The five year spread tightened to 92 basis points (30 September 2013 - 83 basis points; 31 December 2012 - 102 basis points). As senior debt classified as DFV includes greater proportion of longer term debt, the impact of spread tightening and discounting is more significant, resulting in a credit balance at 31 December 2013.

 

 

·

The cumulative OCA relating to derivatives decreased during the year due to tightening of RBS CDS spreads and the net impact of methodology refinements.

 

113

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments (continued) 

 

Financial instruments carried at fair value - valuation hierarchy

Control environment, valuation techniques, inputs to valuation models and discussion on level 3 sensitivities related to all financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are included in the Group’s 2013 20-F. There have been no material changes to valuation or levelling approaches in 2013.

 

The tables below show financial instruments carried at fair value on the Group’s balance sheet by valuation hierarchy – level 1, level 2 and level 3 and valuation sensitivities for level 3 balances.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Level 3 sensitivity

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  

Favourable 

Unfavourable 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

35.5 

0.3 

35.8 

  

30 

(10)

Loans and advances to customers

68.9 

0.2 

69.1 

  

20 

(30)

Debt securities

58.0 

49.7 

2.1 

109.8 

  

160 

(100)

Equity shares

7.0 

1.1 

0.7 

8.8 

  

120 

(110)

Derivatives

0.1 

284.4 

3.5 

288.0 

  

390 

(250)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

65.1 

439.6 

6.8 

511.5 

  

720 

(500)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

12.7%

86.0%

1.3%

100.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

64.9 

436.2 

4.9 

506.0 

  

  

  

Non-Core

0.2 

3.4 

1.9 

5.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

65.1 

439.6 

6.8 

511.5 

  

  

  

 

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

46.3 

0.4 

46.7 

  

50 

(30)

Loans and advances to customers

94.4 

0.6 

95.0 

  

90 

(40)

Debt securities

83.6 

64.6 

4.8 

153.0 

  

370 

(190)

Equity shares

13.1 

1.3 

0.8 

15.2 

  

60 

(100)

Derivatives

0.1 

438.0 

3.8 

441.9 

  

430 

(350)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

96.8 

644.6 

10.4 

751.8 

  

1,000 

(710)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

12.9%

85.7%

1.4%

100.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

96.4 

637.3 

5.6 

739.3 

  

  

  

Non-Core

0.4 

7.3 

4.8 

12.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

96.8 

644.6 

10.4 

751.8 

  

  

  

114

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments: Valuation hierarchy (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Level 3 sensitivity

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  

Favourable 

Unfavourable 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

42.8 

0.1 

42.9 

  

10 

Customer accounts

68.2 

0.2 

68.4 

  

(10)

Debt securities in issue

23.1 

1.3 

24.4 

  

50 

(70)

Short positions

23.9 

4.1 

28.0 

  

Derivatives

0.1 

282.4 

3.0 

285.5 

  

130 

(120)

Subordinated liabilities

0.9 

0.9 

  

-

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

24.0 

421.5 

4.6 

450.1 

  

190 

(200)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

5.3%

93.7%

1.0%

100.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

24.0 

420.1 

4.5 

448.6 

  

  

  

Non-Core

1.4 

0.1 

1.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

24.0 

421.5 

4.6 

450.1 

  

  

  

 

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

66.9 

0.1 

67.0 

  

(20)

Customer accounts

100.5 

0.1 

100.6 

  

30 

(30)

Debt securities in issue

33.1 

1.4 

34.5 

  

60 

(70)

Short positions

23.6 

4.0 

27.6 

  

Derivatives

0.1 

430.9 

3.3 

434.3 

  

140 

(150)

Subordinated liabilities

1.1 

1.1 

  

-

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

23.7 

636.5 

4.9 

665.1 

  

230 

(270)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

3.6%

95.7%

0.7%

100.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

23.7 

634.4 

4.7 

662.8 

  

  

  

Non-Core

2.1 

0.2 

2.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

23.7 

636.5 

4.9 

665.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

115

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments (continued) 

 

Fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value

The following table shows the carrying value and fair value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost on the balance sheet.

 

31 December 2013

 

31 December 2012

  

Carrying 

  

 

Carrying 

  

  

value 

Fair value 

 

value 

Fair value 

  

£bn 

£bn 

 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

 

 

 

Financial assets

  

  

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

82.7 

82.7 

 

79.3 

79.3 

Loans and advances to banks

18.3 

18.3 

 

17.3 

17.3 

Loans and advances to customers

371.6 

360.0 

 

405.1 

385.4 

Debt securities

3.8 

3.2 

 

4.5 

4.0 

Settlement balances

5.6 

5.6 

 

5.7 

5.7 

  

  

  

 

  

  

Financial liabilities

  

  

 

  

  

Deposits by banks

21.1 

21.1 

 

34.5 

34.5 

Customer accounts

402.5 

402.7 

 

420.7 

421.0 

Debt securities in issue

43.4 

44.7 

 

60.1 

59.8 

Settlement balances

5.3 

5.3 

 

5.9 

5.9 

Notes in circulation

1.8 

1.8 

 

1.7 

1.7 

Subordinated liabilities

23.1 

22.5 

 

25.6 

24.3 

 

Fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value

The fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at this measurement date. Quoted market values are used where available; otherwise, fair values have been estimated based on discounted expected future cash flows and other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and require assumptions and judgments covering prepayments, credit risk and discount rates. Furthermore there is a wide range of potential valuation techniques. Changes in these assumptions would significantly affect estimated fair values. The fair values reported would not necessarily be realised in an immediate sale or settlement.

 

For certain short-term financial instruments: cash and balances at central banks (£82.7 billion), items in the course of collection from other banks (£1.5 billion), settlement balances (financial assets: £5.6 billion; financial liabilities: £5.3 billion), items in the course of transmission to other banks (£0.8 billion), customer demand deposits (£268.7 billion) and notes in circulation (£1.8 billion), fair value approximates to carrying value.

116

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

12. Contingent liabilities and commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Core

Non-Core

Total

  

Core

Non-Core

Total

  

Core

Non-Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Guarantees and assets pledged

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   as collateral security

19,563 

616 

20,179 

  

20,650 

727 

21,377 

  

18,251 

913 

19,164 

Other

5,893 

98 

5,991 

  

6,699 

96 

6,795 

  

10,628 

69 

10,697 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

25,456 

714 

26,170 

  

27,349 

823 

28,172 

  

28,879 

982 

29,861 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Undrawn formal standby facilities,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  credit lines and other commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  to lend

210,766 

2,280 

213,046 

  

209,138 

2,640 

211,778 

  

209,892 

5,916 

215,808 

Other

2,793 

2,793 

  

2,577 

2,578 

  

1,971 

1,976 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

213,559 

2,280 

215,839 

  

211,715 

2,641 

214,356 

  

211,863 

5,921 

217,784 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent liabilities and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  commitments

239,015 

2,994 

242,009 

  

239,064 

3,464 

242,528 

  

240,742 

6,903 

247,645 

 

Additional contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of the Group’s business. It is not anticipated that any material loss will arise from these transactions.

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews

Arising out of their normal business operations, the Group and certain members of the Group are party to legal proceedings and the subject of investigation and other regulatory and governmental action in the United Kingdom, the United States and other jurisdictions.

 

The Group recognises a provision for a liability in relation to these matters when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle an obligation resulting from past events, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. While the outcome of the legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory and governmental matters in which the Group is involved is inherently uncertain, the directors believe that, based on the information available to them, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory and governmental matters as at 31 December 2013 (see Note 3). The litigation provision reflects in large part the £1.9 billion provision taken in the last quarter of 2013 primarily related to mortgage-backed securities and securities related litigation and investigations. The future outflow of resources in respect of any matter cannot be determined with certainty based on currently available information, and accordingly may ultimately prove to be substantially greater than or less than the aggregate provision that the Group has recognised.

 

In many proceedings, it is not possible to determine whether any loss is probable or to estimate the amount of any loss. Numerous legal and factual issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings in question, before a liability can be reasonably estimated for any claim. The Group cannot predict if, how, or when such claims will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for claims that are at an early stage in their development or where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages.

 

117

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

There are also situations where the Group may enter into a settlement agreement. This may occur in order to avoid the expense, management distraction or reputational implications of continuing to contest liability, even for those matters for which the Group believes it has credible defences and should prevail on the merits. The uncertainties inherent in all such matters affect the amount and timing of any potential outflows for both matters with respect to which provisions have been established and other contingent liabilities.

 

Other than those discussed below, no member of the Group is or has been involved in governmental, legal or regulatory proceedings (including those which are pending or threatened) that are material individually or in aggregate.

 

Litigation

 

Shareholder litigation

RBS and certain of its subsidiaries, together with certain current and former officers and directors were named as defendants in purported class actions filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York involving holders of RBS preferred shares (the Preferred Shares litigation) and holders of American Depositary Receipts (the ADR claims).

 

In the Preferred Shares litigation, the consolidated amended complaint alleged certain false and misleading statements and omissions in public filings and other communications during the period 1 March 2007 to 19 January 2009, and variously asserted claims under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act). The putative class is composed of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired Group Series Q, R, S, T and/or U non-cumulative dollar preference shares issued pursuant or traceable to the 8 April 2005 US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registration statement. In September 2012, the Court dismissed the Preferred Shares litigation with prejudice. On 25 September 2013, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (Second Circuit Court of Appeals) affirmed the lower Court’s dismissal of the litigation. The deadline for plaintiffs to appeal from the Second Circuit Court of Appeals to the United States Supreme Court has expired.

 

With respect to the ADR claims, a consolidated amended complaint asserting claims under Sections 10 and 20 of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act was filed in November 2011 on behalf of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired the Group's American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) from issuance through 20 January 2009. In September 2012, the Court dismissed the ADR claims with prejudice. On 5 August 2013, the Court denied the plaintiffs’ motions for reconsideration and for leave to re-plead their case. The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal of this case to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals, and that appeal is in the process of being briefed by the parties.

 

118

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

Additionally, between March and July 2013, claims were issued in the High Court of Justice of England and Wales by sets of current and former shareholders, against the Group (and in one of those claims, also against certain former individual officers and directors) alleging that untrue and misleading statements and/or improper omissions were made in connection with the rights issue announced by the Group on 22 April 2008 in breach of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. On 30 July 2013 these and other similar threatened claims were consolidated by the Court via a Group Litigation Order. The Group’s defence to the claims was filed on 13 December 2013.

 

Other securitisation and securities related litigation in the United States

Group companies have been named as defendants in their various roles as issuer, depositor and/or underwriter in a number of claims in the United States that relate to the securitisation and securities underwriting businesses. These cases include actions by individual purchasers of securities and purported class action suits. Together, the pending individual and class action cases involve the issuance of more than US$67 billion of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) issued primarily from 2005 to 2007. Although the allegations vary by claim, in general, plaintiffs in these actions claim that certain disclosures made in connection with the relevant offerings contained materially false or misleading statements and/or omissions regarding the underwriting standards pursuant to which the mortgage loans underlying the securities were issued. Group companies remain as defendants in more than 40 lawsuits brought by purchasers of MBS, including the purported class actions identified below.

 

Among these MBS lawsuits are four cases filed on 2 September 2011 by the US Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) as conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The primary FHFA lawsuit remains pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut, and it relates to approximately US$32 billion of MBS for which Group entities acted as sponsor/depositor and/or lead underwriter or co-lead underwriter. Of these approximately US$10.5 billion were outstanding at 31 December 2013 with cumulative losses of approximately US$0.9 billion (being the loss of principal value suffered by security holders). On 30 September 2013, the Court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss FHFA’s amended complaint in this case. Discovery is ongoing.

 

The other three FHFA lawsuits (against Ally Financial Group, Countrywide Financial Corporation and Nomura) name RBS Securities Inc. as a defendant by virtue of the fact that it was an underwriter of some of the securities at issue. Two of these cases are part of a coordinated proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in which discovery is underway. The third case (the Countrywide matter) is pending in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Two other FHFA lawsuits (against JP Morgan and Morgan Stanley) in which RBS Securities Inc. was an underwriter defendant have been settled without any contribution from RBS Securities Inc.

 

Other MBS lawsuits against Group companies include three cases filed by the National Credit Union Administration Board (on behalf of US Central Federal Credit Union, Western Corporate Federal Credit Union, Southwest Corporate Federal Credit Union, and Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union) and six cases filed by the Federal Home Loan Banks of Boston, Chicago, Indianapolis, Seattle and San Francisco.

 

119

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

The purported MBS class actions in which Group companies are defendants include New Jersey Carpenters Health Fund v. Novastar Mortgage Inc. et al. and In re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation. A third MBS class action, New Jersey Carpenters Vacation Fund et al. v. The Royal Bank of Scotland plc et al., has been settled in principle for US$275 million subject to documentation and court approval. There is a provision that fully covers the settlement amount. The case relates to more than US$15 billion of the issued MBS that are the subject of MBS claims pending against Group companies. The outcome in this case should not be seen as indicative of how other MBS lawsuits may be resolved.

 

RBS Securities Inc. was also a defendant in Luther v. Countrywide Financial Corp. et al. and related class action cases (the “Luther Litigation”). On 5 December 2013, the court granted final approval of a US$500 million settlement of plaintiffs’ claims to be paid by Countrywide without contribution from RBS Securities Inc. Several members of the settlement class are appealing the court-approved settlement to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

 

Certain other institutional investors have threatened to bring claims against the Group in connection with various mortgage-related offerings. The Group cannot predict whether any of these individual investors will pursue these threatened claims (or their outcome), but expects that several may. If such claims are asserted and were successful, the amounts involved may be material.

 

In many of these actions, the Group has or will have contractual claims to indemnification from the issuers of the securities (where a Group company is underwriter) and/or the underlying mortgage originator (where a Group company is issuer). The amount and extent of any recovery on an indemnification claim, however, is uncertain and subject to a number of factors, including the ongoing creditworthiness of the indemnifying party.

 

London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)

Certain members of the Group have been named as defendants in a number of class actions and individual claims filed in the US with respect to the setting of LIBOR and certain other benchmark interest rates. The complaints are substantially similar and allege that certain members of the Group and other panel banks individually and collectively violated various federal laws, including the US commodities and antitrust laws, and state statutory and common law, as well as contracts, by manipulating LIBOR and prices of LIBOR-based derivatives in various markets through various means.

 

Most of the USD LIBOR-related actions in which Group companies are defendants, including all purported class actions relating to USD LIBOR, have been transferred to a coordinated proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In the coordinated proceeding, consolidated class action complaints were filed on behalf of (1) exchange-based purchaser plaintiffs, (2) over-the-counter purchaser plaintiffs, and (3) corporate debt purchaser plaintiffs. On 29 March 2013, the Court dismissed plaintiffs' antitrust claims, claims under RICO (Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act), and certain state law claims, but declined to dismiss certain other claims. Discovery is stayed. Over 35 other USD LIBOR-related actions involving RBS have been stayed pending further order from the Court.

 

Certain members of the Group have also been named as defendants in class actions relating to (i) JPY LIBOR and Euroyen TIBOR (the "Yen action") and (ii) Euribor (the "Euribor action"), both of which are pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

 

120

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

Details of LIBOR investigations and their outcomes affecting the Group are set out under ‘Investigations and reviews’ on page 122.

 

Credit Default Swap Antitrust Litigation

Certain members of the Group, as well as a number of other financial institutions, are defendants in a consolidated antitrust class action pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The plaintiffs generally allege that defendants violated the U.S. antitrust laws by restraining competition in the market for credit default swaps through various means and thereby causing inflated bid-ask spreads for credit default swaps.

 

FX antitrust litigation

Certain members of the Group, as well as a number of other financial institutions, have been named as defendants in multiple antitrust class action complaints filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York since November 2013. The plaintiffs generally allege that the defendants violated the U.S. antitrust laws, state statutes, and the common law by conspiring to manipulate the foreign exchange market by manipulating benchmark foreign exchange rates.  

 

Madoff

In December 2010, Irving Picard, as trustee for the bankruptcy estates of Bernard L. Madoff and Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC., filed a clawback claim against The Royal Bank of Scotland N.V. (RBS N.V.) in New York bankruptcy court. In the operative complaint, filed in August 2012, the trustee seeks to recover US$75.8 million in redemptions that RBS N.V. allegedly received from certain Madoff feeder funds and US$162.1 million that RBS N.V. allegedly received from its swap counterparties at a time when RBS N.V. allegedly ‘knew or should have known of Madoff’s possible fraud’. The Trustee alleges that those transfers were preferences or fraudulent conveyances under the US bankruptcy code and New York law and he asserts the purported right to claw them back for the benefit of Madoff’s estate. A further claim, for US$21.8 million, was filed in October 2011.

 

Thornburg adversary proceeding

RBS Securities Inc. and certain other Group companies, as well as several other financial institutions, are defendants in an adversary proceeding filed in the U.S. bankruptcy court in Maryland by the trustee for TMST, Inc. (formerly known as Thornburg Mortgage, Inc.). The trustee seeks recovery of transfers made under certain restructuring agreements as, among other things, avoidable fraudulent and preferential conveyances and transfers.

 

Complex Systems

RBS N.V. is a defendant in an action pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York filed by Complex Systems, Inc (CSI). The plaintiff alleges that RBS N.V. has since late 2007 been using the plaintiff's back-office trade finance processing software without a valid licence, in violation of the US Copyright Act. On 17 October 2013, the Court granted summary judgment to CSI on the issue of liability. The plaintiff was seeking in excess of US$300 million in alleged profits that the plaintiff claimed was attributable to RBS N.V.'s use of the disputed software, but on 8 November 2013, the Court barred the plaintiff from recovering any such profits although the plaintiff continues to seek actual damages of an unspecified amount. On 25 October 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for a permanent injunction against RBS N.V.'s further use of the software, and a hearing on that motion, which RBS N.V. opposes, has been scheduled for 14 March 2014.

 

121

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

CPDO Litigation

CPDO claims have been served on RBS N.V. in England, the Netherlands and Australia relating to the sale of a type of structured financial product known as a constant proportion debt obligation (CPDO). In November 2012, the Federal Court of Australia issued a judgment against RBS N.V. and others in one such case. It held that RBS N.V. and others committed certain wrongful acts in connection with the rating and sale of the CPDO. In March 2013, RBS N.V. was ordered to pay A$19.7 million. RBS N.V. has appealed this decision and the appeal is due to be heard in March 2014. The judgment may potentially have significance to the other claims served and to any future similar claims.

 

Investigations and reviews

The Group’s businesses and financial condition can be affected by the fiscal or other policies and actions of various governmental and regulatory authorities in the United Kingdom, the European Union, the United States and elsewhere. The Group has engaged, and will continue to engage, in discussions with relevant governmental and regulatory authorities, including in the United Kingdom, the European Union, the United States and elsewhere, on an ongoing and regular basis regarding operational, systems and control evaluations and issues including those related to compliance with applicable anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and sanctions regimes. It is possible that any matters discussed or identified may result in investigatory or other action being taken by governmental and regulatory authorities, increased costs being incurred by the Group, remediation of systems and controls, public or private censure, restriction of the Group’s business activities or fines. Any of the events or circumstances mentioned below could have a material adverse effect on the Group, its business, authorisations and licences, reputation, results of operations or the price of securities issued by it.

 

The Group is co-operating fully with the investigations and reviews described below.

 

LIBOR, other trading rates and foreign exchange rates

On 6 February 2013, the Group announced settlements with the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom, the United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the United States Department of Justice (DOJ) in relation to investigations into submissions, communications and procedures around the setting of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). RBS agreed to pay penalties of £87.5 million, US$325 million and US$150 million to these authorities respectively to resolve the investigations. As part of the agreement with the DOJ, RBS plc entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement in relation to one count of wire fraud relating to Swiss Franc LIBOR and one count for an antitrust violation relating to Yen LIBOR. In addition, on 12 April 2013, RBS Securities Japan Limited entered a plea of guilty to one count of wire fraud relating to Yen LIBOR and on 6 January 2014, the US District Court for the District of Connecticut entered a final judgment in relation to the conviction of RBS Securities Japan Limited pursuant to the plea agreement. On 12 April 2013, RBS Securities Japan Limited received a business improvement order from Japan’s Financial Services Agency requiring RBS to take remedial steps to address certain matters, including inappropriate conduct in relation to Yen LIBOR. RBS Securities Japan Limited is taking steps to address the issues raised in compliance with that order. In June 2013, RBS was listed amongst the 20 banks found by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) to have deficiencies in the governance, risk management, internal controls and surveillance systems relating to benchmark submissions following a finding by the MAS that certain traders made inappropriate attempts to influence benchmarks in the period 2007 - 2011. RBS was ordered at that time to set aside additional statutory reserves with MAS of SGD1-1.2 billion and to formulate a remediation plan. RBS has submitted its remediation plan to the MAS.

 

 

122

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

The Group is co-operating with investigations and new and ongoing requests for information by various other governmental and regulatory authorities, including in the UK, US and Asia, into its submissions, communications and procedures relating to a number of trading rates, including LIBOR and other interest rate settings, ISDAFIX and non-deliverable forwards. The Group is also under investigation by competition authorities in a number of jurisdictions stemming from the actions of certain individuals in the setting of LIBOR and other trading rates, as well as interest rate-related trading.

 

In December 2013, the Group agreed to pay settlement penalties of approximately EUR 260 million and EUR 131 million to resolve investigations by the European Commission into Yen LIBOR competition infringements and EURIBOR competition infringements respectively.

 

In addition, various governmental and regulatory authorities have commenced investigations into foreign exchange trading activities apparently involving multiple financial institutions. The Group has received enquiries from certain of these authorities including the FCA. The Group is reviewing communications and procedures relating to certain currency exchange benchmark rates as well as foreign exchange trading activity. At this stage, the Group cannot estimate reliably what effect, if any, the outcome of the investigation may have on the Group.

 

Technology incident in June 2012

On 19 June 2012, the Group was affected by a technology incident, as a result of which the processing of certain customer accounts and payments were subject to considerable delay. The cause of the incident has been investigated by independent external counsel with the assistance of third party advisors. The Group agreed to reimburse customers for any loss suffered as a result of the incident and the Group made a provision of £175 million in 2012.

 

The incident, the Group's handling of the incident, and the systems and controls surrounding the processes affected, are the subject of regulatory investigations in the UK and in the Republic of Ireland.

 

On 9 April 2013, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) announced that it had commenced an enforcement investigation into the incident. This is a joint investigation conducted by the FCA together with the UK Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). The FCA and PRA will reach their conclusions in due course and will decide whether or not to initiate enforcement action following that investigation. While the outcomes of the FCA and PRA investigations will be separate, the regulators have indicated that they will endeavour to co-ordinate the timescales of their respective investigations. Separately the Central Bank of Ireland has initiated an investigation.

 

Interest rate hedging products

In June 2012, following an industry wide review, the FSA announced that the Group and other UK banks had agreed to a redress exercise and past business review in relation to the sale of interest rate hedging products to some small and medium sized businesses who were classified as retail clients or private customers under FSA rules. On 31 January 2013, the FSA issued a report outlining the principles to which it wished the Group and other UK banks to adhere in conducting the review and redress exercise.

 

123

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

The Group will provide fair and reasonable redress to non-sophisticated customers classified as retail clients or private customers, who were mis-sold interest rate hedging products. In relation to non-sophisticated customers classified as retail clients or private customers who were sold interest rate products other than interest rate caps on or after 1 December 2001 up to 29 June 2012, the Group is required to (i) make redress to customers sold structured collars; and (ii) write to customers sold other interest rate hedging products offering a review of their sale and, if it is appropriate in the individual circumstances, the Group will propose fair and reasonable redress on a case by case basis. Furthermore, non-sophisticated customers classified as retail clients or private customers who have purchased interest rate caps during the period on or after 1 December 2001 to 29 June 2012 will be entitled to approach the Group and request a review.

 

The redress exercise and the past business review are being scrutinised by an independent reviewer, who will review and agree any redress, and will be overseen by the FCA.

 

In addition to the redress exercise that is being overseen by the FCA, the Group is also dealing with a large number of active claims by customers who are eligible to be considered under the FCA redress programme as well as customers who are outside of such scope due to their sophistication. The Group is encouraging those customers that are eligible, to seek redress under the redress scheme overseen by the FCA. To the extent that claims are brought, the Group believes it has strong grounds for defending these claims.

 

The Group has decided to undertake a similar exercise and past business review in relation to the sale of interest rate hedging products to retail designated small and medium sized businesses in the Republic of Ireland and to customers of RBS International.

 

The Group has made provisions totalling £1.25 billion to date for this matter, including £550 million in 2013, of which £0.2 billion has been utilised at 31 December 2013.

 

Retail banking

Since initiating an inquiry into retail banking in the European Union (EU) in 2005, the European Commission (EC) continues to keep retail banking under review. In late 2010 the EC launched an initiative pressing for greater transparency of bank fees and is currently proposing to legislate for increased harmonisation of terminology across Member States. The Group cannot predict the outcome of these actions at this stage.

 

FSA mystery shopping review

On 13 February 2013, the FSA announced the results of a mystery shopping review it undertook into the investment advice offered by banks and building societies to retail clients. As a result of that review the FSA announced that firms involved were cooperative and agreed to take immediate action. The Group was one of the firms involved. The action required includes a review of the training provided to advisers, considering whether changes are necessary to advice processes and controls for new business, and undertaking a past business review to identify any historic poor advice (and where breaches of regulatory requirements are identified, to put this right for customers). The Group will be required to appoint an independent third party to either carry out or oversee this work. The scope and terms of the past business review and the appointment of the independent third party remain under discussion. The Group cannot predict the outcome of this review at this stage.

 

124

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

Card Protection Plan Limited

On 22 August 2013, the FCA announced that Card Protection Plan Limited (“CPP”) and 13 banks and credit card issuers, including the Group, had agreed to a compensation scheme in relation to the sale of card and/or identity protection insurance to certain retail customers. CPP has now written to affected policyholders to confirm the details of the proposed scheme, which requires approval by a policyholder vote and by the High Court of England and Wales. A creditors’ meeting was held on 7 January 2014, at which the creditors voted in favour of the proposed scheme. The Group has made appropriate levels of provision based on its estimate of ultimate exposure.

 

Tomlinson Report

On 25 November 2013, a report by Lawrence Tomlinson, entrepreneur in residence at the UK government’s Department for Business Innovation and Skills, was published (Tomlinson Report). The Tomlinson Report was critical of the Group’s Global Restructuring Group’s treatment of SMEs. The Tomlinson Report has been passed to the PRA and FCA. On 29 November 2013, the FCA announced that an independent skilled person will be appointed under Section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act to review the allegations in the report. On 17 January 2014, Promontory Financial Group and Mazars were appointed as the skilled person. The Group will fully cooperate with the FCA in its investigation.

 

In response to the Tomlinson Report, the Bank has instructed Clifford Chance to conduct an independent review of the principal allegation made in the Tomlinson Report: the Group’s Global Restructuring Group was alleged to be culpable of systemic and institutional behaviour in artificially distressing otherwise viable businesses and through that putting businesses into insolvency. Clifford Chance is due to submit a report to the board by the end of the first quarter of 2014.

 

Multilateral interchange fees

In 2007, the EC issued a decision that, while interchange is not illegal per se, MasterCard’s multilateral interchange fee (MIF) arrangements for cross border payment card transactions with MasterCard and Maestro branded consumer credit and debit cards in the EEA were in breach of competition law. MasterCard was required to withdraw (i.e. set to zero) the relevant cross-border MIF by 21 June 2008. MasterCard appealed against the decision to the General Court in March 2008, with the Group intervening in the appeal proceedings. The General Court heard MasterCard’s appeal in July 2011 and issued its judgment in May 2012, upholding the EC’s original decision. MasterCard has appealed further to the Court of Justice and the Group has intervened in these appeal proceedings. The appeal hearing took place on 4 July 2013 and the Advocate General’s (AG) opinion (which is a non binding opinion and provided to the Court in advance of its final decision) was published on 30 January 2014. The AG opinion proposes that the Court should dismiss MasterCard’s appeal. The Court’s decision is awaited. MasterCard negotiated interim cross border MIF levels to apply for the duration of the General Court proceedings. These MIF levels remain in place during the appeal before the Court of Justice.

 

On 9 April 2013, the EC announced it was opening a new investigation into interbank fees payable in respect of payments made in the EEA by MasterCard cardholders from non-EEA countries.

 

125

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

In March 2008, the EC opened a formal inquiry into Visa’s MIF arrangements for cross border payment card transactions with Visa branded debit and consumer credit cards in the EEA. In April 2009 the EC announced that it had issued Visa with a formal Statement of Objections. In April 2010 Visa announced it had reached an agreement with the EC as regards immediate cross border debit card MIF rates only and in December 2010 the commitments were finalised for a four year period commencing December 2010 under Article 9 of Regulation 1/2003. In July 2012 Visa made a request to re-open the settlement in order to modify the fee. The EC rejected the request and in October 2012 Visa filed an appeal to the General Court seeking to have that decision annulled. That appeal is ongoing. The EC is continuing its investigations into Visa’s cross border MIF arrangements for deferred debit and credit transactions. On 31 July 2012 the EC announced that it had issued Visa with a supplementary Statement of Objections regarding consumer credit cards in the EEA. On 14 May 2013, the EC announced it had reached an agreement with Visa regarding immediate cross border credit card MIF rates. The agreement has now been market tested and its final publication is awaited.

 

In addition, the EC has proposed a draft regulation on interchange fees for card payments. The draft regulation is subject to a consultation process, prior to being finalised and enacted. It is currently expected that the regulation will be enacted by the end of 2014/early 2015 at the earliest. The draft regulation proposes the capping of both cross-border and domestic MIF rates for debit and credit consumer cards, to take place in two phases. The draft regulation also sets out other proposals for reform including to the Honour All Cards Rule so merchants will be required to accept all cards with the same level of MIF but not cards with different MIF levels.

 

In the UK, the Office of Fair Trading (OFT) has ongoing investigations into domestic interchange fees applicable in respect of Visa and MasterCard consumer and commercial credit and debit card transactions. The OFT has not made a finding of an infringement of competition law and has not issued a Statement of Objections to any party in connection with those investigations. In February 2013 the OFT confirmed that while reserving its right to do so, it does not currently expect to issue Statements of Objections in respect of these investigations (if at all) prior to the handing down of the judgment of the Court of Justice in the matter of MasterCard's appeal against the EC’s 2007 infringement decision.

 

The outcomes of these ongoing investigations, proceedings and proposed regulation are not yet known, but they may have a material adverse effect on the structure and operation of four party card payment schemes in general and, therefore, on the Group’s business in this sector.

 

Payment Protection Insurance

The FSA conducted a broad industry thematic review of Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) sales practices and in September 2008, the FSA announced that it intended to escalate its level of regulatory intervention. Substantial numbers of customer complaints alleging the mis-selling of PPI policies have been made to banks and to the Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS) and many of these are being upheld by the FOS against the banks.

 

126

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

The FSA published a final policy statement in August 2010 imposing significant changes with respect to the handling of complaints about the mis-selling of PPI. In October 2010, the British Bankers’ Association (BBA) filed an application for judicial review of the FSA’s policy statement and of related guidance issued by the FOS. In April 2011 the High Court issued judgment in favour of the FSA and the FOS and in May 2011 the BBA announced that it would not appeal that judgment. The Group then reached agreement with the FSA on a process for implementation of its policy statement and for the future handling of PPI complaints. Implementation of the agreed processes is currently under way. The Group has made provisions totalling £3.1 billion to date for this matter, including £900 million in 2013, of which £2.2 billion has been utilised at 31 December 2013.

 

Personal current accounts / retail banking

In July 2008, the OFT published a market study report into Personal Current Accounts (PCAs) raising concerns as regards the way the market was functioning. In October 2009 the OFT summarised initiatives agreed with industry to address these concerns. In December 2009, the OFT published a further report in which it stated that it continued to have significant concerns about the operation of the PCA market in the UK, in particular in relation to unarranged overdrafts, and that it believed that fundamental changes were required for the market to work in the best interests of bank customers. In March 2010, the OFT announced that it had secured agreement from the banks on four industry-wide initiatives designed to address its concerns, namely minimum standards on the operation of opt-outs from unarranged overdrafts, new working groups on information sharing with customers, best practice for PCA customers in financial difficulties and incurring charges, and PCA providers to publish their policies on dealing with PCA customers in financial difficulties. The OFT also announced that it would conduct six-monthly reviews and would also review the market again fully in 2012 and undertake a brief analysis on barriers to entry.

 

The first six-monthly review was completed in September 2010. The OFT noted progress in switching, transparency and unarranged overdrafts for the period March to September 2010 and highlighted further changes it wanted to see in the market. In March 2011, the OFT published the next update report in relation to PCAs. This noted further progress in improving consumer control over the use of unarranged overdrafts. In particular, the Lending Standards Board had led on producing standards and guidance to be included in a revised Lending Code. The OFT stated it would continue to monitor the market and would consider the need for, and appropriate timing of, further update reports in light of other developments, in particular the work of the UK Government’s Independent Commission on Banking (ICB).

 

Additionally, in May 2010, the OFT announced its review of barriers to entry. The review concerned retail banking and banking for small and medium size enterprises (SMEs) (up to £25 million turnover). The OFT published its report in November 2010. It advised that it expected its review to be relevant to the ICB, the FSA, HM Treasury and the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills and to the devolved governments in the UK. The OFT did not indicate whether it would undertake any further work. The report maintained that barriers to entry remain, in particular regarding switching, branch networks and brands.

 

At this stage, it is not possible to estimate the effect of the OFT’s report and recommendations regarding barriers to entry upon the Group.

 

On 13 July 2012, the OFT launched its planned full review of the PCA market. The review was intended to consider whether the initiatives agreed by the OFT with banks to date have been successful and whether the market should be referred to the Competition Commission (CC) for a fuller market investigation.

 

127

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

The OFT’s PCA report was published on 25 January 2013. The OFT acknowledged some specific improvements in the market since its last review but concluded that further changes are required to tackle ongoing concerns, including a lack of switching, the ability of consumers to compare products and the complexity of overdraft charges. However, the OFT recognised at the time it published the report that a number of major developments were expected over the coming months including divestment of branches, improvements in account switching and assistance to customers to compare products and services. Therefore the OFT decided not to refer the market to the CC but said that it expected to return to the question of a referral to the CC in 2015, or before. The OFT also announced that it will be carrying out behavioural economic research on the way consumers make decisions and engage with retail banking service, and will study the operation of payment systems as well as the SME banking market.

 

SME banking market study

The OFT announced its market study on competition in banking for SMEs in England and Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland on 19 June 2013. The OFT has been seeking views on the scope of the market study and on 27 September 2013 published an update paper setting out its proposed scope. The OFT expects to report on the market study in early 2014.

 

Credit default swaps (CDS) investigation

The Group is a party to the EC’s antitrust investigation into the CDS information market. The Group is co-operating fully with the EC's investigation and in July 2013 received a Statement of Objections from the EC. The EC has raised concerns that a number of banks, Markit and ISDA may have jointly prevented exchanges from entering the CDS market. At this stage, the Group cannot estimate reliably what effect the outcome of the investigation may have on the Group, which may be material.

 

Securitisation and collateralised debt obligation business

In the United States, the Group is involved in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by federal and state governmental law enforcement and other agencies and self-regulatory organisations relating to, among other things, issuance, underwriting and trading in mortgage-backed securities, collateralised debt obligations (CDOs), and synthetic products. In connection with these inquiries, Group companies have received requests for information and subpoenas seeking information about, among other things, the structuring of CDOs, financing to loan originators, purchase of whole loans, sponsorship and underwriting of securitisations, due diligence, representations and warranties, communications with ratings agencies, disclosure to investors, document deficiencies, trading activities and repurchase requests.

 

On 7 November 2013, the Group announced that it had settled with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘the SEC’) over its investigation of RBS Securities Inc. relating to due diligence conducted in connection with a 2007 offering of residential mortgage-backed securities and corresponding disclosures. Pursuant to the settlement, RBS Securities Inc., without admitting or denying the SEC's allegations, consented to the entry of a final judgment ordering certain relief, including an injunction and the payment of approximately US$153 million in disgorgement, penalties, and interest. The settlement was subsequently approved by the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. The Group co-operated fully with the SEC throughout the investigation.

 

Also in October 2010, the SEC commenced an inquiry into document deficiencies and repurchase requests with respect to certain securitisations, and in January 2011, this was converted to a formal investigation. Among other matters, the investigation seeks information related to document deficiencies and remedial measures taken with respect to such deficiencies. The investigation also seeks information related to early payment defaults and loan repurchase requests.

 

128

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

In 2007, the New York State Attorney General issued subpoenas to a wide array of participants in the securitisation and securities industry, focusing on the information underwriters obtained from the independent firms hired to perform due diligence on mortgages. The Group completed its production of documents requested by the New York State Attorney General in 2008, principally producing documents related to loans that were pooled into one securitisation transaction. In May 2011, at the New York State Attorney General's request, representatives of the Group attended an informal meeting to provide additional information about the Group's mortgage securitisation business. The investigation is ongoing and the Group continues to provide the requested information.

 

US mortgages - loan repurchase matters

The Group’s Markets business in North America has been a purchaser of non-agency US residential mortgages in the secondary market, and an issuer and underwriter of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS). Markets did not originate or service any US residential mortgages and it was not a significant seller of mortgage loans to government sponsored enterprises (GSEs) (e.g. the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association).

 

In issuing RMBS, Markets generally assigned certain representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the underlying loans made by the originator of the residential mortgages; however, in some circumstances, Markets made such representations and warranties itself. Where Markets has given those or other representations and warranties (whether relating to underlying loans or otherwise), Markets may be contractually required to repurchase such loans or indemnify certain parties against losses for certain breaches of such representations and warranties. In certain instances where it is required to repurchase loans or related securities, Markets may be able to assert claims against third parties who provided representations or warranties to Markets when selling loans to it, although the ability to recover against such parties is uncertain. Between the start of 2009 and 31 December 2013, Markets received approximately US$741 million in repurchase demands in respect of loans made primarily from 2005 to 2008 and related securities sold where obligations in respect of contractual representations or warranties were undertaken by Markets. However, repurchase demands presented to Markets are subject to challenge and rebuttal by Markets.

 

RBS Citizens Financial Group, Inc (RBS Citizens) has not been an issuer or underwriter of non-agency RMBS. However, RBS Citizens is an originator and servicer of residential mortgages, and it routinely sells such mortgage loans in the secondary market and to GSEs. In the context of such sales, RBS Citizens makes certain representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the underlying loans and, as a result, may be contractually required to repurchase such loans or indemnify certain parties against losses for certain breaches of the representations and warranties concerning the underlying loans. Between the start of 2009 and 31 December 2013, RBS Citizens received US$208 million in repurchase demands in respect of loans originated primarily since 2003. However, repurchase demands presented to RBS Citizens are subject to challenge and rebuttal by RBS Citizens.

 

Although there has in recent times been disruption in the ability of certain financial institutions operating in the United States to complete foreclosure proceedings in respect of US mortgage loans in a timely manner or at all (including as a result of interventions by certain states and local governments), to date, RBS Citizens has not been materially impacted by such disruptions and the Group has not ceased making foreclosures.

 

129

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

The Group cannot currently estimate what the ultimate exposure may be with respect to repurchase demands. Furthermore, the Group is unable to estimate the extent to which the matters described above will impact it, and future developments may have an adverse impact on the Group’s net assets, operating results or cash flows in any particular period.

 

RBS Citizens consent orders

The activities of RBS Citizens' two US bank subsidiaries - RBS Citizens, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania - are subject to extensive US laws and regulations concerning unfair or deceptive acts or practices in connection with customer products. Certain of the bank subsidiaries’ practices with respect to overdraft protection and other consumer products have not met applicable standards. The bank subsidiaries have implemented and are continuing to implement changes to bring their practices in conformity with applicable laws and regulations. In April 2013, the bank subsidiaries consented to the issuance of orders by their respective primary federal banking regulators, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) (the Consent Orders). In the Consent Orders (which are publicly available and will remain in effect until terminated by the regulators), the bank subsidiaries neither admitted nor denied the regulators’ findings that they had engaged in deceptive marketing and implementation of the bank's overdraft protection programme, checking rewards programmes, and stop-payment process for pre-authorised recurring electronic fund transfers.

 

The Consent Orders require the bank subsidiaries to pay a total of US$10 million in civil monetary penalties, to develop plans to provide restitution to affected customers (the amount of which is anticipated to be approximately US$8 million), to cease and desist any operations in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, and to submit to the regulators periodic written progress reports regarding compliance with the Consent Orders.

 

In addition, RBS Citizens, N.A. agreed to take certain remedial actions to improve its compliance risk management systems and to create a comprehensive action plan designed to achieve compliance with the Consent Order. Restitution plans have been prepared and submitted for approval, and RBS Citizens, N.A. has submitted for approval and is in the process of implementing its action plan for compliance with the Consent Order, as well as updated policies, procedures and programmes related to its compliance risk management systems. In addition to the above, the bank subsidiaries could face further formal administrative enforcement actions from their federal supervisory agencies, including the assessment of civil monetary penalties and restitution, relating to issues arising from other consumer products.

 

130

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

Governance and risk management consent order

On 27 July 2011, the Group agreed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the New York State Banking Department, the Connecticut Department of Banking, and the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation to enter into a consent Cease and Desist Order (the Order) to address deficiencies related to governance, risk management and compliance systems and controls in RBS plc and RBS N.V. branches. In the Order, the Group agreed to create the following written plans or programmes:

a plan to strengthen board and senior management oversight of the corporate governance, management, risk management, and operations of the Group’s U.S. operations on an enterprise-wide and business line basis,

an enterprise-wide risk management programme for the Group’s U.S. operations,

a plan to oversee compliance by the Group’s U.S. operations with all applicable U.S. laws, rules, regulations, and supervisory guidance,

a Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance programme for the RBS plc and RBS N.V. branches in the U.S. (the U.S. Branches) on a consolidated basis,

a plan to improve the U.S. Branches’ compliance with all applicable provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and its rules and regulations as well as the requirements of Regulation K of the Federal Reserve,

a customer due diligence programme designed to reasonably ensure the identification and timely, accurate, and complete reporting by the U.S. Branches of all known or suspected violations of law or suspicious transactions to law enforcement and supervisory authorities, as required by applicable suspicious activity reporting laws and regulations, and

a plan designed to enhance the U.S. Branches’ compliance with OFAC requirements.

 

 

The Order (which is publicly available) identified specific items to be addressed, considered, and included in each proposed plan or programme. The Group also agreed in the Order to adopt and implement the plans and programmes after approval by the regulators, to fully comply with the plans and programmes thereafter, and to submit to the regulators periodic written progress reports regarding compliance with the Order. The Group has created, submitted, and adopted plans and/or programmes to address each of the areas identified above. In connection with the Group's efforts to implement these plans and programmes, it has, among other things, made investments in technology, hired and trained additional personnel, and revised compliance, risk management, and other policies and procedures for the Group's U.S. operations. The Group continues to test the effectiveness of the remediation efforts undertaken by the Group to ensure they are sustainable and meet regulators' expectations. Furthermore, the Group continues to work closely with the regulators in its efforts to fulfil its obligations under the Order, which will remain in effect until terminated by the regulators.

 

The Group may become subject to formal and informal supervisory actions and may be required by its US banking supervisors to take further actions and implement additional remedial measures with respect to these and additional matters. The Group's activities in the United States may be subject to significant limitations and/or conditions.

 

131

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

US dollar processing consent order

The Group’s operations include businesses outside the United States that are responsible for processing US dollar payments. On 11 December 2013 the Group and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc announced that they had reached a settlement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Fed), the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS), and the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) with respect to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc's historical compliance with US economic sanction regulations outside the US. In settlement with the above authorities, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc agreed to pay US$100 million in total, including US$50 million to the Fed, of which US$33 million was deemed to satisfy the OFAC penalty, and US$50 million to DFS.

 

As part of the settlement, the Group and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc entered into a consent Cease and Desist Order with the Fed (the Order) indicating, among other things, that: (a) the Group and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc lacked adequate risk management and legal review policies and procedures to ensure that activities conducted outside the United States comply with applicable OFAC regulations; (b) from at least 2005 to 2008, certain business lines within The Royal Bank of Scotland plc developed and implemented policies and procedures for processing U.S. dollar-denominated funds transfers through unaffiliated U.S. financial institutions involving parties subject to OFAC Regulations that omitted relevant information from payment messages necessary for the U.S. financial institutions to determine whether these transactions were carried out in a manner consistent with U.S. law; and (c) the Group continues to implement improvements in its oversight and compliance programme for activities involving offices outside the United States that impact the ability of U.S. financial institutions to comply with applicable OFAC sanctions. In the Order (which is publicly available), the Group agreed to create an OFAC compliance programme to ensure compliance with OFAC regulations by the Group's global business lines outside of the United States, and to adopt, implement, and comply with the programme. The programme is to be submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (Reserve Bank) for approval by 11 March 2014.

 

Sixty days after approval of the programme, the Group is to complete a global OFAC risk assessment and submit it to the Reserve Bank and the FCA. The Group also agreed in the Order to hire an independent consultant (subject to approval by the Reserve Bank and the FCA) to conduct an annual OFAC compliance review involving a review of compliance policies and their implementation and an appropriate risk-focused sampling of U.S. dollar payments. The Order further requires the Group to submit quarterly written progress reports to the Reserve Bank detailing the form and manner of all actions taken to secure compliance with the Order. It was also announced that the US Department of Justice and the New York County District Attorney’s Office had concluded their parallel criminal investigations and do not intend to take any action against The Royal Bank of Scotland plc.

 

US/Swiss tax programme

In August 2013, the DOJ announced a programme for Swiss banks (the Programme), to settle the long-running dispute between the US tax authorities and Switzerland regarding the role of Swiss banks in concealing the assets of US tax payers in offshore accounts. The Programme provides Swiss banks with an opportunity to obtain resolution, through non-prosecution agreements or non-target letters, concerning their status in connection with the DOJ’s investigations.

 

 

132

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

13. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

Coutts & Co AG (Coutts), a member of the Group incorporated in Switzerland, has notified the DOJ that it intends to participate in the Programme based on the possibility that some of its clients may not have declared their assets in compliance with US tax laws. The Programme requires a detailed review of all US related accounts. The review is due to be completed and the results presented to the DOJ later in 2014.

 

14. Other developments

 

Rating agencies

Moody’s Investors Service

On 5 November 2013, Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) concluded a previous review for possible downgrade on the Group that had been initiated on 5 July 2013. The ratings of RBS Group plc and certain subsidiaries including RBS plc, National Westminster Bank Plc, RBS N.V., Ulster Bank Limited and Ulster Bank Ireland Limited were confirmed as unchanged. The conclusion of this review followed the Group’s announcement that it would be setting up an internal bad bank rather than an external bad bank. On 6 November 2013, Moody’s similarly closed a review for possible downgrade on the long term ratings of RBS Citizens N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania by confirming long and short term ratings of these entities as unchanged.

 

On 12 February 2014, Moody’s placed the long term ratings of RBS Group plc and certain subsidiaries including RBS plc, National Westminster Bank Plc, RBS N.V., RBS Citizens N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania on review for possible downgrade. Moody’s’ rating action was prompted by their concerns that the Group’s capitalisation is vulnerable to short-term shocks. Despite these short-term concerns, Moody’s confirmed it expects the Group’s capitalisation to improve over the medium-term as the Group’s recovery plan is progressed.

 

Standard & Poor’s

On 7 November 2013, Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) lowered by one notch its long term ratings of RBS Group plc and certain subsidiaries. RBS Group plc long term ratings were lowered to 'BBB+' from 'A-'. Short term ratings remained unchanged. The long and short term ratings of RBS plc, National Westminster Bank Plc, RBS N.V., RBS Citizens Bank, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania were lowered to 'A-' (long term)/'A-2' (short term) from 'A'/'A-1'. A negative outlook was maintained on long term ratings and primarily reflects S&P’s wider UK banking industry concerns.

 

The rating action followed S&P’s decision to remove a ‘positive transition’ notch that had been included in the Group’s ratings since 2011 in recognition of restructuring progress made. S&P’s decision was prompted by the Group’s announcement in November 2013 that it would further extend its restructuring timeline, by creating an internal bad bank, and S&P’s concerns on the Group’s execution risk, litigation risk and the potential for further conduct related fines.

 

The long and short term ratings of Ulster Bank Limited and Ulster Bank Ireland Limited were not affected by S&P’s rating action on the Group and these were affirmed as unchanged. Long term ratings were maintained on a negative outlook.

 

133

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Other developments (continued)

 

Fitch Ratings

On 4 November 2013, following the Group’s announcement of its intention to fully divest RBS Citizens Financial Group, Inc, Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) downgraded its ratings of this entity and subsidiaries, RBS Citizens, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, by one notch to 'BBB+' (long term)/'F2' (short term) from 'A-'/'F1'. The rating action in effect removed one notch of Group support previously included in the ratings of these entities. No other material rating actions were undertaken by Fitch during the quarter on the Group or its subsidiaries. Outlooks assigned remained stable

 

15. Post balance sheet events

 

RBS Capital Resolution

In November 2013, the Group announced the creation of RBS Capital Resolution (RCR), to manage a pool of assets with particularly high long term capital intensity and/or potentially volatile outcomes in stressed environments. RCR became operational on 1 January 2014 with a portfolio of £29 billion assets.

 

Sale of selected Chicago-area operations of RBS Citizens

On 7 January 2014, the Group announced that RBS Citizens Financial Group, Inc. had reached agreement to sell its Chicago-area retail branches, small business operations and select middle market relationships in the Chicago market to U.S. Bank National Association, a subsidiary U.S. Bancorp. The sale includes 94 Charter One branches in the Chicago area, $5.3 billion in local deposits and $1.1 billion in locally originated loans for a deposit premium of approximately $315 million, or 6 percent of deposits. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval and is anticipated to close in mid-2014.

 

134

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Post balance sheet events (continued) 

 

Disposal of Structured Retail Investor Products and Equity Derivatives Businesses

On 19 February 2014, the Group announced that it had reached agreement with BNP Paribas S.A. for the disposal of assets and liabilities related to its structured retail investor products and equity derivatives businesses, and associated market-making activities. The disposal is subject to competition approval and will be implemented on a phased basis during 2014 and 2015. The consideration is not material.

 

Strategic review

In November 2013, the Group announced that it was undertaking a comprehensive business review of its customer-facing businesses, IT and operations and organisational and decision making structures.

 

As described on page 17, the Group has announced the results of its Strategic review, resulting in it being realigned into three businesses: Personal & Business Banking, Commercial & Private Banking, and Corporate & institutional Banking. In addition, the Group will be rationalising and simplifying its systems, based on a target architecture with improved resilience.

 

Direct Line Insurance Group (DLG)

On 26 February 2014 RBS announced that it had entered into a placing agreement to complete the sale of its residual interest in DLG (except for 4.2 million shares held to satisfy long term incentive plan awards granted by RBS to DLG management). Accordingly, on settlement of the placing, the Group will have completed the disposal as required by the European Commission.

  

Other than as detailed above, there have been no significant events between 31 December 2013 and the date of approval of this announcement which would require a change to or additional disclosure in the announcement.

 

16. Trust preferred securities

The Group has issued trust preferred securities through trusts 100% owned by the Group (through partnership interests held by RBSG Capital Corporation and RBS) which meet the definition of a finance subsidiary in Regulation S-X, Rule 3-10. The securities represent undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trusts, which consist of partnership preferred securities representing non-cumulative perpetual preferred limited partnership interests issued by Delaware limited partnerships. The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc has provided subordinated guarantees for the benefit of the holders of the trust preferred securities and the partnership preferred securities. Under the terms of the guarantees, the Group has fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis, payments on such trust preferred securities and partnership preferred securities, to the extent they are due to be paid and have not been paid by, or on behalf of the trusts and the partnerships, as the case may be. Following implementation of IFRS 10 the trusts are no longer consolidated by the Group. For those trust preferred securities that were classified as non-controlling interests, the Group’s outstanding instruments with the trusts have been classified as Other equity.  For those securities that were classified as subordinated liabilities, the Group’s outstanding instruments with the trusts are classified as subordinated liabilities.

 

 

 

135

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Presentation of information

137

General overview

137

 

Capital management

Capital and leverage ratios

140

Capital resources

141

Estimated leverage ratio

145

Risk-weighted assets

148

 

Liquidity and funding risk

Overview

150

Liquidity risk

150

Funding risk

153

Encumbrance

157

 

Credit risk

Financial assets

161

Loans and related credit metrics

162

Debt securities

170

Derivatives

171

Key loan portfolios

172

 

Market risk

Trading portfolios

190

Non-traded interest rate risk

192

Foreign exchange risk

195

 

Country risk

Overview

196

Summary of country exposures

198

136

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Presentation of information

In the balance sheet, all assets of disposal groups are presented as a single line as required by IFRS. In the risk and balance sheet management section, balances and exposures relating to disposal groups are included within risk measures for all periods presented, as permitted by IFRS.

 

General overview

The Group’s main risks as well as top and emerging risks are described in the Risk and balance sheet management section of the Group’s 2013 20-F (refer also to Risk factors on pages 200 to 202). The following table defines and presents a summary of the key developments for each risk type during 2013.

 

Risk type

Definition

2013 summary

Capital adequacy risk

The risk that the Group has insufficient capital.

The Group’s Core Tier 1 ratio on a Basel 2.5 basis was 10.9% and on a fully loaded Basel III basis (FLB3) was 8.6% at 31 December 2013. The Group is targeting a FLB3 Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of c.11% by the end of 2015 and 12% or above by the end of 2016. The timely run-down of RCR and the successful divestment of Citizens, are key to the achievement of our capital plans.

Liquidity and funding risk

The risk that the Group is unable to meet its financial liabilities as they fall due.

Liquidity and funding metrics continued to strengthen with short-term wholesale funding now £32.4 billion, covered more than four times by a liquidity portfolio of £146.1 billion. Liquidity coverage and net stable funding ratios also improved.

Credit risk

The risk of financial loss due to the failure of a customer, or counterparty, to meet its obligation to settle outstanding amounts.

During 2013, loan impairment charges were £8.4 billion, of which £4.5 billion related to the creation of RCR and the related strategy. Excluding the increased impairments relating to RCR, loan impairment losses fell by £1.4 billion. Impairment provisions now cover risk elements in lending of £39.4 billion by 64%, up from 52% a year ago. Credit risk RWAs reduced by 16% to £313.4 billion, within which counterparty risk RWAs more than halved to £22.3 billion, reflecting risk reduction and core product focus in Markets as well as Non-Core disposals and run-off.

Market risk

The risk of loss arising from fluctuations in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign currency rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other risk-related factors such as market volatilities that may lead to a reduction in earnings, economic value or both.

Average trading VaR decreased significantly from £97 million to £79 million reflecting risk reduction and capital management focus.

 

Country risk

The risk of losses occurring as a result of either a country event or unfavourable country operating conditions.

Balance sheet exposure to eurozone periphery countries continued to reduce, down by 11% to £52.9 billion at the end of 2013, of which 70% related to Ireland, primarily reflecting exposures in Ulster Bank.

137

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

General overview (continued)

 

Risk type

Definition

2013 summary

Conduct risk

The risk that the conduct of the Group and its staff towards its customers, or within the markets in which it operates, leads to reputational damage and/or financial loss.

The focus in 2013 was on placing conduct risk at the centre of the Group’s philosophy and on completing the development of the risk framework. Promoting understanding of conduct issues and ensuring compliance with regulations and rules are priorities for the Group.

Pension risk

The risk to a firm caused by its contractual or other liabilities to, or with respect to, its pension schemes, whether established for its employees or for those of a related company or otherwise. It also means the risk that the firm will make payments or other contributions to, or with respect to, a pension scheme because of a moral obligation, or because the firm considers that it needs to do so for some other reason.

In 2013, various pension risk stress testing initiatives were undertaken, focused both on internally defined scenarios and on scenarios designed to meet integrated PRA stress testing requirements.

 

Operational risk

The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people, systems or from external events.

In 2013, the focus was on continued implementation and embedding of risk assessments across the Group, including the strengthening of links between risk assessments and other elements of the Group operational risk framework. In addition, risk assessments were increasingly used to identify single points of failure.

Regulatory risk

The risk of material loss or liability, legal or regulatory sanctions, or reputational damage, resulting from the failure to comply with (or adequately plan for changes to) relevant official sector policy, laws, regulations, or major industry standards, in any location in which the Group operates.

The Group’s existing Compliance and Regulatory Affairs teams were brought together in H2 2013, following the creation of the role of Group Head of Conduct and Regulatory Affairs. Other enhancements made during 2013 included the creation of a more centralised approach to assurance activities and the introduction of a new ‘Centres of Expertise’ model for the management of regulatory developments, bringing together divisional and functional resources to manage issues more efficiently.

138

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

General overview (continued)

 

Risk type

Definition

2013 summary

Reputational risk

The risk of brand damage and/or financial loss due to a failure to meet stakeholders’ expectations of the Group.

The reputational risk framework is aligned with the Group’s focus on serving customers well, strategic objectives and the risk appetite goal of maintaining stakeholder confidence.

 

In 2013, the Environmental, Social and Ethical risk management function was set up to address the reputational risk associated with the clients the Group chooses to do business with. It sets policy and provides guidance to avoid reputational risk relating to business engagements and lending to clients in sensitive industry sectors.

Business risk

The risk of losses as a result of adverse variance in the Group’s revenues and/or costs relative to its business plan and strategy.

The Group Board has ultimate responsibility for business risk through the achievement of the Group’s business plan. The primary responsibility for divisional financial performance rests with the divisional Chief Executive Officer supported by divisional Executive Committees and functions.

 

In 2013, the management and measurement of business risk was enhanced with an increased focus on stress testing.

 

The Group responded to business risk challenges by focusing on the management of net interest margin in order to sustain and grow revenues. In addition, it introduced cost management programmes to deliver substantial savings.

Strategic risk

The risk that the Group will make inappropriate strategic choices, or that there will be changes in the external environment to which the Group fails to adapt its strategies.

The Group is focusing on reducing strategic risk following a wide-ranging review to analyse core activities and formulate an appropriate plan, including rationalisation where necessary, to address the business challenges of the next five years.

 

The successful execution of this strategy is set against a background of increasing regulatory demands and scrutiny as well as a challenging macroeconomic environment. Successful and timely execution of the strategy will be key to the future success of the Group.

Political risk

The risk to the Group’s business and operations of the referendum on Scottish independence.

During 2013, the focus on the question of potential Scottish independence from the UK has heightened and the Scottish government will be holding a referendum in September 2014. A vote in favour of Scottish independence would be likely to significantly impact the Group’s credit ratings and could also impact the fiscal, monetary, legal and regulatory landscape to which the Group is subject. Were Scotland to become independent, it may also affect Scotland’s status in the EU.

 

139

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Capital management

 

Introduction

The Group aims to maintain an appropriate level of capital to meet its business needs and regulatory requirements, and operates within an agreed risk appetite. The appropriate level of capital is determined based on the dual aims of: (i) meeting minimum regulatory capital requirements; and (ii) ensuring the Group maintains sufficient capital to uphold customer, investor and rating agency confidence in the organisation, thereby supporting the business franchise and funding capacity.

 

Capital and leverage ratios

The Group’s capital, RWAs and risk asset ratios, on the basis of current rules (Basel 2.5) and fully loaded Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR or FLB3), calculated in accordance with PRA definitions, are set out below.

Current rules

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

2013 

2013 

2012 

Capital

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

Core Tier 1

42.2 

47.5 

47.3 

Tier 1

50.6 

56.6 

57.1 

Total

63.7 

66.6 

66.8 

  

  

  

  

RWAs by risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit risk

  

  

  

  - non-counterparty

291.1 

303.1 

323.2 

  - counterparty

22.3 

34.5 

48.0 

Market risk

30.3 

30.6 

42.6 

Operational risk

41.8 

41.8 

45.8 

  

  

  

  

  

385.5 

410.0 

459.6 

  

  

  

  

Risk asset ratios

  

  

  

  

Core Tier 1

10.9 

11.6 

10.3 

Tier 1

13.1 

13.8 

12.4 

Total

16.5 

16.2 

14.5 

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

Estimated FLB3 (1)

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

  

  

  

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital

£36.8bn

£41.1bn

£37.9bn

RWAs

£429.1bn

£452.5bn

£494.6bn

CET1 ratio

8.6%

9.1%

7.7%

Leverage ratio

3.5%

3.6%

3.1%

 

Note:

(1)

Calculated on the basis disclosed on page 144.

 

140

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Capital and leverage ratios (continued) 

 

Key points

·

Core Tier 1 capital ratios, under current rules and the fully loaded Basel III basis, improved by 60 basis points and 90 basis points respectively in the year. The benefit of lower RWAs was partially offset by the significant attributable loss for the year. The establishment of RCR and the related impairments reduced the ratios by c.10 basis points and c.20 basis points respectively.

 

 

·

RWA decreases under current rules were primarily in Markets (£36.8 billion) as a result of balance sheet and risk reduction, and in Non-Core (£31.2 billion) reflecting disposal of capital intensive portfolios and run-off.

 

 

·

The Group continues to target a CET1 ratio of c.11% by the end of 2015 and 12% or above by the end of 2016 on a FLB3 basis.

 

 

·

The Group has announced plans to accelerate the divestment of RBS Citizens. Preparations for a partial initial public offering in 2014 is on track and the Group intends to fully divest the business by the end of 2016, benefiting CET1.

 

 

Capital resources  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Current 

Transitional 

Full 

  

Current 

Transitional 

Full 

basis 

basis 

basis 

  

basis 

basis 

basis 

(Basel 2.5)

(PRA) 

(final CRR)

  

(Basel 2.5)

(draft CRR) 

(draft CRR) 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Shareholders' equity (excluding non-controlling

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  interests)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Shareholders' equity

58,742 

58,742 

58,742 

  

68,678 

68,678 

68,168 

Preference shares - equity

(4,313)

(4,313)

(4,313)

  

(4,313)

(4,313)

(4,313)

Other equity instruments

(979)

(979)

(979)

  

(979)

(979)

(979)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

53,450 

53,450 

53,450 

  

63,386 

63,386 

62,876 

Non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

473 

  

1,770 

1,770 

1,770 

Regulatory adjustments to non-controlling interests

  

(1,367)

(1,367)

(1,770)

  

473 

  

403 

403 

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit 

726 

601 

601 

  

691 

691 

493 

Defined benefit pension fund adjustment

362 

(172)

(172)

  

913 

(144)

(144)

Net unrealised AFS losses

308 

  

346 

346 

Cash flow hedging reserve

84 

84 

84 

  

(1,666)

(1,666)

(1,666)

Other regulatory adjustments

(103)

(55)

(55)

  

(197)

Deferred tax assets

(2,260)

(2,260)

  

(323)

(3,231)

Prudential valuation adjustments

(781)

(781)

  

(310)

(310)

Qualifying deductions exceeding Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

  

(8,420)

Goodwill and other intangible assets

(12,368)

(12,368)

(12,368)

  

(13,545)

(13,956)

50% of expected losses less impairment provisions

(19)

(1,731)

(1,731)

  

(1,904)

(6,154)

50% of securitisation positions

(748)

  

(1,107)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

(11,758)

(16,682)

(16,682)

  

(16,469)

(9,826)

(24,968)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core Tier 1 capital

42,165 

36,768 

36,768 

  

47,320 

53,963 

37,908 

141

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Capital resources (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Current 

Transitional 

Full 

  

Current 

Transitional 

Full 

 basis 

basis 

basis 

 basis 

basis 

basis 

  

(Basel 2.5)

(PRA) 

(final CRR)

  

(Basel 2.5)

(draft CRR) 

(draft CRR) 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other Tier 1 capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preference shares - equity

4,313 

  

4,313 

Preference shares - debt

911 

  

1,054 

Innovative/hybrid Tier 1 securities

4,207 

  

4,125 

Qualifying Tier 1 capital and related share premium subject

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  to phase out from AT1 capital

5,831 

  

4,571 

Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

1,749 

  

4,042 

  

9,431 

7,580 

  

9,492 

8,613 

Tier 1 deductions

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

50% of material holdings

(976)

  

(295)

Tax on expected losses less impairment provisions

  

618 

Other regulatory adjustments

  

(17,033)

  

(970)

  

323 

(17,033)

Qualifying deductions exceeding AT1 capital

  

8,420 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Tier 1 capital

50,626 

44,348 

36,768 

  

57,135 

53,963 

37,908 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Qualifying Tier 2 capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Undated subordinated debt

2,109 

  

2,194 

Dated subordinated debt - net of amortisation

12,436 

  

13,420 

Qualifying items and related share premium

4,431 

3,582 

  

2,774 

7,292 

Qualifying own funds instruments issued by subsidiaries

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   and held by third parties

9,374 

5,151 

  

12,605 

5,185 

Unrealised gains on AFS equity shares

114 

  

63 

Collectively assessed impairment provisions

395 

  

399 

399 

399 

  

15,054 

13,805 

8,733 

  

16,076 

15,778 

12,876 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 deductions

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

50% of securitisation positions

(748)

  

(1,107)

50% of standardised expected losses less impairment provisions

(25)

  

(2,522)

(3,077)

50% of material holdings

(976)

  

(295)

  

(1,749)

  

(3,924)

(3,077)

Total Tier 2 capital

13,305 

13,805 

8,733 

  

12,152 

12,701 

12,876 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Supervisory deductions

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Unconsolidated investments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Direct Line Group

  

(2,081)

  - Other investments

(36)

  

(162)

Other deductions

(236)

  

(244)

  

(272)

  

(2,487)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total regulatory capital

63,659 

58,153 

45,501 

  

66,800 

66,664 

50,784 

 

 

142

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Capital resources (continued) 

The table below analyses the movements in Core Tier 1, Other Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital on a Basel 2.5 basis during the year ended 31 December 2013.

  

  

  

  

Supervisory 

  

  

Core Tier 1 

Other Tier 1 

Tier 2 

deductions 

Total 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

47,320 

9,815 

12,152 

(2,487)

66,800 

Attributable loss net of movements in fair value of own credit

(8,961)

(8,961)

Share capital and reserve movements in respect of employee

  

  

  

  

  

  share schemes

200 

200 

Ordinary shares issued

264 

264 

Foreign exchange reserve

(217)

(217)

Foreign exchange movements

(93)

(106)

(199)

Actuarial gains recognised in retirement benefit schemes (net of tax)

200 

200 

Termination of contingent capital facility

320 

320 

Increase in non-controlling interests

70 

70 

Decrease/(increase) in capital deductions (1)

2,244 

(1,293)

2,175 

2,215 

5,341 

Decrease in goodwill and intangibles

1,177 

1,177 

Defined benefit pension fund

(551)

(551)

Dated subordinated debt issues

1,862 

1,862 

Dated subordinated debt maturities, redemptions and amortisation

(2,666)

(2,666)

Other movements

99 

32 

(112)

19 

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 31 December 2013

42,165 

8,461 

13,305 

(272)

63,659 

 

Note:

(1)

From 1 January 2013 material holdings in insurance companies are deducted 50% from Tier 1 and 50% from Tier 2.

 

The table below analyses the movement in CET1 and Tier 2 capital on a FLB3 basis during the year ended 31 December 2013.

  

CET1 

Tier 2 

Total 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

37,908 

12,876 

50,784 

Attributable loss net of movements in fair value of own credit

(8,887)

(8,887)

Share capital and reserve movements in respect of employee share schemes

200 

200 

Ordinary shares issued

264 

264 

Nominal value of B shares

510 

510 

Foreign exchange reserve

(217)

(106)

(323)

Actuarial gains recognised in retirement benefit schemes (net of tax)

200 

200 

Termination of contingent capital facility

320 

320 

Decrease in goodwill and intangibles

1,588 

1,588 

Defined benefit pension fund asset

(28)

(28)

Deferred tax assets

971 

971 

Excess of expected loss over impairment provisions

4,423 

4,423 

Grandfathered instruments

(3,121)

(3,121)

Dated subordinated debt issues

1,862 

1,862 

Dated subordinated debt maturities, redemptions and amortisation

(2,666)

(2,666)

Prudential valuation adjustments (PVA)

(471)

(471)

Other movements

(13)

(112)

(125)

  

  

  

  

At 31 December 2013

36,768 

8,733 

45,501 

143

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Capital resources (continued) 

 

Notes:

General:

In accordance with the PRA’s Policy Statement PS7/2013 issued in December 2013 on the implementation of CRD IV, all regulatory adjustments and deductions to CET1 have been applied in full (i.e. no transition) with the exception of unrealised gains on AFS securities which will be included from 2015.

 

CRD IV and Basel III impose additional minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5% of RWAs. There are three buffers which will affect the Group: the capital conservation buffer set at 2.5%; the counter-cyclical capital buffer (up to 2.5% of RWAs), to be applied when macro-economic conditions indicate areas of the economy are over-heating; and the Global-Systemically Important Bank buffer currently expected to be 1.5% for the Group. The regulatory target capital requirements will be phased in and are expected to apply in full from 1 January 2019, in the meantime using national discretion the PRA can apply a top-up. As set out in the PRA’s Supervisory Statement SS3/13, the Group and other major UK banks and building societies, are required to maintain a CET1 ratio of 7%, after taking into account certain adjustments set by the PRA.

 

PRA guidance indicates that from 1 January 2015, the Group must meet at least 56% of its Pillar 2A capital requirement with CET1 capital and the balance with Additional Tier 1 capital. The Pillar 2A capital requirement is the additional capital that the Group must hold, in addition to meeting its Pillar 1 requirements in order to comply with the PRA’s overall financial adequacy rule.

 

Estimates, including RWAs, are based on the current interpretation, expectations, and understanding, of the CRR requirements, anticipated compliance with all necessary enhancements to model calibration and other refinements, as well as further regulatory clarity and implementation guidance from the UK and EU authorities. The actual CRR impact may differ from these estimates when the final technical standards are interpreted and adopted.

Capital base:

(1)

Includes the nominal value of B shares (£0.5 billion) on the assumption that RBS will be privatised in the future and that they will count as permanent equity in some form by the end of 2017.

(2)

The PVA, arising from the application of the prudent valuation requirements to all assets measured at fair value, has been included in full in line with the guidance from the PRA and uses methodology discussed with the PRA, pending the issue of the final Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) by the European Banking Authority. The full amount of the applicable PVA has been included in provisions in the determination of the deduction for expected losses.

(3)

Where the deductions from AT1 capital exceed AT1 capital, the excess is deducted from CET1 capital. The excess of AT1 deductions over AT1 capital in year one of transition is due to the application of the current rules to the transitional amounts.

(4)

Insignificant investments in equities of other financial entities (net): long cash equity positions are considered to have matched maturity with synthetic short positions if the long position is held for hedging purposes and sufficient liquidity exists in the relevant market. All the trades are managed and monitored together within the equities business.

(5)

Based on our current interpretations of the final draft of the RTS on credit risk adjustments, issued in July 2013, the Group’s standardised latent provision has been reclassified to specific provision and is therefore no longer included in Tier 2 capital.

Risk-weighted assets:

(1)

Current securitisation positions are shown as risk-weighted at 1,250%.

(2)

RWA uplifts include the impact of credit valuation adjustments and asset valuation correlation on banks and central counterparties.

(3)

RWAs reflect implementation of the full internal model method suite, and include methodology changes that took effect immediately on CRR implementation.

(4)

Non-financial counterparties and sovereigns that meet the eligibility criteria under CRR are exempt from the credit valuation adjustments (CVA) volatility charges.

(5)

The CRR final text includes a reduction in the risk-weight relating to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).

 

144

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Estimated leverage ratio

The Basel III agreement introduced a leverage ratio as a non-risk based backstop limit intended to supplement the risk-based capital requirements. It aims to constrain the build up of excess leverage in the banking sector, introducing additional safeguards against model risk and measurement errors.

 

The PRA’s Supervisory Statement SS3/13 also states that the Group and the other major UK banks and building societies are expected to maintain a 3% end point Tier 1 leverage ratio, after taking into account the adjustments required by the PRA.

 

The transitional period for the introduction of this ratio started with a supervisory monitoring period in 2011, with a parallel run period from January 2013 to December 2017. A minimum ratio of 3% is applied initially. The requirement is expected to be included in Pillar 1 from January 2018.

 

The Basel III leverage percentages are lower than those currently reported, primarily due to changes in methodology relating to the inclusion of potential future exposure on derivatives and undrawn commitments. In addition, inclusion or exclusion of grandfathered capital instruments can result in material differences.

 

The leverage ratios below are based on:

Tier 1 capital as set out in the final CRR text; and

 

 

Exposure measure calculated using the final CRR text as well as the December 2010 Basel III text; further specificity being sourced from the instructions in the July 2012 Quantitative Impact Study and the related Frequently Asked Questions.

 

 

Leverage ratio based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) proposal issued in January 2014, is also included below.

 

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

Estimated leverage ratio

  

Tier 1 

Leverage 

  

  

  

Tier 1 

Leverage 

  

Exposure 

 capital 

Leverage 

Exposure 

 capital 

Leverage 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CRR basis:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transitional measure

1,062.1 

44.3 

24x

4.2 

  

1,205.2 

54.0 

22x

4.5 

Full end point measure

1,062.1 

36.8 

29x

3.5 

  

1,202.3 

37.9 

32x

3.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basel III basis:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transitional measure

1,093.5 

44.3 

25x 

4.1 

  

1,225.8 

54.0 

23x

4.4 

Full end point measure

1,093.5 

36.8 

30x 

3.4 

  

1,222.9 

37.9 

32x

3.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

BCBS basis:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transitional measure

1,082.0 

44.3 

24x 

4.1 

  

1,239.8 

54.0 

23x

4.4 

Full end point measure

1,082.0 

36.8 

29x 

3.4 

  

1,236.9 

37.9 

33x

3.1 

 

Key points

·

The Group’s estimated leverage ratios, under both the CRR and Basel III texts, as well as the recently issued Basel proposal are above 3%.

 

 

·

Estimated leverage ratios on all full end point measure bases improved during the year reflecting downsizing in Markets and Non-Core as well as risk reduction and portfolio focus ahead of CRR implementation.

 

 

·

The PRA policy statement PS7/13 requires an acceleration of the CRR transitional approach for computing the capital base. Thus the majority of CET1 capital deductions will apply with immediate effect. This causes a year-on-year reduction of around £10 billion in Tier 1 capital, causing the reduction in transitional measure leverage ratios.

 

145

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Estimated leverage ratio (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

Exposure measure

CRR 

Basel III 

BCBS 

  

CRR 

Basel III 

BCBS 

basis 

basis 

basis 

basis 

basis 

basis 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

82.7 

82.7 

82.7 

  

79.3 

79.3 

79.3 

Debt securities

113.6 

113.6 

113.6 

  

157.4 

157.4 

157.4 

Equity shares

8.8 

8.8 

8.8 

  

15.2 

15.2 

15.2 

Derivatives

288.0 

288.0 

288.0 

  

441.9 

441.9 

441.9 

Loans and advances to banks and customers

418.4 

418.4 

418.4 

  

459.3 

459.3 

459.3 

Reverse repos

76.4 

76.4 

76.4 

  

104.8 

104.8 

104.8 

Goodwill and intangible assets

12.4 

12.4 

12.4 

  

13.5 

13.5 

13.5 

Other assets

24.6 

24.6 

24.6 

  

26.9 

26.9 

26.9 

Assets of disposal groups

3.0 

3.0 

3.0 

  

14.0 

14.0 

14.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,027.9 

1,027.9 

1,027.9 

  

1,312.3 

1,312.3 

1,312.3 

Netting of derivatives (1)

(233.8)

(233.8)

(227.3)

  

(369.8)

(369.8)

(358.4)

SFTs (1)

(41.5)

(12.0)

59.8 

  

(45.9)

(23.1)

75.5 

Regulatory deductions and other adjustments (2)

(4.9)

(4.9)

(6.6)

  

(14.9)

(14.9)

(20.9)

Potential future exposure on derivatives (3)

131.3 

130.4 

128.0 

  

133.1 

130.9 

125.8 

Undrawn commitments (4)

183.1 

185.9 

100.2 

  

187.5 

187.5 

102.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

End point leverage exposure measure

1,062.1 

1,093.5 

1,082.0 

  

1,202.3 

1,222.9 

1,236.9 

Transitional adjustments to assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  deducted from regulatory Tier 1 capital

 

 

 

  

2.9 

2.9 

2.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transitional leverage exposure measure

1,062.1 

1,093.5 

1,082.0 

  

1,205.2 

1,225.8 

1,239.8 

 

Notes:

(1)

Under the Basel III view, the balance sheet value is reduced for allowable netting under the Basel 2.5 framework (excluding cross-product netting) which mainly relates to cash positions under a master netting agreement. In the CRR calculation, the balance sheet value is replaced with the related regulatory exposure value which has netting of both cash positions and related collateral of securities financing transactions (SFTs). The BCBS view permits the effects of master netting agreements for calculation of counterparty exposure but with very tight restrictions upon the recognition of those agreements for offset of cash received.

(2)

Regulatory deductions: to ensure consistency between the numerator and the denominator, items that are deducted from capital are also deducted from total assets. For the BCBS basis, the shortfall in the stock of eligible provisions relative to expected losses is adjusted.

(3)

Potential future exposure (PFE) on derivatives: the regulatory add-on which is calculated by assigning percentages based on the type of instrument and the residual maturity of the contract to the nominal amounts or underlying values of derivative contracts. Under the latest BCBS proposal, variation margin is permitted to be offset against the replacement cost for derivative exposures (but not the PFE) where specific conditions are met. Refer to page 147 for further analysis.

(4)

Undrawn commitments represent regulatory add-ons relating to off-balance sheet undrawn commitments based on a 10% credit conversion factor for unconditionally cancellable commitments and 100% for other commitments. The CRR basis uses the credit conversion factor (CCF) as per risk measure for medium to low risk trade finance and officially supported export credits. For the BCBS measure, commitments other than securitisation liquidity facilities with an original maturity up to one year and commitments with an original maturity over one year will receive a CCF of 20% and 50%, respectively. Refer to page 147 for further analysis.

 

146

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Estimated leverage ratio (continued) 

 

Derivative notionals

The table below analyses derivative notional values by product and maturity.

  

<1 year 

1-5 years 

>5 years 

Credit  derivative  5% add on  factor (1)

Credit  derivative  10% add on  factor (1)

Total 

31 December 2013 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

10,582 

16,212 

8,795 

  

  

35,589 

Exchange rate

3,261 

814 

480 

  

  

4,555 

Equity

43 

35 

  

  

79 

Commodities

Credit

  

  

  

189 

64 

253 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

13,886 

17,062 

9,277 

189 

64 

40,478 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

12,515 

12,980 

7,988 

  

  

33,483 

Exchange rate

3,411 

795 

492 

  

  

4,698 

Equity

51 

52 

  

  

107 

Commodities

Credit

  

  

  

470 

83 

553 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

15,979 

13,827 

8,486 

470 

83 

38,845 

 

Note:

(1)

Credit derivatives in the trading book receive a PFE of 10%. Any credit derivatives in respect of a company in which a direct holding would give the Group 10% or more of the voting rights, receive a PFE of 5%.

 

Off-balance sheet items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK 

UK 

International 

US Retail & 

  

  

  

 Retail 

Corporate 

Banking (1)

Commercial 

Markets 

Other 

Total 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Unconditionally cancellable items (2)

3.1 

0.5 

0.6 

1.7 

0.3 

6.2 

Other contingents and commitments

9.6 

36.3 

95.4 

16.8 

8.9 

12.7 

179.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12.7 

36.8 

96.0 

18.5 

8.9 

13.0 

185.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Unconditionally cancellable items (2)

3.0 

0.5 

0.8 

1.8 

0.6 

6.7 

Other contingents and commitments

9.3 

33.9 

102.6 

15.6 

12.3 

7.1 

180.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12.3 

34.4 

103.4 

17.4 

12.3 

7.7 

187.5 

 

Notes:

(1)

International Banking facilities are primarily undrawn facilities to large multinational corporations, many of which are domiciled in the UK.

(2)

Based on a 10% credit conversion factor.

 

147

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Risk-weighted assets

The table below analyses the movement in credit risk RWAs by key drivers during the year.

  

Credit risk

  

  

Non-counterparty 

Counterparty 

Total 

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

323.2 

48.0 

371.2 

Foreign exchange movements

(1.7)

(0.3)

(2.0)

Business movements

(27.4)

(4.9)

(32.3)

Risk parameter changes (1)

(11.0)

(2.9)

(13.9)

Methodology changes (2)

1.4 

(16.1)

(14.7)

Model updates (3)

15.3 

(1.5)

13.8 

Disposals

(8.6)

(8.6)

Other changes

(0.1)

(0.1)

  

  

  

  

At 31 December 2013

291.1 

22.3 

313.4 

 

Notes:

(1)

Relates to changes in credit quality metrics of customers and counterparties such as probability of default and loss given default.

(2)

Relates to internal treatment of exposures or calibration of models and regulatory prescribed changes.

(3)

Refers to implementation of a new model or modification of an existing model following approval by the PRA and includes:

 

exposure at default treatment (£4.8 billion) in Q2 2013;

 

continuation of commercial real estate slotting (£4.4 billion) throughout 2013; and

 

loss given default changes to the shipping portfolio (£3.7 billion) in H2 2013.

 

 

The table below analyses movements in market and operational risk RWAs during the year.

  

  

  

  

  

Market risk

Operational 

  

  

Markets

Other 

Total 

risk 

Total 

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

36.9 

5.7 

42.6 

45.8 

88.4 

Business and market movements

(9.0)

(1.8)

(10.8)

(4.0)

(14.8)

Model updates (1)

(1.5)

(1.5)

(1.5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 31 December 2013

26.4 

3.9 

30.3 

41.8 

72.1 

 

Note:

(1)

Market risk model updates in 2013 primarily related to valuation adjustments.

 

The table below analyses RWA movements by division during the year.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK 

UK 

  

 

Ulster 

US 

  

  

  

Non- 

RFS   

  

  

Retail 

Corporate 

Wealth 

IB (1)

Bank 

 R&C (1)

Markets 

Other 

Core 

Core 

MI 

Total 

Total RWAs

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

45.7 

86.3 

12.3 

51.9 

36.1 

56.5 

101.3 

5.8 

395.9 

60.4 

3.3 

459.6 

Business and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  market movements

(1.8)

(9.6)

(0.3)

(6.0)

(5.7)

(0.4)

(35.1)

2.7 

(56.2)

(22.2)

0.6 

(77.8)

Disposals

(8.6)

(8.6)

Model updates

9.4 

3.1 

0.3 

(1.7)

1.6 

12.7 

(0.4)

12.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 31 December 2013

43.9 

86.1 

12.0 

49.0 

30.7 

56.1 

64.5 

10.1 

352.4 

29.2 

3.9 

385.5 

 

Note:

(1)

IB: International Banking; R&C: Retail & Commercial.

 

148

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Risk-weighted assets (continued)

 

Key points

·

RWAs were down £74.1 billion or 16% overall, of which £57.8 billion related to credit risk, £12.3 billion related to market risk and £4.0 billion to operational risk.

·

Credit risk RWAs were down £57.8 billion or 16% to £313.4 billion despite absorbing £13.8 billion of higher RWAs due to model updates.

 

Non-counterparty RWAs were down £32.1 billion or 10% to £291.1 billion: In Non-Core (£24.1 billion) due to run-off and disposals in commercial real estate, shipping and leverage finance portfolios; and in Retail & Commercial (£10.0 billion) as loans migrated into default, risk parameter changes and balance sheet reduction.

 

Counterparty RWAs were down £25.7 billion or 54% to £22.3 billion in Markets (£17.2 billion) and   Non-Core (£7.8 billion). Methodology changes, significantly all in Markets, reflected extension of product coverage improvements in models and reduction in weighting applied for exposure at default. This was partially offset by the impact of higher loss given defaults for hedge funds.

·

Market risk RWAs were down £12.3 billion or 29% to £30.3 billion significantly all in Markets reflecting balance sheet and risk reduction £9.0 billion and model changes of £1.5 billion.

·

Operational risk RWAs were down £4.0 billion or 9% to £41.8 billion primarily due to reductions in Markets.

 

FLB3 and Basel 2.5

The following tables set out RWAs under current and future rules.

  

Estimated 

  

  

FLB3 

Basel 2.5 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

UK Retail

43.9 

43.9 

UK Corporate

82.9 

86.1 

Wealth

12.0 

12.0 

International Banking

50.3 

49.0 

Ulster Bank

30.1 

30.7 

US Retail & Commercial

58.8 

56.1 

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

278.0 

277.8 

Markets

99.9 

64.5 

Centre

13.0 

10.1 

  

  

  

Core

390.9 

352.4 

Non-Core

34.2 

29.2 

  

  

  

Group before RFS Holdings minority interest

425.1 

381.6 

RFS Holdings minority interest

3.9 

3.9 

  

  

  

Group

429.0 

385.5 

 

Key points

·

Estimated FLB3 RWAs were £43.5 billion or 11% higher than under current rules principally reflecting:

 

Treatment of securitisations as risk-weighted at 1,250% instead of as capital deductions, £18.7 billion.

 

CVA, £16.7 billion and financial institution asset valuation correlation, £5.6 billion.

 

Other model and methodology changes, £7.2 billion.

 

Reduced risk-weighting for SMEs, £4.6 billion, mainly in UK Corporate.

149

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk

Liquidity and funding risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its financial obligations, including financing wholesale maturities or customer deposit withdrawals, as and when they fall due.

 

The risk arises through the maturity transformation role that banks play. It is dependent on company specific factors such as maturity profile, composition of sources and uses of funding, the quality and size of the liquidity portfolio as well as broader market factors, such as wholesale market conditions alongside depositor and investor behaviour.

 

Overview

During 2013 the Group’s deposit surplus continued to build and liquidity reserves were maintained at strong levels, further strengthening the balance sheet. This allowed RBS to easily absorb the minimal outflows following the announcement of the S&P credit rating downgrade (A-/A-2 from A/A-1, with a negative outlook) in November 2013.

Following the continued success of the Group’s Non-Core run-down and the reduction in the size of the Markets business, the Group’s loan:deposit ratio improved by 600 basis points in the year to 94%. In response, the Group has been actively managing down excess cash, through liability management exercises and deposit re-pricing.

The Group’s credit profile improved significantly during the year, evidenced by the narrowing of the credit spreads. The spread of the most recent subordinated debt issue in December 2013 was 125 basis points lower than a comparable issuance in 2012.

Continued reduction in the utilisation of wholesale funding and improvements in the characteristics and behavioural properties of the deposit base. Short-term wholesale funding excluding derivative collateral (STWF) reduced by 22% in the year to £32.4 billion, covered more than four times by the liquidity portfolio and the ratio of customer deposits to total funding improved to 75% from 70%.

Continued enablement of new unencumbered assets as pre-positioned collateral for various central bank liquidity facilities.

 

Liquidity risk

The table below sets out the key liquidity and related metrics monitored by the Group.

  

31 December 

30 September 

31 December 

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

  

  

  

  

Stressed outflow coverage (1)

145 

147 

128 

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) (2)

102 

>100

>100

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR) (2)

122 

119 

117 

 

Notes:

(1)

The Group’s liquidity risk appetite is based on the internal Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment which is measured by reference to the liquidity portfolio as a percentage of stressed outflows under the worst of three severe stress scenarios of a market-wide stress, an idiosyncratic stress and a combination of both. Liquidity risk adequacy is determined by surplus of liquid assets over three months stressed outflows under the worst case stresses. This assessment is performed in accordance with PRA guidance.

(2)

In January 2013, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued its revised draft guidance for calculating LCR which is currently expected to come into effect from January 2015 on a phased basis. Pending the finalisation of the definition, the Group monitors the LCR and NSFR based on its interpretations of the expected final rules.

 

150

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk: Liquidity risk (continued)

 

Liquidity portfolio

The table below analyses the Group’s liquidity portfolio by product, liquidity value and carrying value. Liquidity value is lower than carrying value as it is stated after the discounts applied by the Bank of England and other central banks to instruments, within the secondary liquidity portfolio, eligible for discounting.

  

Liquidity value

  

Period end

  

Average 

  

UK DLG (1)

CFG 

Other 

Total 

  

Quarter 

Year 

31 December 2013

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

71,121 

824 

2,417 

74,362 

  

76,242 

80,933 

Central and local government bonds

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  AAA rated governments

3,320 

3,320 

  

3,059 

5,149 

  AA- to AA+ rated governments and US agencies

5,822 

6,369 

96 

12,287 

  

13,429 

12,423 

  Below AA rated governments

  

151 

  Local government

  

148 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

9,142 

6,369 

96 

15,607 

  

16,495 

17,871 

Treasury bills

  

395 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Primary liquidity

80,263 

7,193 

2,513 

89,969 

  

92,743 

99,199 

Secondary liquidity (2)

48,718 

4,968 

2,411 

56,097 

  

56,869 

56,589 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity value

128,981 

12,161 

4,924 

146,066 

  

149,612 

155,788 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total carrying value

159,743 

17,520 

6,970 

184,233 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

64,822 

891 

4,396 

70,109 

  

74,794 

81,768 

Central and local government bonds

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  AAA rated governments and US agencies

3,984 

5,354 

547 

9,885 

  

14,959 

18,832 

  AA- to AA+ rated governments

9,189 

432 

9,621 

  

8,232 

9,300 

  Below AA rated governments

206 

206 

  

438 

596 

  Local government

979 

979 

  

989 

2,244 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

13,173 

5,354 

2,164 

20,691 

  

24,618 

30,972 

Treasury bills

750 

750 

  

750 

202 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Primary liquidity

78,745 

6,245 

6,560 

91,550 

  

100,162 

112,942 

Secondary liquidity (2)

47,486 

7,373 

760 

55,619 

  

50,901 

41,978 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity value

126,231 

13,618 

7,320 

147,169 

  

151,063 

154,920 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total carrying value

157,574 

20,524 

9,844 

187,942 

  

  

  

 

The table below shows the currency split of the liquidity portfolio.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity portfolio

GBP 

USD 

EUR 

Other 

Total 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

100,849 

33,365 

10,364 

1,488 

146,066 

31 December 2012

84,570 

35,106 

26,662 

831 

147,169 

 

Notes:

(1)

The PRA regulated UK Defined Liquidity Group (UK DLG) comprises the Group’s five UK banks: The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, National Westminster Bank Plc, Ulster Bank Limited, Coutts & Company and Adam & Company. In addition, certain of the Group's significant operating subsidiaries - RBS N.V., RBS Citizens Financial Group Inc. and Ulster Bank Ireland Limited - hold locally managed portfolios of liquid assets that comply with local regulations that may differ from PRA rules.

(2)

Includes assets eligible for discounting at the Bank of England and other central banks.

 

151

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk: Key liquidity ratios: Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)

The table below shows the composition of the Group’s NSFR, based on the current interpretation of the expected final rules. The Group’s NSFR may change over time in line with regulatory developments and related interpretations.

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

  

Balance sheet

ASF/RSF (1)

  

Balance sheet

ASF/RSF (1)

Weighting 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Equity

59 

59 

  

70 

70 

100 

Wholesale funding > 1 year

76 

76 

  

109 

109 

100 

Wholesale funding < 1 year

51 

  

70 

Derivatives

286 

  

434 

Repurchase agreements

85 

  

132 

Deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - retail and SME - more stable

196 

176 

  

203 

183 

90 

  - retail and SME - less stable

66 

53 

  

66 

53 

80 

  - other

156 

78 

  

164 

82 

50 

Other (2)

53 

  

64 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and equity

1,028 

442 

  

1,312 

497 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash

83 

  

79 

Inter-bank lending

28 

  

29 

Debt securities > 1 year

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - governments AAA to AA-

47 

  

64 

  - other eligible bonds

31 

  

48 

10 

20 

  - other bonds

16 

16 

  

19 

19 

100 

Debt securities < 1 year

20 

  

26 

Derivatives

288 

  

442 

Reverse repurchase agreements

76 

  

105 

Customer loans and advances > 1 year

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

135 

88 

  

145 

94 

65 

  - other

114 

114 

  

136 

136 

100 

Customer loans and advances < 1 year

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - retail loans

18 

15 

  

18 

15 

85 

  - other

126 

63 

  

131 

66 

50 

Other (3)

46 

46 

  

70 

70 

100 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,028 

350 

  

1,312 

413 

  

Undrawn commitments

213 

11 

  

216 

11 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets and undrawn commitments

1,241 

361 

  

1,528 

424 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net stable funding ratio

  

122%

  

  

117%

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Available stable funding and required stable funding.

(2)

Deferred tax and other liabilities.

(3)

Prepayments, accrued income, deferred tax, settlement balances and other assets.

 

Key point

The NSFR has improved by 500 basis points to 122% in the year. The required stable funding fell by £63 billion mainly due to the £31 billion decrease in customer lending reflecting balance sheet reduction business disposals and a £24 billion reduction in other assets, principally equity shares reduction in Markets and lower disposal groups. This was mostly offset by a £55 billion reduction in available stable funding primarily due to a £33 billion planned reduction in term wholesale funding and £11 billion in customer deposit outflow.

 

152

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk (continued)

 

Funding risk

The Group’s balance sheet composition is a function of the broad array of product offerings and diverse markets served by its core divisions. The structural composition of the balance sheet is augmented as needed through active management of both asset and liability portfolios. The objective of these activities is to optimise the liquidity profile in the normal business environment, while ensuring adequate coverage of all cash requirements under extreme stress conditions.

 

As set out below the Group’s asset and liability types broadly match. Customer deposits provide more funding than customer loans utilise; repurchase agreements are largely covered by reverse repurchase agreements; interbank lending and funding largely match each other and this gap has narrowed over the past 5 years; and derivative assets are largely matched against derivative liabilities.

 

Funding sources and uses

  

  

The table below shows the Group’s sources and uses of funding.

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

Liabilities 

Assets 

  

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

Customer deposits (1)

407 

373 

Loans and advances to customer (1)

Bank deposits (short term only) (1)

14 

18 

Loan and advances to banks (1)

Trading liabilities (2)

67 

93 

Trading assets (2)

Other liabilities and equity (3)

100 

90 

Other assets (3)

Repurchase agreements

85 

76 

Reverse repurchase agreements

Term wholesale funding (1)

69 

90 

Primary liquidity portfolio

  

  

  

  

Funded balance sheet

742 

740 

Funded balance sheet

Derivatives

286 

288 

Derivatives

  

1,028 

1,028 

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes held for trading.

(2)

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading (HFT), excluding security financing transactions and derivatives.

(3)

Includes non-HFT financial instruments and non financial assets/liabilities.

 

153

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk: Funding risk (continued) 

  

  

  

  

The table below summarises funding metrics.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short-term wholesale

  

Total wholesale

  

Net inter-bank

funding (1)

funding

funding (2)

  

Excluding 

Including 

  

Excluding 

Including 

  

Deposits 

Loans (3)

Net 

 derivative 

 derivative 

 derivative 

 derivative 

 inter-bank 

collateral 

 collateral 

collateral 

 collateral 

 funding 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

32.4 

51.5 

  

108.1 

127.2 

  

16.2 

(17.3)

(1.1)

30 September 2013

34.6 

55.1 

  

113.6 

134.1 

  

18.1 

(16.6)

1.5 

30 June 2013

36.7 

58.9 

  

129.4 

151.5 

  

23.1 

(17.1)

6.0 

31 March 2013

43.0 

70.9 

  

147.2 

175.1 

  

26.6 

(18.7)

7.9 

31 December 2012

41.6 

70.2 

  

150.4 

179.0 

  

28.5 

(18.6)

9.9 

 

Notes:

(1)

Short-term wholesale balances denote those with a residual maturity of less than one year and include longer-term issuances.

(2)

Excludes derivative cash collateral.

(3)

Primarily short-term balances.

 

Funding sources

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The table below shows the Group’s principal funding sources excluding repurchase agreements.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Short-term

Long-term

  

  

Short-term

Long-term

  

  

Short-term

Long-term

  

  

less than

more than

  

  

less than

more than

  

  

less than

more than

  

  

1 year

1 year

Total

  

1 year

1 year

Total

  

1 year

1 year

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 derivative cash collateral

19,086 

19,086 

  

20,548 

20,548 

  

28,585 

28,585 

 other deposits

14,553 

1,690 

16,243 

  

16,203 

1,850 

18,053 

  

18,938 

9,551 

28,489 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

33,639 

1,690 

35,329 

  

36,751 

1,850 

38,601 

  

47,523 

9,551 

57,074 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities in issue

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 commercial paper

1,583 

1,583 

  

2,690 

2,690 

  

2,873 

2,873 

 certificates of deposit

2,212 

65 

2,277 

  

2,120 

84 

2,204 

  

2,605 

391 

2,996 

 medium-term notes

10,385 

36,779 

47,164 

  

11,014 

38,438 

49,452 

  

13,019 

53,584 

66,603 

 covered bonds

1,853 

7,188 

9,041 

  

1,871 

7,249 

9,120 

  

1,038 

9,101 

10,139 

 securitisations  

514 

7,240 

7,754 

  

10 

8,305 

8,315 

  

761 

11,220 

11,981 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

16,547 

51,272 

67,819 

  

17,705 

54,076 

71,781 

  

20,296 

74,296 

94,592 

Subordinated liabilities

1,350 

22,662 

24,012 

  

667 

23,053 

23,720 

  

2,351 

24,951 

27,302 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notes issued

17,897 

73,934 

91,831 

  

18,372 

77,129 

95,501 

  

22,647 

99,247 

121,894 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale funding

51,536 

75,624 

127,160 

  

55,123 

78,979 

134,102 

  

70,170 

108,798 

178,968 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 derivative cash collateral

7,082 

7,082 

  

7,671 

7,671 

  

7,949 

7,949 

 other deposits

395,520 

15,067 

410,587 

  

409,661 

17,076 

426,737 

  

400,012 

26,031 

426,043 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total customer deposits

402,602 

15,067 

417,669 

  

417,332 

17,076 

434,408 

  

407,961 

26,031 

433,992 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding

454,138 

90,691 

544,829 

  

472,455 

96,055 

568,510 

  

478,131 

134,829 

612,960 

 

Key points

Wholesale funding reduced by nearly 29% in the year to £127 billion principally reflecting strategic downsizing in Markets.

STWF has decreased by £9.2 billion to £32.4 billion reflecting the reduced funding requirement and ongoing liability management.

 

154

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk: Funding risk (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding by currency

  

  

  

  

  

  

GBP

USD

EUR

Other

Total

31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

7,418 

8,337 

17,004 

2,570 

35,329 

Debt securities in issue

  

  

  

  

  

  - commercial paper

897 

682 

1,583 

  - certificates of deposit

336 

1,411 

476 

54 

2,277 

  - medium-term notes

6,353 

11,068 

23,218 

6,525 

47,164 

  - covered bonds

984 

8,057 

9,041 

  - securitisations

1,897 

2,748 

3,109 

7,754 

Subordinated liabilities

1,857 

10,502 

8,984 

2,669 

24,012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale funding

18,849 

34,963 

61,530 

11,818 

127,160 

% of wholesale funding

15%

28%

48%

9%

100%

Customer deposits

272,304 

86,727 

49,116 

9,522 

417,669 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding

291,153 

121,690 

110,646 

21,340 

544,829 

  

  

  

  

  

  

% of total funding

54%

22%

20%

4%

100%

 

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale funding

22,688 

41,563 

93,700 

21,017 

178,968 

% of wholesale funding

13%

23%

52%

12%

100%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Funding

297,274 

136,490 

146,203 

32,993 

612,960 

% of total funding

49%

22%

24%

5%

100%

 

Key point

The proportion of funding held in euros decreased in the year from 24% to 20% reflecting the reduction in euro denominated assets in Non-Core and Markets.

 

Deposits and repos

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The table below shows the composition of the Group’s deposits and repos.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Deposits 

Repos 

  

Deposits 

Repos 

  

Deposits 

Repos 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial institutions

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - central and other banks

35,329 

28,650 

  

38,600 

32,748 

  

57,074 

44,332 

  - other financial institutions

53,607 

52,945 

  

54,552 

71,888 

  

64,237 

86,968 

Personal and corporate deposits

364,062 

3,539 

  

379,857 

748 

  

369,755 

1,072 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

452,998 

85,134 

  

473,009 

105,384 

  

491,066 

132,372 

 

£161 billion (or 39%) of the customer deposits included above are insured through the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme, US Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation scheme and other similar schemes. Of the personal and corporate deposits above, 53% relate to personal customers.

155

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk: Funding risk (continued) 

 

Divisional loan:deposit ratios and funding surplus

The table below shows divisional loans, deposits, loan:deposit ratios (LDR) and customer funding surplus/(gap).

  

Loans (1)

Deposits (2)

LDR

  

Funding 

surplus/(gap)

31 December 2013

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

111,046 

114,889 

97 

3,843 

UK Corporate

99,714 

124,742 

80 

25,028 

Wealth

16,644 

37,173 

45 

20,529 

International Banking

35,668 

39,278 

91 

3,610 

Ulster Bank

26,068 

21,651 

120 

(4,417)

US Retail & Commercial

50,279 

55,118 

91 

4,839 

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

339,419 

392,851 

86 

53,432 

Markets

25,231 

21,545 

117 

(3,686)

Other

5,060 

1,085 

nm

(3,975)

  

  

  

  

  

Core

369,710 

415,481 

89 

45,771 

Non-Core

22,880 

2,188 

nm

(20,692)

  

  

  

  

  

Group

392,590 

417,669 

94 

25,079 

  

  

  

  

  

 

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

110,970 

107,633 

103 

(3,337)

UK Corporate

104,593 

127,070 

82 

22,477 

Wealth

16,965 

38,910 

44 

21,945 

International Banking

39,500 

46,172 

86 

6,672 

Ulster Bank

28,742 

22,059 

130 

(6,683)

US Retail & Commercial

50,986 

59,164 

86 

8,178 

Conduits (3)

2,458 

(2,458)

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

354,214 

401,008 

88 

46,794 

Markets

29,589 

26,346 

112 

(3,243)

Other

2,123 

3,340 

64 

1,217 

  

  

  

  

  

Core

385,926 

430,694 

90 

44,768 

Non-Core

45,144 

3,298 

nm

(41,846)

  

  

  

  

  

Direct Line Group

881 

(881)

Group

431,951 

433,992 

100 

2,041 

 

nm = not meaningful

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes reverse repurchase agreements and net of impairment provisions.

(2)

Excludes repurchase agreements.

(3)

All conduits relate to International Banking and have been extracted and shown separately as they were funded by commercial paper issuance until the end of Q3 2012.

 

 

 

Key point

The loan:deposit ratio improved by 600 basis points to 94% with the funding surplus increasing to £25.1 billion from £2.0 billion at 31 December 2012. The improvement in Retail & Commercial funding surplus was £6.6 billion and Non-Core run-off resulted in £21.2 billion contraction of its funding gap.

 

156

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk (continued)

 

Maturity analysis

The contractual maturity of balance sheet assets and liabilities reflects the maturity transformation role banks perform, lending long-term but obtaining funding predominantly through short-term liabilities such as customer deposits. In practice, the behavioural profiles of many liabilities exhibit greater stability and longer maturity than the contractual maturity. This is particularly true of many types of retail and corporate deposits which despite being repayable on demand or at short notice, have demonstrated stable characteristics even in periods of acute stress such as those experienced in 2008.

 

The table below shows the behavioural and contractual maturity analysis of Retail & Commercial customer deposits.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Less than 

1-5 years 

More than 

Total 

1 year 

5 years 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

Contractual maturity

381 

12 

393 

Behavioural maturity

124 

220 

49 

393 

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contractual maturity

380 

20 

401 

Behavioural maturity

145 

219 

37 

401 

 

Encumbrance

The Group’s encumbrance ratios are set out below.

Encumbrance ratios

  

31 December

31 December

  

2013 

2012 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

17 

18 

Excluding balances relating to derivatives transactions

  

19 

22 

Excluding balances relating to derivative and securities financing transactions

  

11 

13 

 

Key points

The Group’s total encumbrance ratio dropped to 17%.

 

 

31% of the Group’s residential mortgage portfolio was encumbered as at 31 December 2013.

Unencumbered financial assets covered unsecured liabilities excluding derivatives.

 

 

In addition to the £451.4 billion on balance sheet assets available to support future funding and collateral requirements there is £12.7 billion net available of off-balance sheet collateral from reverse repurchase and derivative collateral transactions.

 

157

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk: Balance sheet encumbrance

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Encumbered assets relating to:

  

  

  

  

Unencumbered

  

  

31 December 2013

Debt securities in issue

  

Other secured liabilities

Total 

  

Encumbered 

  

Readily realisable (2)

  

  

  

Total

 

Covered 

  

  

Secured 

encumbered 

assets as a

Liquidity 

  

Other 

Cannot be

Securitisations 

bonds 

Derivatives 

Repos

deposits 

assets (1)

% of related 

portfolio 

Other

realisable(3) 

encumbered (4) 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

assets 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

  

  

74.3 

8.4 

  

82.7 

Loans and advances to banks

5.8 

0.5 

  

10.3 

16.6 

  

60 

  

0.1 

10.9 

  

27.6 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - UK residential mortgages

14.6 

16.2 

  

30.8 

  

28 

  

60.8 

18.6 

  

110.2 

  - Irish residential mortgages

9.3 

  

1.2 

10.5 

  

70 

  

0.7 

3.8 

0.1 

  

15.1 

  - US residential mortgages

  

3.5 

3.5 

  

18 

  

9.5 

6.7 

  

19.7 

  - UK credit cards

3.4 

  

3.4 

  

52 

  

3.1 

  

6.5 

  - UK personal loans

3.4 

  

3.4 

  

38 

  

5.5 

  

8.9 

  - other

13.5 

  

18.1 

0.8 

32.4 

  

14 

  

4.4 

9.6 

175.6 

10.2 

  

232.2 

Reverse repurchase agreements

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   and stock borrowing

  

  

  

76.5 

  

76.5 

Debt securities

0.9 

  

5.5 

55.6 

2.7 

64.7 

  

57 

  

17.0 

31.9 

  

113.6 

Equity shares

  

0.5 

5.3 

5.8 

  

66 

  

3.0 

  

8.8 

Settlement balances

  

  

  

5.5 

  

5.5 

Derivatives

  

  

  

288.0 

  

288.0 

Intangible assets

  

  

  

12.4 

  

12.4 

Property, plant and equipment

  

0.4 

0.4 

  

  

7.5 

  

7.9 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

3.5 

  

3.5 

Prepayments and other assets

  

  

  

8.6 

  

8.6 

Assets of disposal groups

  

  

  

0.2 

  

0.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

50.9 

16.7 

  

34.4 

60.9 

8.6 

171.5 

  

  

  

166.8 

101.5 

183.1 

405.0 

  

1,027.9 

Own asset securitisations

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

17.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity portfolio

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

184.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities secured

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Intra-Group - secondary liquidity

(19.1)

  

(19.1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Intra-Group - other

(18.4)

  

(18.4)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Third-party (5)

(7.8)

(9.0)

  

(42.7)

(85.1)

(6.0)

(150.6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(45.3)

(9.0)

  

(42.7)

(85.1)

(6.0)

(188.1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

158

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk: Balance sheet encumbrance (continued)

 

Notes:

(1)

Encumbered assets are those that have been pledged to provide security for the liability shown above and are therefore not available to secure funding or to meet other collateral needs.

(2)

Unencumbered readily realisable assets are those assets on the balance sheet that can be readily used to meet funding or collateral requirements and comprise:

 

(a) Liquidity portfolio: cash balances at central banks, high quality debt securities and loans that have been pre-positioned with central banks. In addition, the liquidity portfolio includes securitisations of own assets which has reduced over the years and has been replaced by loans.

 

(b) Other readily realisable assets: other liquidity reserves, including assets that have been enabled for use with central banks; and unencumbered debt securities.

(3)

Unencumbered other realisable assets are those assets on the balance sheet that have no restrictions for funding and collateral purposes but are not readily realisable in their current form. These assets include loans that could be prepositioned with central banks but have not been subject to internal and external documentation review and diligence work.

(4)

Assets that cannot be encumbered comprise:

 

(a) derivatives, reverse repurchase agreements and trading related settlement balances.

 

(b) non-financial assets such as intangibles, prepayments and deferred tax.

 

(c) assets in disposal groups.

 

(d) loans that cannot be pre-positioned with central banks based on criteria set by the central banks, primary US, including date of origination and level of documentation.

 

(e) non-recourse invoice financing balances and certain shipping loans whose terms and structure prohibit their use as collateral.

(5)

In accordance with market practice the Group employs its own assets and securities received under reverse repo transactions as collateral for repos.

159

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity and funding risk: Balance sheet encumbrance (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Encumbered assets relating to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

Debt securities in issue

  

Other secured liabilities

Total 

  

Encumbered 

  

Unencumbered

  

Total

 

Covered 

Derivatives 

  

Secured 

encumbered 

assets as a % 

Liquidity 

Other 

Securitisations 

bonds 

Repos

deposits 

assets 

of related 

portfolio 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

assets 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

  

  

70.2 

9.1 

  

79.3 

Loans and advances to banks

5.3 

0.5 

  

12.8 

18.6 

  

59 

  

12.7 

  

31.3 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - UK residential mortgages

16.4 

16.0 

  

32.4 

  

30 

  

58.7 

18.0 

  

109.1 

  - Irish residential mortgages

10.6 

  

1.8 

12.4 

  

81 

  

2.9 

  

15.3 

  - US residential mortgages

  

  

  

7.6 

14.1 

  

21.7 

  - UK credit cards

3.0 

  

3.0 

  

44 

  

3.8 

  

6.8 

  - UK personal loans

4.7 

  

4.7 

  

41 

  

6.8 

  

11.5 

  - other

20.7 

  

22.5 

0.8 

44.0 

  

16 

  

6.5 

217.1 

  

267.6 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  borrowing

  

  

  

104.8 

  

104.8 

Debt securities

1.0 

  

8.3 

91.2 

15.2 

115.7 

  

70 

  

22.3 

26.6 

  

164.6 

Equity shares

  

0.7 

6.8 

7.5 

  

49 

  

7.7 

  

15.2 

Settlement balances

  

  

  

6.7 

  

6.7 

Derivatives

  

  

  

441.9 

  

441.9 

Intangible assets

  

  

  

14.3 

  

14.3 

Property, plant and equipment

  

  

  

10.0 

  

10.0 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

3.5 

  

3.5 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

  

  

  

8.7 

  

8.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

61.7 

16.5 

  

44.3 

98.0 

17.8 

238.3 

  

  

  

165.3 

908.7 

  

1,312.3 

Own asset securitisations

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

22.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity portfolio

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

187.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities secured

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Intra-Group - used for secondary liquidity

(22.6)

  

(22.6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Intra-Group - other

(23.9)

  

(23.9)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Third-party (1)

(12.0)

(10.1)

  

(60.4)

(132.4)

(15.3)

(230.2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(58.5)

(10.1)

  

(60.4)

(132.4)

(15.3)

(276.7)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Note:

(1)

In accordance with market practice the Group employs its own assets and securities received under reverse repo transactions as collateral for repos.

 

160

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss due to the failure of a customer or counterparty to meet its obligation to settle outstanding amounts. The quantum and nature of credit risk assumed across the Group’s different businesses vary considerably, while the overall credit risk outcome usually exhibits a high degree of correlation with the macroeconomic environment.

 

Financial assets

Exposure summary

The table below analyses the Group’s financial asset exposures, both gross and net of offset arrangements as well as credit mitigation and enhancement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

Balance

Collateral

Exposure post

  

Gross 

IFRS 

Carrying 

sheet

 

 

Real estate

Credit 

 credit mitigation

exposure 

offset (1)

value (2)

offset (3)

Cash (4)

Securities (5)

 Residential (6)

 Commercial (6)

enhancement (7)

and enhancement

31 December 2013

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

82.7 

82.7 

82.7 

Reverse repos

117.2 

(40.7)

76.5 

(11.4)

(65.0)

0.1 

Lending

423.6 

(3.4)

420.2 

(32.3)

(1.6)

(2.7)

(145.4)

(60.0)

(3.9)

174.3 

Debt securities

113.6 

113.6 

(1.3)

112.3 

Equity shares

8.8 

8.8 

8.8 

Derivatives

553.7 

(265.7)

288.0 

(242.8)

(24.3)

(6.0)

(7.3)

7.6 

Settlement balances

8.2 

(2.7)

5.5 

(0.3)

5.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1,307.8 

(312.5)

995.3 

(286.8)

(25.9)

(73.7)

(145.4)

(60.0)

(12.5)

391.0 

Short positions

(28.0)

(28.0)

(28.0)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net of short positions

1,279.8 

(312.5)

967.3 

(286.8)

(25.9)

(73.7)

(145.4)

(60.0)

(12.5)

363.0 

 

Notes:

(1)

Relates to offset arrangements that comply with IFRS criteria and transactions cleared through and novated to central clearing houses, primarily London Clearing House and US Government Securities Clearing Corporation.

(2)

Carrying value on the balance sheet represents the exposure to credit risk by class of financial instrument.

(3)

Balance sheet offset reflects the amounts by which the Group’s credit risk is reduced through master netting and cash management pooling arrangements. Derivative master netting agreements include cash pledged with counterparties in respect of net derivative liability positions and are included in lending in the table above.

(4)

Includes cash collateral pledged by counterparties based on daily mark-to-market movements of net derivative positions with the counterparty.

(5)

Securities collateral represent the fair value of securities received from counterparties, mainly relating to reverse repo transactions as part of netting arrangements.

(6)

Property valuations are limited to the loan value and reflect the application of haircuts and capping in line with regulatory rules to indexed valuations. Commercial collateral includes shipping vessels and plant and equipment collateral.

(7)

Credit enhancement comprises credit derivatives (bought protection) and guarantees and reflect notional amounts less fair value and notional amounts respectively.

 

161

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Financial assets: Exposure summary (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

Gross 

IFRS 

Carrying 

Balance sheet

Exposure 

exposure 

offset (1)

value 

offset (2)

post offset 

31 December 2012

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

79.3 

79.3 

79.3 

Reverse repos

143.2 

(38.4)

104.8 

(17.4)

87.4 

Lending

464.7 

(1.5)

463.2 

(34.9)

428.3 

Debt securities

164.6 

164.6 

164.6 

Equity shares

15.2 

15.2 

15.2 

Derivatives

815.4 

(373.5)

441.9 

(408.0)

33.9 

Settlement balances

8.1 

(2.4)

5.7 

(1.8)

3.9 

Other financial assets

1.1 

1.1 

1.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1,691.6 

(415.8)

1,275.8 

(462.1)

813.7 

Short positions

(27.6)

(27.6)

(27.6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net of short positions

1,664.0 

(415.8)

1,248.2 

(462.1)

786.1 

 

Notes:

(1)

Relates to offset arrangements that comply with IFRS criteria and transactions cleared through and novated to central clearing houses, primarily London Clearing House and US Government Securities Clearing Corporation.

(2)

This reflects the amounts by which the Group’s credit risk is reduced through master netting and cash management pooling arrangements. Derivative master netting agreements include cash pledged with counterparties in respect of net derivative liability positions and are included in lending in the table above.

 

Loans and related credit metrics

The tables below analyse gross loans and advances (excluding reverse repos) and the related credit metrics by division.

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

  

  

Gross loans to

REIL

Provisions

REIL as a %

  

  

  

  

of gross

Provisions

Impairment charge

  

loans to

as a %

  

Of which

Amounts

Banks

Customers

customers

of REIL

Total

 RCR (1)

written-off

31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

%

%

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

760 

113,152 

3,566 

2,106 

3.2 

59 

319 

815 

UK Corporate

701 

102,547 

6,226 

2,833 

6.1 

46 

1,188 

410 

772 

Wealth

1,531 

16,764 

277 

120 

1.7 

43 

29 

15 

International Banking

7,971 

35,993 

470 

325 

1.3 

69 

219 

52 

281 

Ulster Bank

591 

31,446 

8,466 

5,378 

26.9 

64 

1,774 

892 

277 

US Retail & Commercial

406 

50,551 

1,034 

272 

2.0 

26 

151 

284 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

11,960 

350,453 

20,039 

11,034 

5.7 

55 

3,680 

1,354 

2,444 

Markets

12,579 

25,455 

338 

286 

1.3 

85 

21 

18 

46 

Other

2,670 

5,126 

66 

nm

65 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

27,209 

381,034 

20,378 

11,386 

5.3 

56 

3,766 

1,372 

2,490 

Non-Core

431 

36,718 

19,014 

13,839 

51.8 

73 

4,646 

3,118 

1,856 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

27,640 

417,752 

39,392 

25,225 

9.4 

64 

8,412 

4,490 

4,346 

 

Note:

(1)

Pertaining to the creation of RCR and the related change of strategy.

 

162

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Loans and related credit metrics (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

Gross loans to

REIL

Provisions

REIL as a %

  

of gross

Provisions

loans to

as a %

Impairment

Amounts

Banks

Customers

customers

of REIL

charge

written-off

31 December 2012

£m

£m

£m

£m

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

695 

113,599 

4,569 

2,629 

4.0 

58 

529 

599 

UK Corporate

746 

107,025 

5,452 

2,432 

5.1 

45 

836 

514 

Wealth

1,545 

17,074 

248 

109 

1.5 

44 

46 

15 

International Banking

4,827 

42,342 

422 

391 

1.0 

93 

111 

445 

Ulster Bank

632 

32,652 

7,533 

3,910 

23.1 

52 

1,364 

72 

US Retail & Commercial

435 

51,271 

1,146 

285 

2.2 

25 

83 

391 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

8,880 

363,963 

19,370 

9,756 

5.3 

50 

2,969 

2,036 

Markets

16,805 

29,787 

396 

305 

1.3 

77 

25 

109 

Other

3,196 

2,125 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

28,881 

395,875 

19,766 

10,062 

5.0 

51 

2,995 

2,145 

Non-Core

477 

56,343 

21,374 

11,200 

37.9 

52 

2,320 

2,121 

Direct Line Group

2,036 

881 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

31,394 

453,099 

41,140 

21,262 

9.1 

52 

5,315 

4,266 

 

Key points

·

The Group loan impairment charge for the year increased by 58% (£3.1 billion) to £8.4 billion from £5.3 billion in 2012. The Core charge increased 26% (£0.8 billion) to £3.8 billion and the Non-Core charge increased by 100% (£2.3 billion) to £4.6 billion. £4.5 billion of the impairment increase was in relation to the creation of RCR and the related strategy: £1.4 billion in Core and £3.1 billion in Non-Core. The underlying provision charge decreased £1.4 billion mainly in UK Retail (£0.2 billion), Ulster Bank residential mortgages (£0.4 billion) and Non-Core (£0.8 billion), largely due to run down and lower single name charges in Non-Core.

 

 

·

REIL decreased by £1.7 billion to £39.4 billion during the year mainly in Non-Core (£2.4 billion) and UK Retail (£1.0 billion) offset by increases in UK Corporate (£0.8 billion) and Ulster Bank (£0.9 billion). REIL reductions in Non-Core primarily related to repayments and write-offs in UK Corporate and International Banking donated portfolios.

 

 

·

The RCR provision charge mainly related to loans already within REIL resulting in a 12% increase in the provision coverage ratio to 64% from 52% at December 2012 while the REIL as a percentage of total loans increased to 9.4% from 9.1% at 31 December 2012.

 

 

·

UK Retail REIL continued to decrease due to the write-off of aged debt and the transfer of up-to-date mortgages to potential problem loans. Provision coverage remained broadly stable at 59%.

 

 

·

REIL in UK Corporate increased by 14% mainly driven by individual cases in the commercial real estate and shipping portfolios as credit conditions remained difficult in these sectors. The impact of the RCR related strategy resulted in a £0.4 billion provision increase in Q4 2013.

 

 

·

Ulster Bank REIL at £8.5 billion increased by 12% compared with 31 December 2012. The increase in REIL was largely in relation to commercial real estate investment loans. RCR and related provisioning in 2013 contributed £0.9 billion to the Core Ulster provision and has resulted in the provision coverage increasing from 52% to 64% in the year and in the fourth quarter.

 

163

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Group

The tables below analyse gross loans and advances to banks and customers (excluding reverse repos) and related credit metrics by sector and geography (by location of lending office) for Group, Core and Non-Core.

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

  

  

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

charge

written-off

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

8,643 

100 

Finance

35,948 

593 

292 

1.6 

49 

0.8 

72 

Personal

- mortgages

148,533 

6,025 

1,799 

4.1 

30 

1.2 

392 

441 

  

- unsecured

28,160 

2,417 

1,909 

8.6 

79 

6.8 

415 

861 

Property

62,292 

20,283 

13,189 

32.6 

65 

21.2 

5,130 

1,642 

Construction

6,331 

1,334 

774 

21.1 

58 

12.2 

291 

160 

Manufacturing

21,377 

742 

559 

3.5 

75 

2.6 

195 

104 

Finance leases (2)

13,587 

263 

190 

1.9 

72 

1.4 

16 

121 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

19,574 

1,187 

783 

6.1 

66 

4.0 

268 

128 

Transport and storage

16,697 

1,491 

635 

8.9 

43 

3.8 

487 

229 

Health, education and leisure

16,084 

1,324 

756 

8.2 

57 

4.7 

359 

119 

Hotels and restaurants

6,942 

1,427 

812 

20.6 

57 

11.7 

281 

194 

Utilities

4,960 

131 

80 

2.6 

61 

1.6 

54 

23 

Other

28,624 

2,103 

1,370 

7.3 

65 

4.8 

489 

212 

Latent

2,012 

44 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

417,752 

39,322 

25,162 

9.4 

64 

6.0 

8,427 

4,306 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

110,515 

1,900 

319 

1.7 

17 

0.3 

39 

180 

  - personal lending

17,098 

2,052 

1,718 

12.0 

84 

10.0 

264 

681 

  - property

44,252 

9,797 

5,190 

22.1 

53 

11.7 

2,014 

950 

  - construction

4,691 

941 

515 

20.1 

55 

11.0 

194 

159 

  - other

110,466 

4,684 

3,202 

4.2 

68 

2.9 

1,091 

537 

Europe

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

17,540 

3,155 

1,303 

18.0 

41 

7.4 

195 

26 

  - personal lending

1,267 

141 

129 

11.1 

91 

10.2 

19 

26 

  - property

13,177 

10,372 

7,951 

78.7 

77 

60.3 

3,131 

659 

  - construction

979 

351 

227 

35.9 

65 

23.2 

72 

  - other

22,620 

4,057 

3,498 

17.9 

86 

15.5 

1,012 

465 

US

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

19,901 

951 

173 

4.8 

18 

0.9 

161 

233 

  - personal lending

8,722 

207 

45 

2.4 

22 

0.5 

114 

151 

  - property

4,279 

85 

19 

2.0 

22 

0.4 

(11)

25 

  - construction

313 

34 

24 

10.9 

71 

7.7 

25 

  - other

27,887 

198 

589 

0.7 

297 

2.1 

65 

131 

RoW

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

577 

19 

3.3 

21 

0.7 

(3)

  - personal lending

1,073 

17 

17 

1.6 

100 

1.6 

18 

  - property

584 

29 

29 

5.0 

100 

5.0 

(4)

  - construction

348 

2.3 

100 

2.3 

  - other

11,463 

324 

202 

2.8 

62 

1.8 

31 

69 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

417,752 

39,322 

25,162 

9.4 

64 

6.0 

8,427 

4,306 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

27,640 

70 

63 

0.3 

90 

0.2 

(15)

40 

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 169.

164

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Group (continued)

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

  

  

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

charge

written-off

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

9,853 

Finance

42,198 

592 

317 

1.4 

54 

0.8 

145 

380 

Personal

- mortgages

149,625 

6,549 

1,824 

4.4 

28 

1.2 

948 

461 

  

- unsecured

32,212 

2,903 

2,409 

9.0 

83 

7.5 

631 

793 

Property

72,219 

21,223 

9,859 

29.4 

46 

13.7 

2,212 

1,080 

Construction

8,049 

1,483 

640 

18.4 

43 

8.0 

94 

182 

Manufacturing

23,787 

755 

357 

3.2 

47 

1.5 

134 

203 

Finance leases (2)

13,609 

442 

294 

3.2 

67 

2.2 

44 

263 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

21,936 

1,143 

644 

5.2 

56 

2.9 

230 

176 

Transport and storage

18,341 

834 

336 

4.5 

40 

1.8 

289 

102 

Health, education and leisure

16,705 

1,190 

521 

7.1 

44 

3.1 

144 

100 

Hotels and restaurants

7,877 

1,597 

726 

20.3 

45 

9.2 

176 

102 

Utilities

6,631 

118 

21 

1.8 

18 

0.3 

(4)

Other

30,057 

2,177 

1,240 

7.2 

57 

4.1 

322 

395 

Latent

1,960 

(73)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

453,099 

41,006 

21,148 

9.1 

52 

4.7 

5,292 

4,237 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

109,530 

2,440 

457 

2.2 

19 

0.4 

122 

32 

  - personal lending

20,498 

2,477 

2,152 

12.1 

87 

10.5 

479 

610 

  - property

53,730 

10,521 

3,944 

19.6 

37 

7.3 

964 

490 

  - construction

6,507 

1,165 

483 

17.9 

41 

7.4 

100 

158 

  - other

122,029 

3,729 

2,611 

3.1 

70 

2.1 

674 

823 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - residential mortgages

17,836 

3,092 

1,151 

17.3 

37 

6.5 

526 

50 

  - personal lending

1,905 

226 

208 

11.9 

92 

10.9 

38 

13 

  - property

14,634 

10,347 

5,766 

70.7 

56 

39.4 

1,264 

441 

  - construction

1,132 

289 

146 

25.5 

51 

12.9 

(11)

12 

  - other

27,424 

4,451 

2,996 

16.2 

67 

10.9 

817 

539 

US

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - residential mortgages

21,929 

990 

208 

4.5 

21 

0.9 

298 

377 

  - personal lending

8,748 

199 

48 

2.3 

24 

0.5 

109 

162 

  - property

3,343 

170 

29 

5.1 

17 

0.9 

(11)

83 

  - construction

388 

2.1 

13 

0.3 

12 

  - other

29,354 

352 

630 

1.2 

179 

2.1 

(86)

149 

RoW

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - residential mortgages

330 

27 

8.2 

30 

2.4 

  - personal lending

1,061 

0.1 

100 

0.1 

  - property

512 

185 

120 

36.1 

65 

23.4 

(5)

66 

  - construction

22 

21 

10 

95.5 

48 

45.5 

  - other

12,187 

316 

179 

2.6 

57 

1.5 

210 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

453,099 

41,006 

21,148 

9.1 

52 

4.7 

5,292 

4,237 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

31,394 

134 

114 

0.4 

85 

0.4 

23 

29 

 

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 169.

165

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Core

 

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

  

  

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

charge

written-off

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

7,490 

100 

Finance

34,663 

393 

183 

1.1 

47 

0.5 

25 

27 

Personal

- mortgages

146,600 

5,815 

1,730 

4.0 

30 

1.2 

353 

328 

  

- unsecured

27,817 

2,326 

1,876 

8.4 

81 

6.7 

371 

812 

Property

43,170 

5,582 

2,474 

12.9 

44 

5.7 

1,347 

465 

Construction

5,074 

708 

417 

14.0 

59 

8.2 

163 

97 

Manufacturing

20,739 

544 

393 

2.6 

72 

1.9 

139 

75 

Finance leases (2)

10,355 

139 

89 

1.3 

64 

0.9 

23 

31 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

18,899 

827 

531 

4.4 

64 

2.8 

209 

114 

Transport and storage

13,927 

1,050 

432 

7.5 

41 

3.1 

402 

77 

Health, education and leisure

15,481 

871 

491 

5.6 

56 

3.2 

275 

82 

Hotels and restaurants

6,238 

810 

474 

13.0 

59 

7.6 

155 

158 

Utilities

4,112 

63 

43 

1.5 

68 

1.0 

65 

23 

Other

26,469 

1,179 

800 

4.5 

68 

3.0 

229 

161 

Latent

1,389 

23 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

381,034 

20,309 

11,324 

5.3 

56 

3.0 

3,781 

2,450 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

110,515 

1,900 

319 

1.7 

17 

0.3 

38 

179 

  - personal lending

17,074 

2,028 

1,697 

11.9 

84 

9.9 

258 

675 

  - property

34,752 

3,103 

1,111 

8.9 

36 

3.2 

616 

405 

  - construction

4,036 

591 

330 

14.6 

56 

8.2 

123 

96 

  - other

102,412 

3,308 

2,144 

3.2 

65 

2.1 

812 

401 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - residential mortgages

17,347 

3,136 

1,285 

18.1 

41 

7.4 

195 

26 

  - personal lending

1,198 

133 

128 

11.1 

96 

10.7 

12 

24 

  - property

3,953 

2,441 

1,358 

61.8 

56 

34.4 

746 

52 

  - construction

378 

75 

55 

19.8 

73 

14.6 

13 

  - other

18,309 

2,214 

2,168 

12.1 

98 

11.8 

730 

251 

US

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - residential mortgages

18,161 

760 

122 

4.2 

16 

0.7 

123 

121 

  - personal lending

8,477 

148 

34 

1.7 

23 

0.4 

84 

111 

  - property

4,058 

38 

0.9 

13 

0.1 

(15)

  - construction

312 

34 

24 

10.9 

71 

7.7 

27 

  - other

27,722 

188 

408 

0.7 

217 

1.5 

(8)

72 

RoW

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - residential mortgages

577 

19 

3.3 

21 

0.7 

(3)

  - personal lending

1,068 

17 

17 

1.6 

100 

1.6 

17 

  - property

407 

  - construction

348 

2.3 

100 

2.3 

  - other

9,930 

168 

107 

1.7 

64 

1.1 

13 

24 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

381,034 

20,309 

11,324 

5.3 

56 

3.0 

3,781 

2,450 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

27,209 

69 

62 

0.3 

90 

0.2 

(15)

40 

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 169.

166

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Core (continued)

 

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2012 (3)

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

  

  

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

charge

written-off

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

8,485 

Finance

39,658 

185 

149 

0.5 

81 

0.4 

54 

338 

Personal

- mortgages

146,770 

6,229 

1,691 

4.2 

27 

1.2 

786 

234 

  

- unsecured

30,366 

2,717 

2,306 

8.9 

85 

7.6 

568 

718 

Property

43,602 

4,672 

1,674 

10.7 

36 

3.8 

748 

214 

Construction

6,020 

757 

350 

12.6 

46 

5.8 

119 

60 

Manufacturing

22,234 

496 

225 

2.2 

45 

1.0 

118 

63 

Finance leases (2)

9,201 

159 

107 

1.7 

67 

1.2 

35 

41 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

20,842 

791 

439 

3.8 

55 

2.1 

181 

129 

Transport and storage

14,590 

440 

112 

3.0 

25 

0.8 

72 

21 

Health, education and leisure

15,770 

761 

299 

4.8 

39 

1.9 

109 

67 

Hotels and restaurants

6,891 

1,042 

473 

15.1 

45 

6.9 

138 

56 

Utilities

5,131 

10 

0.2 

50 

0.1 

Other

26,315 

1,374 

794 

5.2 

58 

3.0 

189 

175 

Latent

1,325 

(145)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

395,875 

19,633 

9,949 

5.0 

51 

2.5 

2,972 

2,116 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

109,511 

2,440 

457 

2.2 

19 

0.4 

122 

32 

  - personal lending

19,562 

2,454 

2,133 

12.5 

87 

10.9 

474 

594 

  - property

35,532 

2,777 

896 

7.8 

32 

2.5 

395 

181 

  - construction

5,101 

671 

301 

13.2 

45 

5.9 

109 

47 

  - other

108,713 

2,662 

1,737 

2.4 

65 

1.6 

499 

379 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

17,446 

3,060 

1,124 

17.5 

37 

6.4 

521 

24 

  - personal lending

1,540 

143 

138 

9.3 

97 

9.0 

29 

11 

  - property

4,896 

1,652 

685 

33.7 

41 

14.0 

350 

  - construction

513 

60 

39 

11.7 

65 

7.6 

10 

  - other

22,218 

2,280 

1,711 

10.3 

75 

7.7 

362 

267 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

19,483 

702 

102 

3.6 

15 

0.5 

141 

176 

  - personal lending

8,209 

119 

34 

1.4 

29 

0.4 

65 

112 

  - property

2,847 

112 

13 

3.9 

12 

0.5 

27 

  - construction

384 

1.3 

  - other

28,267 

252 

432 

0.9 

171 

1.5 

(111)

90 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

330 

27 

8.2 

30 

2.4 

  - personal lending

1,055 

0.1 

100 

0.1 

  - property

327 

131 

80 

40.1 

61 

24.5 

  - construction

22 

21 

10 

95.5 

48 

45.5 

  - other

9,919 

64 

48 

0.6 

75 

0.5 

154 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

395,875 

19,633 

9,949 

5.0 

51 

2.5 

2,972 

2,116 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

28,881 

133 

113 

0.5 

85 

0.4 

23 

29 

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 169.

167

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Non-Core

 

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

  

  

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

charge

written-off

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

1,153 

Finance

1,285 

200 

109 

15.6 

55 

8.5 

(21)

45 

Personal

- mortgages

1,933 

210 

69 

10.9 

33 

3.6 

39 

113 

  

- unsecured

343 

91 

33 

26.5 

36 

9.6 

44 

49 

Property

19,122 

14,701 

10,715 

76.9 

73 

56.0 

3,783 

1,177 

Construction

1,257 

626 

357 

49.8 

57 

28.4 

128 

63 

Manufacturing

638 

198 

166 

31.0 

84 

26.0 

56 

29 

Finance leases (2)

3,232 

124 

101 

3.8 

81 

3.1 

(7)

90 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

675 

360 

252 

53.3 

70 

37.3 

59 

14 

Transport and storage

2,770 

441 

203 

15.9 

46 

7.3 

85 

152 

Health, education and leisure

603 

453 

265 

75.1 

58 

43.9 

84 

37 

Hotels and restaurants

704 

617 

338 

87.6 

55 

48.0 

126 

36 

Utilities

848 

68 

37 

8.0 

54 

4.4 

(11)

Other

2,155 

924 

570 

42.9 

62 

26.5 

260 

51 

Latent

623 

21 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

36,718 

19,013 

13,838 

51.8 

73 

37.7 

4,646 

1,856 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

  - personal lending

24 

24 

21 

100.0 

88 

87.5 

  - property

9,500 

6,694 

4,079 

70.5 

61 

42.9 

1,398 

545 

  - construction

655 

350 

185 

53.4 

53 

28.2 

71 

63 

  - other

8,054 

1,376 

1,058 

17.1 

77 

13.1 

279 

136 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

193 

19 

18 

9.8 

95 

9.3 

  - personal lending

69 

11.6 

13 

1.4 

  - property

9,224 

7,931 

6,593 

86.0 

83 

71.5 

2,385 

607 

  - construction

601 

276 

172 

45.9 

62 

28.6 

59 

  - other

4,311 

1,843 

1,330 

42.8 

72 

30.9 

282 

214 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

1,740 

191 

51 

11.0 

27 

2.9 

38 

112 

  - personal lending

245 

59 

11 

24.1 

19 

4.5 

30 

40 

  - property

221 

47 

14 

21.3 

30 

6.3 

17 

  - construction

(2)

  - other

165 

10 

181 

6.1 

nm 

109.7 

73 

59 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - personal lending

  - property

177 

29 

29 

16.4 

100 

16.4 

(4)

  - construction

  - other

1,533 

156 

95 

10.2 

61 

6.2 

18 

45 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

36,718 

19,013 

13,838 

51.8 

73 

37.7 

4,646 

1,856 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

431 

0.2 

100 

0.2 

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 169.

168

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Non-Core (continued)

 

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2012 (3)

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

  

  

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of 

Impairment

Amounts

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans 

charge

written-off

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

1,368 

Finance

2,540 

407 

168 

16.0 

41 

6.6 

91 

42 

Personal

- mortgages

2,855 

320 

133 

11.2 

42 

4.7 

162 

227 

  

- unsecured

965 

186 

103 

19.3 

55 

10.7 

63 

75 

Property

28,617 

16,551 

8,185 

57.8 

49 

28.6 

1,464 

866 

Construction

2,029 

726 

290 

35.8 

40 

14.3 

(25)

122 

Manufacturing

1,553 

259 

132 

16.7 

51 

8.5 

16 

140 

Finance leases (2)

4,408 

283 

187 

6.4 

66 

4.2 

222 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

1,094 

352 

205 

32.2 

58 

18.7 

49 

47 

Transport and storage

3,751 

394 

224 

10.5 

57 

6.0 

217 

81 

Health, education and leisure

935 

429 

222 

45.9 

52 

23.7 

35 

33 

Hotels and restaurants

986 

555 

253 

56.3 

46 

25.7 

38 

46 

Utilities

1,500 

108 

16 

7.2 

15 

1.1 

(4)

Other

3,742 

803 

446 

21.5 

56 

11.9 

133 

220 

Latent

635 

72 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

56,343 

21,373 

11,199 

37.9 

52 

19.9 

2,320 

2,121 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

19 

  - personal lending

55 

23 

19 

41.8 

83 

34.5 

16 

  - property

18,198 

7,744 

3,048 

42.6 

39 

16.7 

569 

309 

  - construction

1,406 

494 

182 

35.1 

37 

12.9 

(9)

111 

  - other

13,316 

1,067 

874 

8.0 

82 

6.6 

175 

444 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

390 

32 

27 

8.2 

84 

6.9 

26 

  - personal lending

365 

83 

70 

22.7 

84 

19.2 

  - property

9,738 

8,695 

5,081 

89.3 

58 

52.2 

914 

435 

  - construction

619 

229 

107 

37.0 

47 

17.3 

(15)

  - other

5,206 

2,171 

1,285 

41.7 

59 

24.7 

455 

272 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

2,446 

288 

106 

11.8 

37 

4.3 

157 

201 

  - personal lending

539 

80 

14 

14.8 

18 

2.6 

44 

50 

  - property

496 

58 

16 

11.7 

28 

3.2 

(14)

56 

  - construction

75.0 

33 

25.0 

(1)

  - other

1,087 

100 

198 

9.2 

198 

18.2 

25 

59 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - personal lending

  - property

185 

54 

40 

29.2 

74 

21.6 

(5)

66 

  - other

2,268 

252 

131 

11.1 

52 

5.8 

56 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

56,343 

21,373 

11,199 

37.9 

52 

19.9 

2,320 

2,121 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

477 

0.2 

100 

0.2 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes central and local government.

(2)

Includes instalment credit.

(3)

Core/Non-Core excludes balances in relation to Direct Line Group (loans to banks of £2,036 million and loans to customers of £881 million).

(4)

A description of the Group’s early problem debt identification and problem debt management is included in the Group’s 2013 20-F.

169

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Debt securities

The table below analyses debt securities by issuer and IFRS measurement classifications. US central and local government includes US federal agencies; financial institutions include US government sponsored agencies and securitisation entities, the latter principally relating to asset-backed securities (ABS).

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central and local government

Banks

Other

Corporate

Total

  

  

financial

  

Of which

UK

US

Other

institutions

  

ABS

31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Held-for-trading (HFT)

6,764 

10,951 

22,818 

1,720 

12,406 

1,947 

56,606 

  

10,674 

Designated as at fair value

104 

17 

122 

  

15 

Available-for-sale (AFS)

6,436 

12,880 

10,303 

5,974 

17,330 

184 

53,107 

  

24,174 

Loans and receivables

10 

175 

3,466 

136 

3,788 

  

3,423 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Long positions

13,210 

23,832 

33,225 

7,869 

33,219 

2,268 

113,623 

  

38,286 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which US agencies

5,599 

13,132 

18,731 

  

18,048 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short positions (HFT)

(1,784)

(6,790)

(16,087)

(889)

(1,387)

(826)

(27,763)

  

(36)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross unrealised gains

201 

428 

445 

70 

386 

11 

1,541 

  

458 

Gross unrealised losses

(69)

(86)

(32)

(205)

(493)

(2)

(887)

  

(753)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Held-for-trading

7,692 

17,349 

27,195 

2,243 

21,876 

2,015 

78,370 

  

18,619 

Designated as at fair value

123 

86 

610 

54 

873 

  

516 

Available-for-sale

9,774 

19,046 

16,155 

8,861 

23,890 

3,167 

80,893 

  

30,743 

Loans and receivables

365 

3,728 

390 

4,488 

  

3,707 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Long positions

17,471 

36,395 

43,473 

11,555 

50,104 

5,626 

164,624 

  

53,585 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which US agencies

5,380 

21,566 

26,946 

  

24,828 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short positions (HFT)

(1,538)

(10,658)

(11,355)

(1,036)

(1,595)

(798)

(26,980)

  

(17)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross unrealised gains

1,007 

1,092 

1,187 

110 

660 

120 

4,176 

  

764 

Gross unrealised losses

(1)

(14)

(509)

(1,319)

(4)

(1,847)

  

(1,817)

 

Key points

·

HFT: UK and US government bonds, and US agency ABS decreased reflecting sales and continued focus on balance sheet reduction and capital management in Markets. The decrease in other government bonds primarily comprised reductions in Japanese, French, Belgian and Canadian bonds, partially offset by increases in Italian, German and Spanish bonds. Short positions in US government bonds decreased, reflecting reduced holdings, short positions in German government bonds increased reflecting focus on reduction in net exposure.

·

AFS: Government securities, primarily US, German, UK, decreased by £15.4 billion reflecting Group Treasury’s disposals. Holdings in bank issuances fell by £2.9 billion due to maturities and amortisations. The decrease in financial institution securities of £6.6 billion primarily related to ABS (£1.6 billion collateralised loan obligations in Non-Core and £3.4 billion residential mortgage-backed securities), due to disposals, maturities and buy backs by issuers. This was partially offset by a build up of securities (£0.9 billion), primarily US agency securities in US Retail & Commercial. The reduction includes £7.2 billion related to Direct Line Group, not included at 31 December 2013 as it is now an associate.

·

AFS gross unrealised gains and losses: The UK government net decrease of £0.9 billion reflects exposure reductions. The US government decrease of £0.7 billion reflects exposure reduction as well as the impact of expectations of tapering of the liquidity programme by the US Federal Reserve. The reductions in bank, other financial institutions and ABS reflected maturities, disposals and market movements.

170

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Derivatives

The table below analyses the Group’s derivatives by type of contract. Master netting arrangements and collateral shown below do not result in a net presentation in the Group’s balance sheet under IFRS.

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Notional

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

GBP

USD

Euro

Other

Total

Assets

Liabilities

  

Notional (1)

Assets

Liabilities

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£m

£m

  

£bn

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate (2)

5,401 

10,583 

13,695 

5,910 

35,589 

218,041 

208,698 

  

33,483 

363,454 

345,565 

Exchange rate

362 

1,982 

628 

1,583 

4,555 

61,923 

65,749 

  

4,698 

63,067 

70,481 

Credit

166 

66 

19 

253 

5,306 

5,388 

  

553 

11,005 

10,353 

Equity and commodity

29 

27 

17 

81 

2,770 

5,692 

  

111 

4,392 

7,941 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

288,040 

285,527 

  

  

441,918 

434,340 

Counterparty mtm netting

  

  

  

  

(242,836)

(242,836)

  

  

(373,906)

(373,906)

Cash collateral

  

  

  

  

  

(24,288)

(20,429)

  

  

(34,099)

(24,633)

Securities collateral

  

  

  

  

  

(5,990)

(5,202)

  

  

(5,616)

(8,264)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net exposure

  

  

  

  

  

14,926 

17,060 

  

  

28,297 

27,537 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

  

  

  

  

  

1,243 

6,121 

  

  

  

  

Other financial institutions

  

  

  

  

2,166 

2,416 

  

  

  

  

Corporate

  

  

  

  

  

10,341 

4,778 

  

  

  

  

Government

  

  

  

  

  

1,176 

3,745 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

14,926 

17,060 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Asset quality of uncollateralised derivative assets

£m 

 

  

  

 

AQ1

8,647 

 

AQ2

252 

 

AQ3

1,713 

 

AQ4

778 

 

AQ5

885 

 

AQ6

882 

 

AQ7

782 

 

AQ8

124 

 

AQ9

184 

 

AQ10

679 

 

  

  

 

  

14,926 

 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes exchange traded contracts of £2,298 billion, (31 December 2012 - £2,497 billion) principally interest rate. Trades are margined daily hence carrying values were insignificant: assets - £69 million (31 December 2012 - £41 million) and liabilities - £299 million (31 December 2012 - £255 million).

(2)

Interest rate notional includes £22,563 billion (31 December 2012 - £15,864 billion) in respect of contracts with central clearing counterparties to the extent related assets and liabilities are offset.

 

Key points  

Net exposure decreased by 47% (liabilities decreased by 38%) reflecting increased interest rate yields and continued use of trade compression cycles, partially offset by increased trade volumes.

 

 

Interest rate contracts’ fair value decreased due to significant upward shifts in major yield curves as the US Federal Reserve announced tapering of quantitative easing from early 2014. Continued participation in trade compression cycles contributed to a further reduction in exposures.

 

 

Exchange rate contracts’ fair value decreased due to strengthening of sterling against the US dollar and decrease in trade volumes.

171

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Derivatives (continued)

 

Key points (continued)

·

The decrease in credit derivatives notionals and fair values was driven by increased use of trade compression cycles and novation of certain trades in Markets in line with the Group’s risk reduction strategy, primarily in the first half of the year. Tightening of credit spreads also contributed to the decrease in fair value.

 

 

·

Sales and reduction in trade volumes contributed to reduction in equity contracts.

 

 

 

 

·

71% of the uncollateralised derivatives related to corporates rated AQ1-AQ3.

 

 

·

Corporate uncollateralised derivatives, principally all in Markets, relate to large corporates who may have netting arrangements in place but do not have collateral posting capability. A significant proportion of the Group’s credit valuation adjustments and funding valuation adjustments relate to these uncollateralised derivatives.

 

Key loan portfolios

 

Commercial real estate

The commercial real estate sector comprised exposures to entities involved in the development of, or investment in, commercial and residential properties (including house builders). The analysis of lending utilisations below is gross of impairment provisions and excludes rate risk management and contingent obligations.

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Investment 

Development 

Total 

  

Investment 

Development 

Total 

By division (1)

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Corporate

20,547 

3,467 

24,014 

  

22,504 

4,091 

26,595 

Ulster Bank

3,419 

718 

4,137 

  

3,575 

729 

4,304 

US Retail & Commercial

4,018 

4,018 

  

3,857 

3,860 

International Banking

762 

182 

944 

  

849 

315 

1,164 

Markets

136 

137 

  

630 

57 

687 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

28,882 

4,368 

33,250 

  

31,415 

5,195 

36,610 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Corporate

1,201 

774 

1,975 

  

2,651 

983 

3,634 

Ulster Bank

3,211 

6,915 

10,126 

  

3,383 

7,607 

10,990 

US Retail & Commercial

232 

232 

  

392 

392 

International Banking

6,980 

15 

6,995 

  

11,260 

154 

11,414 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

11,624 

7,704 

19,328 

  

17,686 

8,744 

26,430 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

40,506 

12,072 

52,578 

  

49,101 

13,939 

63,040 

 

172

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Commercial real estate (continued)

 

 

Investment

  

Development

  

  

Commercial

Residential

Total 

  

Commercial

Residential

Total 

Total

By geography (1)

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK (excluding NI (2))

20,862 

5,007 

25,869 

  

678 

3,733 

4,411 

30,280 

Ireland (ROI and NI (2))

4,405 

1,028 

5,433 

  

1,919 

5,532 

7,451 

12,884 

Western Europe (other)

4,068 

183 

4,251 

  

22 

17 

39 

4,290 

US

3,563 

1,076 

4,639 

  

4,647 

RoW (2)

314 

314 

  

30 

133 

163 

477 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

33,212 

7,294 

40,506 

  

2,649 

9,423 

12,072 

52,578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK (excluding NI (2))

25,864 

5,567 

31,431 

  

839 

4,777 

5,616 

37,047 

Ireland (ROI and NI (2))

4,651 

989 

5,640 

  

2,234 

5,712 

7,946 

13,586 

Western Europe (other)

5,995 

370 

6,365 

  

22 

33 

55 

6,420 

US

4,230 

981 

5,211 

  

15 

15 

5,226 

RoW (2)

454 

454 

  

65 

242 

307 

761 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

41,194 

7,907 

49,101 

  

3,160 

10,779 

13,939 

63,040 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

Investment

  

Development

 

  

Core

Non-Core

  

Core

Non-Core

Total 

By geography (1)

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK (excluding NI (2))

21,297 

4,572 

  

3,500 

911 

30,280 

Ireland (ROI and NI (2))

2,763 

2,670 

  

686 

6,765 

12,884 

Western Europe (other)

223 

4,028 

  

11 

28 

4,290 

US

4,313 

326 

  

4,647 

RoW (2)

286 

28 

  

163 

477 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

28,882 

11,624 

  

4,368 

7,704 

52,578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK (excluding NI (2))

23,312 

8,119 

  

4,184 

1,432 

37,047 

Ireland (ROI and NI (2))

2,877 

2,763 

  

665 

7,281 

13,586 

Western Europe (other)

403 

5,962 

  

24 

31 

6,420 

US

4,629 

582 

  

15 

5,226 

RoW (2)

194 

260 

  

307 

761 

  

31,415 

17,686 

  

5,195 

8,744 

63,040 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

               

 

For the notes to these tables refer to the following page.

 

173

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Commercial real estate (continued)

 

By sub-sector (1)

  

Ireland 

  

  

  

  

UK 

(ROI and 

Western 

  

  

  

(excl NI (2))

 NI (2))

Europe 

US 

RoW (2)

Total 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

8,740 

6,560 

200 

1,085 

133 

16,718 

Office

4,557 

813 

1,439 

32 

121 

6,962 

Retail

6,979 

1,501 

967 

84 

73 

9,604 

Industrial

3,078 

454 

43 

30 

13 

3,618 

Mixed/other

6,926 

3,556 

1,641 

3,416 

137 

15,676 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30,280 

12,884 

4,290 

4,647 

477 

52,578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

10,344 

6,701 

403 

996 

242 

18,686 

Office

6,112 

1,132 

1,851 

99 

176 

9,370 

Retail

7,529 

1,492 

1,450 

117 

129 

10,717 

Industrial

3,550 

476 

143 

39 

4,212 

Mixed/other

9,512 

3,785 

2,573 

4,010 

175 

20,055 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

37,047 

13,586 

6,420 

5,226 

761 

63,040 

                         

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes commercial real estate lending in Wealth as these loans are generally supported by personal guarantees in addition to collateral. This portfolio, which totalled £1.4 billion at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012 - £1.4 billion) continued to perform in line with expectations and required minimal provision.

(2)

ROI: Republic of Ireland; NI: Northern Ireland; RoW: Rest of World.

 

Credit quality metrics relating to commercial real estate lending were as follows:

 

  

Group

  

Non-Core

  

31 December

31 December

  

31 December

31 December

2013

2012

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

Lending (gross)

£52.6bn

£63.0bn

  

£19.3bn

£26.4bn

Of which REIL

£20.1bn

£22.1bn

  

£14.3bn

£17.1bn

Provisions

£13.2bn

£10.1bn

  

£10.6bn

£8.3bn

REIL as a % of gross loans to customers

38.2%

35.1%

  

74.1%

64.8%

Provisions as a % of REIL

66%

46%

  

74%

49%

 

Note:

(1)

Excludes property related lending to customers in other sectors managed by Real Estate Finance.

 

174

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Commercial real estate (continued) 

 

Key points

·

In line with Group strategy, the overall gross lending exposure to commercial real estate (CRE) fell by £10.4 billion, or 17%, during 2013 to £52.6 billion. Gross lending exposure is now almost half of the exposure of four years ago. The overall mix of geography, sub-sector and investment and development remained broadly unchanged.

 

 

·

A significant proportion of the decrease was in Non-Core and was due to repayments, asset sales and write-offs. The Non-Core portfolio totalled £19.3 billion (37% of the portfolio) at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012 - £26.4 billion or 42% of the portfolio).

 

 

·

CRE lending net of impairment provisions decreased by £13.5 billion or 26% in the year to £39.4 billion in part due to the increased impairment provisions recorded in Q4 2013 in Ulster Bank Non-Core, as part of the RCR creation and related strategy. Provision coverage on CRE REIL was 66% compared with 46% at the end of 2012.

 

 

·

The UK portfolio was focused on London and South East England. Approximately 47% of the portfolio was held in these areas at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012 - 43%).

 

The table below analyses commercial real estate (Core and Non-Core) lending by loan-to-value (LTV) ratio, which represents loan value before provisions relative to the value of the property financed.

  

Ulster Bank

  

Rest of the Group

  

Group

Loan-to-value ratio

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

<= 50%

124 

23 

147 

  

7,884 

262 

8,146 

  

8,008 

285 

8,293 

> 50% and <= 70%

271 

55 

326 

  

9,962 

582 

10,544 

  

10,233 

637 

10,870 

> 70% and <= 90%

282 

89 

371 

  

3,699 

1,272 

4,971 

  

3,981 

1,361 

5,342 

> 90% and <= 100%

86 

154 

240 

  

865 

368 

1,233 

  

951 

522 

1,473 

> 100% and <= 110%

121 

212 

333 

  

690 

627 

1,317 

  

811 

839 

1,650 

> 110% and <= 130%

238 

366 

604 

  

333 

1,334 

1,667 

  

571 

1,700 

2,271 

> 130% and <= 150%

102 

438 

540 

  

267 

1,161 

1,428 

  

369 

1,599 

1,968 

> 150%

319 

6,738 

7,057 

  

150 

2,629 

2,779 

  

469 

9,367 

9,836 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

1,543 

8,075 

9,618 

  

23,850 

8,235 

32,085 

  

25,393 

16,310 

41,703 

Minimal security (1)

3,144 

3,150 

  

54 

13 

67 

  

60 

3,157 

3,217 

Other (2)

144 

1,351 

1,495 

  

5,230 

933 

6,163 

  

5,374 

2,284 

7,658 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1,693 

12,570 

14,263 

  

29,134 

9,181 

38,315 

  

30,827 

21,751 

52,578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  average LTV (3)

121%

376%

335%

  

61%

149%

84%

  

65%

261%

142%

175

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Commercial real estate (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

Rest of the Group

  

Group

  

  

Non- 

  

  

  

Non- 

  

  

  

Non- 

  

  

Performing 

performing 

Total 

Performing 

performing 

Total 

Performing 

performing 

Total 

Loan-to-value ratio

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

<= 50%

141 

18 

159 

  

7,210 

281 

7,491 

  

7,351 

299 

7,650 

> 50% and <= 70%

309 

58 

367 

  

12,161 

996 

13,157 

  

12,470 

1,054 

13,524 

> 70% and <= 90%

402 

164 

566 

  

6,438 

1,042 

7,480 

  

6,840 

1,206 

8,046 

> 90% and <= 100%

404 

137 

541 

  

1,542 

2,145 

3,687 

  

1,946 

2,282 

4,228 

> 100% and <= 110%

111 

543 

654 

  

1,019 

1,449 

2,468 

  

1,130 

1,992 

3,122 

> 110% and <= 130%

340 

619 

959 

  

901 

1,069 

1,970 

  

1,241 

1,688 

2,929 

> 130% and <= 150%

353 

774 

1,127 

  

322 

913 

1,235 

  

675 

1,687 

2,362 

> 150%

1,000 

7,350 

8,350 

  

595 

1,962 

2,557 

  

1,595 

9,312 

10,907 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

3,060 

9,663 

12,723 

  

30,188 

9,857 

40,045 

  

33,248 

19,520 

52,768 

Minimal security (1)

1,615 

1,623 

  

13 

16 

  

11 

1,628 

1,639 

Other (2)

137 

811 

948 

  

6,494 

1,191 

7,685 

  

6,631 

2,002 

8,633 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

3,205 

12,089 

15,294 

  

36,685 

11,061 

47,746 

  

39,890 

23,150 

63,040 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  average LTV (3)

136%

286%

250%

  

65%

125%

80%

  

71%

206%

122%

 

Notes:

(1)

In 2012, the Group reclassified loans with limited (defined as LTV>1,000%) or non-physical security as minimal security, of which a majority were commercial real estate development loans in Ulster Bank. Total portfolio average LTV is quoted net of loans with minimal security given that the anticipated recovery rate is less than 10%. Provisions are marked against these loans where required to reflect the relevant asset quality and recovery profile.

(2)

Other non-performing loans of £2.3 billion (31 December 2012 - £2.0 billion) were subject to the Group’s standard provisioning policies. Other performing loans of £5.4 billion (31 December 2012 - £6.6 billion) included general corporate loans, typically unsecured, to commercial real estate companies, and major UK house builders in addition to facilities supported by guarantees.. The credit quality of these exposures was consistent with that of the performing portfolio overall.

(3)

Weighted average by exposure.

 

 

Key points

·

The reductions in the higher LTV buckets for the performing book were offset by the growth in these buckets in the non-performing book. Ulster Bank Group accounted for the majority of this deterioration and has addressed this through an increase in provisions (refer to the section on RCR). Ulster Bank Group's provision as a percentage of REIL stood at 76% at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012 - 57%). Valuations continued to be affected by difficult, although improving, market conditions, as well as refinements to the Group’s estimation approach.

 

 

·

Interest payable on outstanding loans was covered 3.1x and 1.6x within UK Corporate and International Banking, respectively, at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012 - 3.0x and 1.5x respectively). The US Retail & Commercial portfolio is managed on the basis of debt service coverage, which includes principal amortisation as well as interest payable. The average debt service coverage was 1.5x at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012 - 1.3x). As a number of different approaches are used across the Group and across geographies to calculate interest coverage ratios, they may not be comparable for different portfolio types and legal entities.

 

176

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios (continued) 

 

Residential mortgages

The table below analyses the mortgage portfolios and includes both Core and Non-Core. Total gross mortgage lending comprises 35% of the Group’s gross lending of £418 billion.

  

31 December

31 December

2013 

2012 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

UK Retail

99,338 

99,062 

Ulster Bank

19,034 

19,162 

RBS Citizens

19,584 

21,538 

Wealth

8,701 

8,786 

  

  

  

  

146,657 

148,548 

 

Refer to page 182 for further information on interest only loans.

177

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Residential mortgages (continued)

The table below shows LTVs for the Group’s residential mortgage portfolio split between performing (AQ1-AQ9) and non-performing (AQ10), with the average LTV calculated on a weighted value basis. Loan balances are shown as at the end of the year whereas property values are calculated using property index movements since the last formal valuation.

  

UK Retail

  

Ulster Bank

  

RBS Citizens (1)

  

Wealth

Loan-to-value ratio

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

<= 50%

26,392 

313 

26,705 

  

2,025 

170 

2,195 

  

4,669 

98 

4,767 

  

3,400 

16 

3,416 

> 50% and <= 70%

34,699 

591 

35,290 

  

1,837 

195 

2,032 

  

5,529 

89 

5,618 

  

3,397 

20 

3,417 

> 70% and <= 90%

28,920 

854 

29,774 

  

2,326 

288 

2,614 

  

5,553 

110 

5,663 

  

1,337 

44 

1,381 

> 90% and <= 100%

4,057 

315 

4,372 

  

1,214 

162 

1,376 

  

1,309 

39 

1,348 

  

87 

94 

> 100% and <= 110%

1,790 

182 

1,972 

  

1,302 

182 

1,484 

  

752 

22 

774 

  

87 

15 

102 

> 110% and <= 130%

552 

100 

652 

  

2,509 

461 

2,970 

  

637 

17 

654 

  

27 

33 

> 130% and <= 150%

37 

42 

  

2,202 

549 

2,751 

  

183 

188 

  

> 150%

  

2,385 

1,227 

3,612 

  

102 

106 

  

24 

30 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

96,447 

2,360 

98,807 

  

15,800 

3,234 

19,034 

  

18,734 

384 

19,118 

  

8,363 

118 

8,481 

Other (2)

511 

20 

531 

  

  

463 

466 

  

215 

220 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

96,958 

2,380 

99,338 

  

15,800 

3,234 

19,034 

  

19,197 

387 

19,584 

  

8,578 

123 

8,701 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio average LTV (3)

62%

75%

62%

  

103%

130%

108%

  

67%

69%

67%

  

51%

77%

51%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average LTV on new originations

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  during the year (3)

  

  

67%

  

  

  

73%

  

  

  

68%

  

  

  

52%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

178

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Residential mortgages (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

  

Ulster Bank

  

RBS Citizens (1)

  

Wealth

Loan-to-value ratio

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

<= 50%

22,306 

327 

22,633 

  

2,182 

274 

2,456 

  

4,167 

51 

4,218 

  

3,905 

3,914 

> 50% and <= 70%

27,408 

457 

27,865 

  

1,635 

197 

1,832 

  

4,806 

76 

4,882 

  

2,790 

12 

2,802 

> 70% and <= 90%

34,002 

767 

34,769 

  

2,019 

294 

2,313 

  

6,461 

114 

6,575 

  

1,080 

27 

1,107 

> 90% and <= 100%

7,073 

366 

7,439 

  

1,119 

156 

1,275 

  

2,011 

57 

2,068 

  

93 

100 

> 100% and <= 110%

3,301 

290 

3,591 

  

1,239 

174 

1,413 

  

1,280 

43 

1,323 

  

69 

13 

82 

> 110% and <= 130%

1,919 

239 

2,158 

  

2,412 

397 

2,809 

  

1,263 

42 

1,305 

  

49 

56 

> 130% and <= 150%

83 

26 

109 

  

2,144 

474 

2,618 

  

463 

14 

477 

  

16 

19 

> 150%

  

3,156 

1,290 

4,446 

  

365 

14 

379 

  

29 

32 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

96,092 

2,472 

98,564 

  

15,906 

3,256 

19,162 

  

20,816 

411 

21,227 

  

8,031 

81 

8,112 

Other (2)

486 

12 

498 

  

  

292 

19 

311 

  

674 

674 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

96,578 

2,484 

99,062 

  

15,906 

3,256 

19,162 

  

21,108 

430 

21,538 

  

8,705 

81 

8,786 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio average LTV (3)

66%

80%

67%

  

108%

132%

112%

  

75%

86%

75%

  

51%

78%

51%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average LTV on new originations

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  during the year (3)

  

  

65%

  

  

  

74%

  

  

  

64%

  

  

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines (refer to page 181 for a breakdown of balances).

(2)

Where no indexed LTV is held.

(3)

Average LTV weighted by value is calculated using the LTV on each individual mortgage and applying a weighting based on the value of each mortgage.

 

179

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Residential mortgages (continued) 

 

Key points

 

UK Retail

·

The UK Retail mortgage portfolio was £99.3 billion at 31 December 2013, an increase of 0.3% from 31 December 2012. The mortgages included £9.1 billion (31 December 2012 - £7.9 billion) of residential buy-to-let lending.

 

 

·

As at 31 December 2013, approximately 43% of the portfolio consisted of fixed rate, 5% a combination of fixed and variable rates and the remainder were variable rate mortgages (including those on managed rates). The interest only proportion of the total portfolio was 26%.

 

 

·

Gross new mortgage lending amounted to £14.4 billion and the average LTV by volume was 62.7% compared to 61.3% at 31 December 2012. The average LTV calculated by weighted LTV of lending was 66.6% (31 December 2012 - 65.2%).

 

 

·

Based on the Halifax Price Index at September 2013, the portfolio-average indexed LTV by volume was 54.1% (31 December 2012 - 58.1%) and 62.0% by weighted value of debt outstanding (31 December 2012 - 66.8%). The ratio of total outstanding balances to total indexed property valuations was 45.1% (31 December 2012 - 48.5%).

 

 

·

All new mortgage business is subject to a comprehensive assessment. This includes: i) an affordability test which includes a stressed interest rate that is higher than the customer pay rate; ii) credit scoring; iii) a maximum loan-to-value of 90% with the exception of the UK Government backed schemes Help-to-Buy (from Q4 2013), New Buy and My New Home products where lending of up to 95% is provided; and iv) a range of policy rules that restrict the availability of credit to borrowers with higher risk characteristics, for example highly indebted and/or adverse payment behaviour on previous borrowings.

 

 

·

The arrears rate (defined as more than three payments in arrears, excluding repossessions and shortfalls post property sale), fell to 1.3% (31 December 2012 - 1.5%). The number of properties repossessed in 2013 was 1,532 compared with 1,426 in 2012. Arrears rates remained sensitive to economic developments and benefited from the low interest rate environment.

 

 

·

The impairment charge for mortgage loans was £30 million for 2013 compared to £92 million in 2012, reflecting a lower level of defaults and reduced loss rates as valuations improved on properties held as security on defaulted debt.

 

Ulster Bank

·

Ulster Bank’s residential mortgage portfolio was £19.0 billion at 31 December 2013, with 88% in the Republic of Ireland and 12% in Northern Ireland. At constant exchange rates, the portfolio decreased 2.5% from 31 December 2012 as a result of amortisation and limited growth due to low market demand.

 

 

·

The assets included £2.2 billion (12%) of residential buy-to-let loans. The interest rate product mix was approximately 68% on tracker rate products, 23% on variable rate products and 9% on fixed rate. Interest only represented 11% of the total portfolio.

 

 

·

The average individual LTV on new originations was 73% in 2013, (31 December 2012 - 74%); the volume of new business remained very low. The maximum LTV available to Ulster Bank customers was 90% with the exception of a specific Northern Ireland scheme which permits LTVs of up to 95% (although Ulster Bank’s exposure is capped at 85% LTV).

180

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Residential mortgages (continued) 

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Ulster Bank (continued) 

·

The portfolio average indexed LTV fell 4% during 2013 and reflected positive house price index trends over the last 12 months.

 

 

·

Refer to the Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core) section on page 188 for commentary on mortgage REIL and impairments.

 

RBS Citizens

·

RBS Citizens residential real estate portfolio was £19.6 billion at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012 - £21.5 billion). The Core business comprised 91% of the portfolio. The real estate portfolio consisted of £5.9 billion (£5.6 billion Core vs. £0.3 billion Non-Core) of first lien residential mortgages (1% in second lien position) and £13.5 billion (£12.0 billion Core vs. £1.5 billion Non-Core) of home equity loans and lines (first and second liens). Home equity Core consisted of 49% in first lien position while Non-Core consisted of 95% in second lien position.

 

 

·

RBS Citizens continued to focus on its ‘footprint states’ of New England, Mid Atlantic and Mid West regions. At 31 December 2013, the portfolio consisted of £16.4 billion (84% of the total portfolio) within footprint.

 

 

·

Of the total real estate portfolio, of £1.8 billion in Non-Core, the serviced-by-others (SBO) element was the largest component (76%). The SBO book decreased from £1.8 billion at 31 December 2012 to £1.4 billion at 31 December 2013 and was closed to new purchases in the third quarter of 2007. The arrears rate of the SBO portfolio decreased from 1.9% at 31 December 2012 to 1.6% at 31 December 2013 reflecting portfolio liquidation as well as more effective account servicing and collections. The charge-off rate also continued to decrease (4.4% annualised at Q4 2013 compared to 7.4% at 31 December 2012).

 

 

·

The weighted average LTV of the portfolio decreased from 75% at 31 December 2012 to 67% at 31 December 2013, driven by increases in the Case-Shiller Home Price Index from Q3 2012 to Q4 2013. The weighted average LTV of the portfolio, excluding SBO, was 64%.

 

181

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios (continued) 

 

Interest only retail loans

The Group’s interest only retail loan portfolios include interest only mortgage lending in UK Retail, Ulster Bank, Wealth and RBS Citizens’ portfolios of home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and interest only mortgage portfolios.

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Mortgages 

Other loans 

  

Mortgages 

Other loans (1)

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Variable rate

34.8 

1.3 

  

38.5 

1.5 

Fixed rate

8.0 

0.1 

  

8.1 

0.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest only loans

42.8 

1.4 

  

46.6 

1.6 

Mixed repayment (2)

8.3 

  

8.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

51.1 

1.4 

  

55.4 

1.6 

 

Notes:

(1)

The other loans category for 2012 has been restated to exclude non-personal interest only loans within Wealth division.

(2)

Mortgages with partial interest only and partial capital repayments.

 

The Group reduced its exposure to interest only mortgages. UK Retail ceased offering interest only mortgages to residential owner-occupied customers with effect from 1 December 2012. Interest only repayment remains an option for buy-to-let mortgages. Ulster Bank withdrew interest only as a standard mortgage offering for new lending in the Republic of Ireland in 2010 and in Northern Ireland in 2012. Interest only mortgages are now granted on a very limited basis to high net worth customers or as part of its forbearance programme. RBS Citizens offers its customers interest only mortgages and conventional HELOC that enter an amortising repayment period after the interest only period. Wealth offers interest only mortgages to its high net worth customers.

 

The Group recognises impairment provisions in respect of loans in its interest only portfolios (UK Retail - 2 years; RBS Citizens - 1 year) that are approaching their contractual maturity based on historical analysis and customer behaviour. These impairment provisions are refreshed as new trends and data become available.

 

182

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Interest only retail loans (continued)

 

The tables below analyse the Group’s interest only mortgage and HELOC portfolios (excluding mixed repayment mortgages) by type, by contractual year of maturity and by originating division.

  

 2014 (1)

2015-16 

2017-21 

2022-26 

2027-31 

2032-41 

After 

Total 

 2041 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Bullet principal repayment (2)

0.9 

2.1 

6.0 

7.6 

7.9 

7.5 

0.5 

32.5 

Conversion to amortising (2,3)

1.9 

6.0 

2.2 

0.1 

0.1 

10.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

2.8 

8.1 

8.2 

7.7 

7.9 

7.6 

0.5 

42.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 (4) 

2014-15 

2016-20 

2021-25 

2026-30 

2031-40 

After 

Total 

  

 2040 

31 December 2012

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Bullet principal repayment (2)

1.4 

2.9 

6.8 

5.9 

8.1 

9.9 

0.7 

35.7 

Conversion to amortising (2,3)

0.5 

1.7 

5.8 

2.7 

0.1 

0.1 

10.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1.9 

4.6 

12.6 

8.6 

8.2 

10.0 

0.7 

46.6 

 

Notes:

(1)

2014 includes pre-2014 maturity exposure.

(2)

Includes £2.3 billion (31 December 2012 - £2.2 billion) of repayment mortgages that have been granted interest only concessions (forbearance).

(3)

Maturity date relates to the expiry of the interest only period.

(4)

2013 includes pre-2013 maturity exposure.

 

  

Bullet 

  

Total 

Proportion of

principal 

Conversion 

 mortgage 

 repayment 

 to amortising 

 lending 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail (1)

25.4 

25.4 

25.6 

Ulster Bank

0.7 

1.4 

2.1 

11.0 

RBS Citizens

0.4 

8.9 

9.3 

47.5 

Wealth

6.0 

6.0 

69.0 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

32.5 

10.3 

42.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

28.1 

28.1 

28.4 

Ulster Bank

1.4 

1.8 

3.2 

16.7 

RBS Citizens

0.5 

9.0 

9.5 

44.1 

Wealth

5.7 

0.1 

5.8 

66.0 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

35.7 

10.9 

46.6 

  

 

Note:

(1)

UK Retail also has exposure of £7.7 billion to customers who have a combination of repayment types, capital repayments and interest only.

 

183

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Interest only retail loans (continued)

 

UK Retail

UK Retail’s interest only mortgages require full principal repayment (bullet) at the time of maturity. Typically such loans have remaining terms of between 15 and 20 years. Customers are reminded of the need to have an adequate repayment vehicle in place throughout the mortgage term.

 

Of the bullet loans that matured in the six months to 30 June 2013, 53% had been fully repaid by 31 December 2013. The unpaid balance totalled £51 million, 96% of which continued to meet agreed payment arrangements  (including balances that have been restructured on a capital and interest basis within eight months of the contract date; customers are allowed eight months leeway for their investment plan to mature and cashed in to repay the mortgage). Of the £51 million unpaid balance, 56% of the loans had an indexed LTV of 70% or less with only 14% above 90%. Customers may be offered a short extension to the term of an interest only mortgage or a conversion of an interest only mortgage to one featuring repayment of both capital and interest, subject to affordability and characteristics such as the customers’ income and ultimate repayment vehicle. The majority of term extensions in UK Retail are classified as forbearance.

 

Ulster Bank

Ulster Bank’s interest only mortgages require full principal repayment (bullet) at the time of maturity; or payment of both capital and interest from the end of the interest only period, typically seven years, so that customers meet their contractual repayment obligations. For bullet customers, contact strategies are in place to remind them of the need to repay principal at the end of the mortgage term.

 

Of the bullet mortgages that matured in the six months to 30 June 2013 (£1.2 million), 20% had fully repaid by 31 December 2013 leaving residual balances of £0.9 million, 78% of which were meeting the terms of a revised repayment schedule. Of the amortising loans that matured in the six months to 30 June 2013 (£65 million), 69% were either fully repaid or meeting the terms of a revised repayment schedule.

 

Ulster Bank also offers temporary interest only periods to customers as part of its forbearance programme. An interest only period of up to two years is permitted after which the customer enters an amortising repayment period following further assessment of the customer’s circumstances. The affordability assessment conducted at the end of the forbearance period takes into consideration the repayment of the arrears that have accumulated based on original terms during the forbearance period. The customer’s delinquency status does not deteriorate further while forbearance repayments are maintained. Term extensions in respect of existing interest only mortgages are offered only under a forbearance arrangement.

 

RBS Citizens

RBS Citizens has a book of interest only bullet repayment HELOC loans (£0.4 billion at 31 December 2013) for which repayment of principal is due at maturity, and an interest only portfolio that comprises loans that convert to amortising after an interest only period that is typically 10 years (£8.9 billion at December 2013 of which £8.0 billion are HELOCs). The majority of the bullet loans are due to mature between 2014 and 2015. Of the bullet loans that matured in the six months to 30 June 2013, 50% had fully repaid or are current as of 31 December 2013. The residual balances (modified, delinquent, and charged-off) made up £21 million. For those loans that convert to amortising, the typical uplift in payments is currently 210% (average uplift calculated at £132 per month). Delinquency rates have shown a modest increase in the over 30 days arrears rate. 

 

184

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Interest only retail loans (continued)

 

The tables below analyse the Group’s retail mortgage and HELOC portfolios between interest only mortgages (excluding mixed repayment mortgages) and other mortgage loans.

  

Interest only

  

  

31 December 2013

Bullet principal

Conversion

  

  

repayment

to amortising

Other

Total

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

Arrears status

  

  

  

  

Curren

31.2 

9.6 

97.0 

137.8 

1 to 90 days in arrears

0.7 

0.4 

2.8 

3.9 

90+ days in arrears

0.6 

0.3 

4.1 

5.0 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

32.5 

10.3 

103.9 

146.7 

 

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Arrears status

  

  

  

  

Curren

34.4 

10.0 

94.4 

138.8 

1 to 90 days in arrears

0.6 

0.4 

3.3 

4.3 

90+ days in arrears

0.7 

0.5 

4.2 

5.4 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

35.7 

10.9 

101.9 

148.5 

 

 

 

 

31 December 2013

Interest 

  

  

 only 

Other 

Total

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

Current LTV

  

  

  

<= 50%

10.8 

26.3 

37.1 

> 50% and <= 70%

14.6 

31.8 

46.4 

> 70% and <= 90%

10.8 

28.6 

39.4 

> 90% and <= 100%

2.6 

4.6 

7.2 

> 100% and <= 110%

1.5 

2.8 

4.3 

> 110% and <= 130%

0.9 

3.4 

4.3 

> 130% and <= 150%

0.5 

2.5 

3.0 

> 150%

0.7 

3.1 

3.8 

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

42.4 

103.1 

145.5 

Other

0.4 

0.8 

1.2 

  

  

  

  

Total

42.8 

103.9 

146.7 

               

 

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Current LTV

  

  

  

<= 50%

10.3 

22.9 

33.2 

> 50% and <= 70%

12.4 

25.0 

37.4 

> 70% and <= 90%

13.6 

31.2 

44.8 

> 90% and <= 100%

3.6 

7.3 

10.9 

> 100% and <= 110%

2.4 

4.0 

6.4 

> 110% and <= 130%

2.0 

4.3 

6.3 

> 130% and <= 150%

0.8 

2.4 

3.2 

> 150%

1.2 

3.7 

4.9 

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

46.3 

100.8 

147.1 

Other

0.3 

1.1 

1.4 

  

  

  

  

Total

46.6 

101.9 

148.5 

 

185

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios (continued) 

 

Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core)

 

Overview

At 31 December 2013, Ulster Bank Group accounted for 10% of the Group’s total gross loans to customers (31 December 2012 - 10%) and 8% of the Group’s Core gross loans to customers (31 December 2012 - 8%) Ulster Bank’s financial performance continued to be impacted by the challenging economic climate in Ireland, with impairments remaining elevated in the wholesale bank as a result of limited liquidity in the economy which continues to depress the property market and domestic spending. Additionally, in Q4 2013 the Group announced a recovery strategy for loans transferring to RCR. This resulted in a significant increase in provisions as the move from a through the cycle strategy to a 3 year deleverage, reduced expected realisations.

 

The impairment charge of £4,793 million for 2013 (31 December 2012 - £2,340 million) was driven by a combination of new defaulting customers and higher provisions on existing defaulted cases due primarily to the above mentioned RCR strategy. Provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending increased to 76% in 2013, from 57% in 2012, predominantly as a result of this change in strategy, combined with the deterioration in the value of the Non-Core commercial real estate development portfolio.

 

Core

The impairment charge for the year of £1,774 million (31 December 2012 - £1,364 million) reflected the difficult economic climate in Ireland, and most particularly the RCR deleverage strategy across the corporate portfolios. The mortgage portfolio improved notably in 2013, accounting for £235 million (13%) of the total 2013 impairment charge (31 December 2012 - £646 million) due to lower debt flows driven by improved collections performance and stabilising residential property prices.

 

Non-Core

The impairment charge for the year was £3,019 million (31 December 2012 - £976 million), with the commercial real estate sector accounting for £2,674 million (89%) of the total 2013 impairment charge, again reflecting the RCR strategy. 

 

 

186

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core) (continued)

 

The table below analyses Ulster Bank Group’s loans, REIL, impairments and related credit metrics by sector.

 

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

  

REIL

Provisions

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

  

  

Gross

% of gross

as a % of

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

loans

REIL

gross loans

charge (1)

written-off

Sector analysis

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19,034 

3,235 

1,725 

17.0 

53 

9.1 

235 

34 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3,419 

2,288 

1,151 

66.9 

50 

33.7 

593 

51 

  - development

718 

472 

331 

65.7 

70 

46.1 

153 

Other corporate

7,039 

2,277 

1,984 

32.3 

87 

28.2 

771 

149 

Other lending

1,236 

194 

187 

15.7 

96 

15.1 

22 

39 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31,446 

8,466 

5,378 

26.9 

64 

17.1 

1,774 

277 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3,211 

3,006 

2,162 

93.6 

72 

67.3 

837 

53 

  - development 

6,915 

6,757 

6,158 

97.7 

91 

89.1 

1,837 

370 

Other corporate

1,479 

1,209 

1,069 

81.7 

88 

72.3 

345 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

11,605 

10,972 

9,389 

94.5 

86 

80.9 

3,019 

429 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank Group

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19,034 

3,235 

1,725 

17.0 

53 

9.1 

235 

34 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

6,630 

5,294 

3,313 

79.8 

63 

50.0 

1,430 

104 

  - development

7,633 

7,229 

6,489 

94.7 

90 

85.0 

1,990 

374 

Other corporate

8,518 

3,486 

3,053 

40.9 

88 

35.8 

1,116 

155 

Other lending

1,236 

194 

187 

15.7 

96 

15.1 

22 

39 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

43,051 

19,438 

14,767 

45.2 

76 

34.3 

4,793 

706 

187

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core) (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

  

REIL

Provisions

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

  

  

Gross

% of gross

as a % of

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

loans

REIL

gross loans

charge

written-off

Sector analysis

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19,162 

3,147 

1,525 

16.4 

48 

8.0 

646 

22 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3,575 

1,551 

593 

43.4 

38 

16.6 

221 

  - development

729 

369 

197 

50.6 

53 

27.0 

55 

Other corporate

7,772 

2,259 

1,394 

29.1 

62 

17.9 

389 

15 

Other lending

1,414 

207 

201 

14.6 

97 

14.2 

53 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

32,652 

7,533 

3,910 

23.1 

52 

12.0 

1,364 

72 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3,383 

2,800 

1,433 

82.8 

51 

42.4 

288 

15 

  - development 

7,607 

7,286 

4,720 

95.8 

65 

62.0 

611 

103 

Other corporate

1,570 

1,230 

711 

78.3 

58 

45.3 

77 

23 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12,560 

11,316 

6,864 

90.1 

61 

54.6 

976 

141 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank Group

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19,162 

3,147 

1,525 

16.4 

48 

8.0 

646 

22 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

6,958 

4,351 

2,026 

62.5 

47 

29.1 

509 

15 

  - development

8,336 

7,655 

4,917 

91.8 

64 

59.0 

666 

105 

Other corporate

9,342 

3,489 

2,105 

37.3 

60 

22.5 

466 

38 

Other lending

1,414 

207 

201 

14.6 

97 

14.2 

53 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

45,212 

18,849 

10,774 

41.7 

57 

23.8 

2,340 

213 

 

Note:

(1)

Of which £3.2 billion due to RCR and the related change of strategy.

 

Key points

·

The commercial real estate lending portfolio for Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core) totalled £14.3 billion at 31 December 2013, of which £10.1 billion or 71% was in Non-Core. The geographic split of the total Ulster Bank Group commercial real estate portfolio remained similar to 2012 with 64% (31 December 2012 - 63%) in the Republic of Ireland, 26% (31 December 2012 - 26%) in Northern Ireland, 10% (31 December 2012 - 11%) in the UK (excluding Northern Ireland) and the balance (0.1%) in Rest of World (primarily Europe).

 

 

·

Provisions covered CRE REIL by 78%, up from 58% at the end of 2012, with the investment portfolio being covered 80% and the development portfolio 95%.

 

 

·

Of the total corporate impairment charge recorded during H2 2013 of £3.9 billion, £3.4 billion related to all loans that will be transferred to RCR, of which £2.9 billion relates to commercial real estate loans and £0.5 billion relates to corporate loans.

 

188

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Key loan portfolios: Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core) (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Investment

  

Development

  

  

Commercial 

Residential 

  

Commercial 

Residential 

Total 

Commercial real estate

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

ROI

3,227 

806 

  

1,402 

3,684 

9,119 

NI

1,083 

223 

  

517 

1,848 

3,671 

UK (excluding NI)

1,232 

50 

  

56 

112 

1,450 

RoW

  

23 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5,551 

1,079 

  

1,983 

5,650 

14,263 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

ROI

3,546 

779 

  

1,603 

3,653 

9,581 

NI

1,083 

210 

  

631 

2,059 

3,983 

UK (excluding NI)

1,239 

86 

  

82 

290 

1,697 

RoW

14 

  

10 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5,882 

1,076 

  

2,324 

6,012 

15,294 

 

Key points

·

Commercial real estate continued to be the primary sector driving the Ulster Bank Group defaulted loan book. Exposure to the sector fell during 2013 by £1.0 billion, reflecting Ulster Bank’s continuing strategy to reduce concentration risk in this sector. 

 

 

·

The outlook for the property sector remains challenging. While there may be some signs of stabilisation in main urban centres, the outlook continues to be negative for secondary property locations on the island of Ireland.

 

 

·

Ulster Bank experienced further migration of commercial real estate exposures to its problem management framework, where various measures may be agreed to assist customers whose loans are performing, but who are experiencing temporary financial difficulties.

 

Residential mortgages

Mortgage lending portfolio analysis by country of location of the underlying security is set out below.

 

  

31 December

31 December

2013 

2012 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

ROI

16,779 

16,873 

NI

2,255 

2,289 

  

  

  

  

19,034 

19,162 

189

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Market risk

 

Trading portfolios

The tables below analyse the internal VaR for the Group’s trading portfolios segregated by type of market risk exposure, and split between Core, Non-Core and counterparty exposure management (CEM).

 

  

Year ended

  

31 December 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

Trading VaR

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

37.2 

44.1 

78.2 

19.1 

  

62.6 

75.6 

95.7 

40.8 

Credit spread

60.0 

37.3 

86.8 

33.3 

  

69.2 

74.1 

94.9 

44.9 

Currency

8.6 

6.5 

20.6 

3.6 

  

10.3 

7.6 

21.3 

2.6 

Equity

5.8 

4.1 

12.8 

3.2 

  

6.0 

3.9 

12.5 

1.7 

Commodity

0.9 

0.5 

3.7 

0.3 

  

2.0 

1.5 

6.0 

0.9 

Diversification (1)

  

(23.7)

  

  

  

  

(55.4)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

79.3 

68.8 

118.8 

42.1 

  

97.3 

107.3 

137.0 

66.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

64.2 

52.4 

104.6 

35.6 

  

74.6 

88.1 

118.0 

47.4 

Non-Core

19.3 

15.2 

24.9 

14.9 

  

30.1 

22.8 

41.9 

22.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CEM

58.1 

43.5 

85.4 

39.4 

  

78.5 

84.9 

86.0 

71.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding CEM)

37.2 

33.6 

60.4 

19.1 

  

47.1 

57.6 

76.4 

32.2 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

31 December 2013

  

30 September 2013

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

Trading VaR

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

32.3 

44.1 

44.1 

19.1 

  

36.1 

32.8 

43.6 

24.7 

Credit spread

40.5 

37.3 

48.4 

33.3 

  

53.9 

44.9 

60.3 

44.9 

Currency

5.9 

6.5 

9.6 

3.6 

  

6.4 

7.6 

9.8 

4.3 

Equity

4.3 

4.1 

12.6 

3.2 

  

5.4 

4.5 

7.2 

4.2 

Commodity

0.7 

0.5 

2.5 

0.4 

  

0.5 

0.6 

1.9 

0.3 

Diversification (1)

  

(23.7)

  

  

  

  

(31.3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

58.6 

68.8 

69.7 

42.1 

  

66.1 

59.1 

84.3 

54.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

44.1 

52.4 

54.4 

35.6 

  

52.4 

46.3 

68.4 

44.2 

Non-Core

15.7 

15.2 

17.7 

14.9 

  

19.4 

17.6 

21.8 

17.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CEM

43.9 

43.5 

46.2 

39.4 

  

50.8 

42.8 

58.0 

40.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding CEM)

25.0 

33.6 

33.6 

19.1 

  

29.4 

26.7 

38.3 

25.4 

 

Note:

(1)

The Group benefits from diversification as it reduces risk by allocating positions across various financial instrument types, currencies and markets. The extent of the diversification benefit depends on the correlation between the assets and risk factors in the portfolio at a particular time. The diversification factor is the sum of the VaR on individual risk types less the total portfolio VaR.

 

Details on methodology and governance are in the Group’s 2013 20-F, Risk and balance sheet management - Market risk section.

 

190

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Market risk: Trading portfolios (continued)

 

Key points

·

The Group’s period-end and average interest rate VaR declined in 2013 compared with 2012. The reduction was mainly seen in Q1 2013, when the rates desk significantly de-risked its exposures and repositioned itself to manage concentrations. In addition, CEM’s contribution to VaR decreased due to improvements in the capture of valuation adjustment risk within VaR metrics. The volatility seen in the second half was also due to rate volatility reflecting Bank of England and European Central Bank rate announcements and a US Federal Reserve announcement regarding tapering of its quantitative easing programme.

 

 

·

The Group’s period-end and average credit spread VaR declined in 2013 compared with 2012. This decline was driven by an ongoing reduction in inventory as part of Group-wide efforts to reduce RWAs ahead of CRD IV implementation. Risk reduction during the first half of the year was aided by the flow business reducing the complexity of its trading operations. In the second half of the year, the VaR decrease was driven by a reduction in the asset-backed securities inventory.

 

 

·

The Group's Core and CEM period-end and average VaR declined, driven by the declines in the interest rate and credit spread VaR.

 

 

·

The decrease in average and period-end Non-Core VaR reflects the Group’s risk reduction strategy.

 

 

·

During H2 2013, some positions from businesses were migrated to the newly created Run-off and Recovery (ROR) unit in Markets. At 31 December 2013, the VaR on the ROR business was £6.0 million.

 

Non-trading VaR

The average VaR for the Group’s non-traded book, excluding the structured credit portfolio (see below) and predominantly comprising available-for-sale portfolios in Markets and Non-Core, was £9.2 million during 2013 compared with £11.8 million during 2012. Period-end VaR at 31 December 2013 decreased to £5.0 million compared with £9.5 million at 31 December 2012. VaR initially increased in Q1 2013 reflecting changes to the call assumptions on some Dutch RMBS, thereby extending their weighted average life. This increase was offset during Q3 2013 as the issuer bought back some of these securities, resulting in a net decrease in VaR for the year as a whole.

 

Other portfolios

The structured credit portfolio in Non-Core is measured on a notional and fair value basis because of its illiquid nature. Notional and fair value decreased to £0.7 billion and £0.5 billion respectively (Q4 2012 - £2.0 billion and £1.5 billion), reflecting the sale of underlying assets across all categories, in line with Non-Core strategy.

191

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Market risk (continued) 

 

Non-traded interest rate risk

Non-traded interest rate risk impacts earnings arising from the Group’s banking activities. This excludes positions in financial instruments which are classified as held-for-trading, or hedging items.

 

The methodology relating to interest rate risk is detailed in the Group’s 2013 20-F.

 

Value-at-risk

VaR metrics are based on interest rate repricing gap reports as at the reporting date. These incorporate customer products and associated funding and hedging transactions as well as non-financial assets and liabilities such as property, plant and equipment, capital and reserves. Behavioural assumptions are applied as appropriate.

 

VaR does not provide a dynamic measurement of interest rate risk since static underlying repricing gap positions are assumed. Changes in customer behaviour under varying interest rate scenarios are captured by way of earnings at risk measures. VaR relating to non-traded interest rate risk for the Group’s Retail & Commercial banking activities at a 99% confidence level and a currency analysis at the period end were as follows:

 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

45 

51 

57 

30 

31 December 2012

46 

21 

65 

20 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December

31 December

  

  

2013 

2012 

  

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

Euro

  

  

19 

Sterling

  

  

19 

17 

US dollar

  

  

44 

15 

Other

  

  

 

Key points

·

Period end interest rate VaR was higher at 31 December 2013 than at 31 December 2012. Average VaR was relatively unchanged.

 

 

·

The overall year-on-year increase in VaR mainly reflected an increase in the duration of the Group’s balance sheet - that is, greater economic exposure to longer-term interest rates - as described in more detail below.

 

 

·

Euro VaR fell, reflecting action taken to reduce the Group’s exposure to euro-denominated fixed-rate assets.

 

 

·

US dollar VaR rose, reflecting action taken by US Retail & Commercial to reduce earnings sensitivity to movements in short term dollar interest rates.

 

 

·

These movements remained well within the Group’s approved market risk appetite.

 

192

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Market risk (continued) 

 

Sensitivity of net interest income

Earnings sensitivity to rate movements is derived from a central forecast over a twelve month period. Market implied forward rates and new business volume, mix and pricing consistent with business assumptions are used to generate a base case earnings forecast.

 

The following table shows the sensitivity of net interest income, over the next twelve months, to an immediate upward or downward change of 100 basis points to all interest rates. In addition, the table includes the impact of a gradual 400 basis point steepening (bear steepener) and a gradual 300 basis point flattening (bull flattener) of the yield curve at tenors greater than a year.

 

The scenarios represent annualised interest rate stresses of a scale deemed sufficient to trigger a modification in customer behaviour. The asymmetry in the steepening and flattening scenarios reflects the difference in the expected behaviour of interest rates as they approach zero.

 

  

Euro 

Sterling 

US dollar 

Other 

Total 

31 December 2013

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

+ 100 basis point shift in yield curves

59 

416 

175 

31 

681 

– 100 basis point shift in yield curves

(29)

(333)

(82)

(15)

(459)

Bear steepener

  

  

  

  

403 

Bull flattener

  

  

  

  

(273)

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

+ 100 basis point shift in yield curves

(29)

472 

119 

27 

589 

– 100 basis point shift in yield curves

(20)

(257)

(29)

(11)

(317)

Bear steepener

  

  

  

  

216 

Bull flattener

  

  

  

  

(77)

 

Key points

·

The Group's interest rate exposure remains asset sensitive, such that rising rates will have a positive impact on its net interest income.

 

 

·

The Group’s increased sensitivity to parallel shifts in the yield curve over a twelve month horizon primarily reflects the higher volume of structural hedges maturing in 2014 relative to 2013. This reflects the maturity profile of legacy hedges. If rates were to rise, these would be reinvested at higher rates, with an upward impact on net interest income. This increased sensitivity also reflects changes in underlying pricing assumptions for customer loans and deposits.

 

 

·

The increased sensitivity to the steepening and flattening scenarios is also primarily driven by the maturity profile of structural hedges.

 

193

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Market risk (continued)

 

Structural hedging

Banks generally have the benefit of a significant pool of stable, non and low interest bearing liabilities, principally comprising equity and money transmission accounts. These balances are usually hedged, either by investing directly in longer-term fixed rate assets, either directly or by the use of interest rate swaps, in order to provide a consistent and predictable revenue stream.

 

The Group targets a weighted average life for these economic hedges. This is accomplished using a continuous rolling maturity programme to achieve the desired profile and is primarily managed by Group Treasury. The maturity profile of the hedge aims to reduce the potential sensitivity of income to rate movements. The structural hedging programme is Group wide, capturing the position within the UK banking group and regulated subsidiaries in other jurisdictions.

 

Product hedging

Product structural hedges are used to minimise volatility on earnings related to specific products, primarily money transmission accounts.

 

The table below shows the element of net interest income (NII) associated with product hedges managed by Group Treasury, relating to the main UK banking divisions except Wealth. The amounts represent the incremental contribution of the hedge relative to the LIBOR cash rate.

 

  

31 December 

31 December

  

2013 

2012 

NII

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

Product hedges

  

  

UK Retail

306 

359 

UK Corporate

206 

214 

International Banking

73 

83 

  

  

  

Total product hedges

585 

656 

 

Key point

·

The yield on product structural hedges declined in 2013 due to the low interest rate environment as maturing hedges were reinvested at lower interest rates.

 

Equity hedging

Equity structural hedges are used to minimise the impact of earnings volatility on equity. These hedges contributed £0.8 billion to the UK banking divisions in 2013 (31 December 2012 - £0.8 billion), which is an incremental benefit relative to LIBOR cash rates.

.

194

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Foreign exchange risk: Structural foreign currency exposures

The Group does not maintain material non-traded open currency positions other than the structural foreign currency translation exposures arising from its investments in foreign subsidiaries and associates and their related currency funding.

 

The table below shows the Group’s structural foreign currency exposures.

 

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Structural 

  

  

  

  

  

  

foreign 

  

Residual 

Net 

  

Net 

  

currency 

  

structural 

assets of 

  

investments 

Net 

exposures 

  

foreign 

overseas 

RFS 

in foreign 

investment 

pre-economic 

Economic 

currency 

operations 

MI 

operations 

hedges 

hedges 

hedges (1) 

exposures 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

US dollar

16,176 

16,176 

(1,581)

14,595 

(3,808)

10,787 

Euro

6,606 

6,597 

(190)

6,407 

(2,226)

4,181 

Other non-sterling

4,233 

372 

3,861 

(3,185)

676 

676 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

27,015 

381 

26,634 

(4,956)

21,678 

(6,034)

15,644 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

US dollar

17,313 

17,312 

(2,476)

14,836 

(3,897)

10,939 

Euro

8,903 

8,901 

(636)

8,265 

(2,179)

6,086 

Other non-sterling

4,754 

260 

4,494 

(3,597)

897 

897 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30,970 

263 

30,707 

(6,709)

23,998 

(6,076)

17,922 

 

Note:

(1)

Economic hedges represent US dollar and euro preference shares in issue that are treated as equity under IFRS and do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes.

 

Key points

·

The Group’s structural foreign currency exposure at 31 December 2013 was £21.7 billion and £15.6 billion before and after economic hedges, respectively, both £2.3 billion lower than at 31 December 2012. Movements in structural foreign currency exposure are significantly driven by movements in net assets of overseas operations.

 

 

·

Net assets of overseas operations declined by £4.0 billion largely due to increased impairments in Ulster Bank Group and capital restructuring in US Retail & Commercial. Sterling strength also contributed approximately £0.5 billion to the reduction.

 

 

·

Net investment hedges were reduced broadly in line with the reduction in net investments.

 

 

·

Economic hedges remained broadly unchanged.

 

 

·

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates affect equity in proportion to structural foreign currency exposure. A 5% strengthening in foreign currencies against sterling would result in a gain of £1.1 billion in equity (31 December 2012 - £1.3 billion), while a 5% weakening would result in a loss of £1.0 billion in equity (31 December 2012 - £1.2 billion).

 

195

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Country risk

Country risk is the risk of losses occurring as a result of either a country event or unfavourable country operating conditions. As country events may simultaneously affect all or many individual exposures to a country, country event risk is a concentration risk. For other types of concentration risks such as product, sector or single-name concentration, refer to the Credit risk section.

 

Overview

The comments below refer to changes for the full year 2013 unless indicated otherwise.

 

·

During 2013, the US dollar depreciated by 2.3% against sterling, whereas the euro appreciated by 2.2%, impacting exposures.

 

 

·

Balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures to nearly all countries declined across all broad product categories. This was because the Group maintained a cautious stance and many clients reduced debt levels. Non-Core lending declined in most countries, particularly in Spain, the Netherlands, France and Romania, reflecting the Group’s risk reduction strategy.

 

 

·

Most of the Group’s country risk exposure is in International Banking (primarily trade facilities, other lending and off-balance sheet exposure to corporates and financial institutions); Markets (principally derivatives and securities financing transactions with financial institutions, and HFT debt securities); Ulster Bank (mostly lending to consumers and corporates in Ireland); and Group Treasury (largely cash balances at central banks and AFS debt securities including Spanish cedulas).

 

 

·

Total eurozone - balance sheet exposure declined by £49.2 billion or 30% to £114.2 billion, caused mostly by significant reductions in liquidity held with the Bundesbank and in derivatives exposure to banks. Most of the latter reductions related to counterparties in the Netherlands, Germany and France, and were largely due to the sale of a part of the Group’s CDS positions.

 

 

·

Eurozone periphery - balance sheet exposure decreased to £52.9 billion, a reduction of £6.6 billion or 11%, in nearly all countries, despite the appreciation of the euro against sterling, as below:

 

Ireland - exposure decreased by £2.1 billion to £37.0 billion, in all broad product categories. Residential and commercial real estate lending declined slightly to £16.9 billion and £10.3 billion, respectively. Provisions increased by £2.8 billion, most of which related to corporate lending.

 

Spain - Group Treasury’s holdings of covered bonds (cedulas) decreased by £0.7 billion due to sales in improved market conditions. Corporate lending decreased by £1.3 billion to £2.9 billion, with commercial real estate lending more than halving, largely as a result of disposals in Non-Core, to £0.8 billion.

 

Italy - the £1.3 billion decrease in exposure to £5.2 billion reflected reductions in lending and derivatives to corporate clients. Net HFT debt exposure fluctuates as the Group is a market-maker in Italian government bonds. Off-balance sheet exposure to corporates and non-bank financial institutions also declined, by £0.7 billion.

196

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Country risk: Overview (continued)

 

Portugal - exposure declined further by £0.4 billion to £0.9 billion. The remaining exposure mainly consisted of corporate lending to a few large highly creditworthy clients and collateralised derivatives trading with the largest local banks.

 

Greece - exposure decreased by £0.2 billion to £0.4 billion, caused by reductions in lending and derivatives. The remaining exposure comprised mostly of collateralised derivatives exposure to banks and corporate lending, including exposure to local subsidiaries of international companies.

 

Cyprus - exposure increased slightly to £0.2 billion, most of which was covered by parental and export credit agency guarantees from elsewhere.

 

 

·

Germany - balance sheet exposure decreased from £48.4 billion to £23.9 billion principally owing to a £16.4 billion reduction in cash balances held with the central bank. AFS government bonds decreased by £4.1 billion in line with treasury management strategies. Lending to corporate clients decreased by £1.1 billion, principally in the commercial real estate, oil and gas, and media sectors.

 

 

·

Netherlands - balance sheet exposure decreased from £23.6 billion to £16.1 billion. AFS debt securities issued by non-bank financial institutions declined by £2.8 billion, primarily following repayments. Corporate lending decreased by £0.8 billion, primarily in commercial real estate. Off-balance sheet exposure to corporate clients decreased by £1.1 billion, mainly in the telecommunications, retail and food and consumer sectors.

 

 

·

France - balance sheet exposure decreased from £19.7 billion to £14.0 billion. The net long HFT position in government bonds declined by £1.9 billion in the course of normal trading in the rates business.

 

 

·

Japan - balance sheet exposure decreased by £6.0 billion to £5.3 billion. Net HFT and AFS government bonds fell by £5.1 billion and £1.5 billion, respectively, and derivatives exposure, largely to banks, decreased by £0.5 billion. This reflected depreciation of the yen, lower trading flows and a reduction in Japanese bonds held as derivatives collateral. Lending to the central bank increased by £0.8 billion.

 

 

·

China - lending to banks increased by £1.8 billion to £2.8 billion. Corporate lending rose by £0.5 billion to £1.5 billion, reflecting customer demand. Derivatives exposure to public sector entities decreased by £0.5 billion to £0.4 billion owing to fluctuations in short-term hedging by clients.

 

 

·

India - balance sheet exposure decreased by £1.3 billion to £3.8 billion, driven largely by reductions in lending to banks and to the telecommunications and oil and gas sectors.

 

 

·

CDS positions - the Group approximately halved its European CDS positions by consolidating its derivatives portfolio through contract terminations to reduce risks and capital requirements in line with strategic plans, while maturities reduced the positions further. This resulted in major reductions in the gross notional value of CDS protection bought and sold. Net bought protection in terms of CDS notional less fair value, also fell by £1.2 billion to £5.6 billion, with reductions particularly in the Netherlands and France.

 

 

·

Funding mismatches - the estimated funding mismatch at risk of redenomination for Ireland was £6.5 billion at the end of the year, falling from £9.0 billion a year before due to an increase in provisions and a reduction in assets. The mismatch for Spain was £6.5 billion, up from £4.5 billion as the Group reduced its local funding (and associated cost) given the improved outlook for the country. The net position for Italy fell to £0.5 billion from £1.0 billion. The net positions for Portugal, Greece and Cyprus were all minimal. Overall, perceived risks of redenomination events in the eurozone declined considerably in 2013.

 

197

 

 


 

 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

 

Country risk: Summary of country exposures

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CDS 

  

  

  

Debt securities

  

Off- 

  

  

notional 

Govt 

Central 

Other 

Other 

  

  

Total 

  

Of which 

AFS 

HFT 

Net

Balance 

balance 

Total 

  

less fair 

Gross

banks 

banks 

FI 

Corporate 

Personal 

lending 

Non-Core 

and LAR 

(net) 

Derivatives 

SFT 

sheet 

sheet 

exposure 

  

Value 

Derivatives 

SFT 

2013 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ireland

39 

116 

13 

319 

17,440 

17,667 

35,594 

  

9,262 

  

233 

248 

  

900 

73 

  

37,048 

  

2,711 

  

39,759 

  

(166)

  

2,476 

2,329 

Spain

15 

2,924 

318 

3,261 

  

1,696 

  

4,162 

853 

  

989 

  

9,265 

  

1,981 

  

11,246 

  

(444)

  

4,128 

2,126 

Italy

22 

64 

548 

968 

26 

1,628 

  

809 

  

519 

1,240 

  

1,774 

  

5,161 

  

1,962 

  

7,123 

  

(734)

  

7,183 

527 

Portugal

56 

327 

389 

  

203 

  

93 

43 

  

351 

  

876 

  

280 

  

1,156 

  

(163)

  

418 

614 

Greece

110 

14 

127 

  

52 

  

  

260 

  

387 

  

38 

  

425 

  

(12)

  

455 

Cyprus

183 

10 

193 

  

88 

  

  

16 

  

211 

  

18 

  

229 

  

  

16 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  periphery 

39 

139 

82 

939 

21,952 

18,041 

41,192 

  

12,110 

  

5,007 

2,386 

  

4,290 

73 

  

52,948 

  

6,990 

  

59,938 

  

(1,519)

  

14,676 

5,596 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Germany

3,588 

402 

683 

3,461 

90 

8,224 

  

3,351 

  

5,168 

2,524 

  

7,416 

601 

  

23,933 

  

7,189 

  

31,122 

  

(1,340)

  

35,529 

1,128 

Netherlands

1,713 

355 

627 

2,122 

22 

4,839 

  

444 

  

4,661 

819 

  

5,697 

107 

  

16,123 

  

9,763 

  

25,886 

  

(356)

  

15,388 

835 

France

406 

1,844 

195 

1,796 

79 

4,320 

  

914 

  

1,692 

1,678 

  

5,660 

631 

  

13,981 

  

9,807 

  

23,788 

  

(1,747)

  

30,644 

7,536 

Belgium

149 

211 

358 

21 

739 

  

212 

  

443 

(480)

  

2,123 

  

2,827 

  

1,170 

  

3,997 

  

(123)

  

2,966 

594 

Luxembourg

11 

95 

260 

421 

791 

  

  

75 

98 

  

581 

88 

  

1,633 

  

1,043 

  

2,676 

  

(58)

  

1,373 

253 

Other

73 

10 

36 

743 

18 

880 

  

168 

  

510 

331 

  

918 

74 

  

2,713 

  

1,202 

  

3,915 

  

(476)

  

3,554 

622 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  eurozone

518 

5,451 

2,937 

2,951 

30,853 

18,275 

60,985 

  

17,203 

  

17,556 

7,356 

  

26,685 

1,576 

  

114,158 

  

37,164 

  

151,322 

  

(5,619)

  

104,130 

16,564 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Japan

1,600 

431 

61 

670 

35 

2,797 

  

58 

  

72 

(172)

  

2,365 

202 

  

5,264 

  

352 

  

5,616 

  

  

9,057 

16,445 

China

198 

2,626 

228 

1,515 

33 

4,600 

  

31 

  

166 

13 

  

370 

  

5,150 

  

1,689 

  

6,839 

  

(14)

  

372 

830 

India

63 

759 

69 

2,000 

36 

2,927 

  

29 

  

571 

160 

  

92 

  

3,750 

  

813 

  

4,563 

  

(21)

  

190 

45 

Russia

37 

741 

947 

53 

1,783 

  

118 

  

149 

  

19 

  

1,953 

  

364 

  

2,317 

  

(65)

  

33 

27 

South Korea

622 

75 

426 

1,125 

  

  

179 

154 

  

250 

  

1,708 

  

681 

  

2,389 

  

176 

  

541 

50 

Turkey

67 

59 

148 

101 

1,023 

24 

1,422 

  

122 

  

50 

67 

  

94 

  

1,633 

  

324 

  

1,957 

  

(32)

  

119 

998 

Brazil

842 

132 

977 

  

68 

  

268 

  

84 

  

1,329 

  

245 

  

1,574 

  

12 

  

118 

 

These tables show the Group’s exposure, at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 by country of operation of the counterparty, except exposures to governments and individuals which are shown by country of residence. The country of operation is the country where the main operating assets of a legal entity are held, or where its main cash flows are generated, taking account of the entity’s dependency on subsidiaries' activities. Previously, exposures in this section were reported by country of incorporation. The new basis provides a better reflection of the country risks taken by the Group and is more in line with internal risk management. Prior period information has been revised. Countries shown are those where the Group’s balance sheet exposure to counterparties exceeded £1 billion and which had ratings of A+ or below from Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch at 31 December 2013, as well as selected eurozone countries. The exposures are stated before taking into account risk mitigants, such as guarantees, insurance or collateral (with the exception of reverse repos) which may have been put in place to reduce or eliminate exposure to country risk events. Exposures relating to ocean-going vessels are not included as they cannot be meaningfully assigned to specific countries from a country risk perspective. For a description of the governance, monitoring and management of the Group’s country risk framework and definitions, refer to Risk and balance sheet management - Country risk of the Group’s 2013 20-F.

198

 

 


 

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Country risk: Summary of country exposures (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CDS 

  

  

  

Debt securities

  

Off- 

  

  

notional 

Govt 

Central 

Other 

Other 

Corporate 

Personal 

Total 

  

Of which 

AFS 

HFT 

Net

Balance 

Balance 

Total 

  

less fair 

Gross

banks 

banks 

FI 

lending 

Non-Core 

and LAR 

(net) 

Derivatives 

SFT 

sheet 

sheet 

exposure 

  

value 

Derivatives 

SFT 

2012 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ireland

42 

73 

99 

395 

18,185 

17,890 

36,684 

  

9,595 

  

424 

363 

  

1,213 

503 

  

39,187 

  

2,855 

  

42,042 

  

(71)

  

3,244 

4,915 

Spain

73 

4,269 

340 

4,689 

  

2,780 

  

4,871 

503 

  

1,754 

  

11,817 

  

1,592 

  

13,409 

  

(375)

  

5,694 

610 

Italy

21 

222 

707 

1,533 

23 

2,515 

  

1,113 

  

977 

630 

  

2,358 

  

6,480 

  

2,669 

  

9,149 

  

(548)

  

9,653 

Portugal

128 

450 

585 

  

327 

  

180 

35 

  

514 

  

1,314 

  

332 

  

1,646 

  

(126)

  

618 

26 

Greece

180 

13 

201 

  

68 

  

  

363 

  

565 

  

40 

  

605 

  

(31)

  

609 

Cyprus

103 

14 

117 

  

95 

  

  

32 

  

153 

  

14 

  

167 

  

  

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  periphery

51 

107 

322 

1,304 

24,720 

18,287 

44,791 

  

13,978 

  

6,452 

1,536 

  

6,234 

503 

  

59,516 

  

7,502 

  

67,018 

  

(1,151)

  

19,851 

5,554 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Germany

20,005 

508 

712 

4,607 

85 

25,917 

  

3,758 

  

9,263 

3,500 

  

9,474 

264 

  

48,418 

  

7,689 

  

56,107 

  

(1,448)

  

57,285 

8,209 

Netherlands

1,822 

277 

753 

2,931 

26 

5,816 

  

1,157 

  

7,800 

647 

  

9,047 

335 

  

23,645 

  

10,775 

  

34,420 

  

(1,030)

  

23,679 

4,602 

France

494 

2,417 

209 

2,451 

71 

5,651 

  

1,621 

  

2,242 

3,581 

  

7,515 

698 

  

19,687 

  

9,675 

  

29,362 

  

(2,288)

  

45,154 

16,636 

Belgium

164 

276 

464 

22 

926 

  

416 

  

844 

564 

  

3,130 

  

5,464 

  

1,041 

  

6,505 

  

(215)

  

4,902 

476 

Luxembourg

13 

149 

493 

600 

1,259 

  

106 

  

59 

192 

  

709 

141 

  

2,360 

  

1,285 

  

3,645 

  

(206)

  

2,018 

3,858 

Other

126 

19 

90 

1,033 

14 

1,282 

  

281 

  

576 

666 

  

1,737 

  

4,269 

  

1,380 

  

5,649 

  

(437)

  

5,975 

1,432 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  eurozone

678 

21,956 

3,856 

3,837 

36,806 

18,509 

85,642 

  

21,317 

  

27,236 

10,686 

  

37,846 

1,949 

  

163,359 

  

39,347 

  

202,706 

  

(6,775)

  

158,864 

40,767 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Japan

832 

317 

207 

360 

36 

1,752 

  

123 

  

1,548 

4,890 

  

2,878 

199 

  

11,267 

  

577 

  

11,844 

  

(71)

  

13,266 

15,047 

China

183 

830 

48 

969 

31 

2,063 

  

62 

  

201 

61 

  

916 

  

3,242 

  

851 

  

4,093 

  

36 

  

221 

1,818 

India

100 

1,023 

49 

2,628 

106 

3,906 

  

170 

  

683 

391 

  

74 

  

5,054 

  

930 

  

5,984 

  

(43)

  

177 

108 

Russia

53 

848 

14 

779 

54 

1,748 

  

151 

  

160 

249 

  

120 

  

2,277 

  

518 

  

2,795 

  

(251)

  

124 

15 

South Korea

22 

771 

101 

287 

1,184 

  

  

144 

163 

  

221 

26 

  

1,738 

  

704 

  

2,442 

  

(58)

  

617 

94 

Turkey

115 

163 

82 

94 

983 

12 

1,449 

  

260 

  

56 

125 

  

93 

  

1,723 

  

481 

  

2,204 

  

(37)

  

111 

449 

Brazil

564 

69 

137 

773 

  

118 

  

14 

582 

  

197 

  

1,566 

  

310 

  

1,876 

  

394 

  

211 

 

 

 

 

 

 

199

 

 


 

 

 

Risk factors

 

Summary of our Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Set out below is a summary of certain risks which could adversely affect the Group; it should be read in conjunction with the Risk and balance sheet management section on pages 136 to 199. This summary should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. A fuller description of these and other risk factors is included in the Group’s 2013 20-F.

 

The Group’s ability to implement its new strategic plan and achieve its capital goals depends on the success of its efforts to refocus on its core strengths and the timely divestment of RBS Citizens. The Group has undertaken since 2009 an extensive restructuring, including the disposal of non-core assets as well as businesses as part of the State Aid restructuring plan approved by the EC. The Group recently created RBS CRG to manage the run down of problem assets with the goal of removing such assets from the balance sheet over the next three years. The Group has also taken steps to strengthen its capital position and established medium term targets which will require the timely divestment of RBS Citizens to achieve. The Group is also undertaking a new strategic direction which will result in a significant downsizing of the Group, including simplifying the Group by replacing the current divisional structure with three customer segments. The level of structural change required to implement the Group’s strategic and capital goals together with other regulatory requirements such as ring fencing are likely to be disruptive and increase operational risks for the Group. There is no assurance that the Group will be able to successfully implement its new strategy on which its capital plan depends or achieve its goals within the time frames contemplated or at all.

 

 

Despite the improved outlook for the global economy over the near to medium-term, actual or perceived difficult global economic conditions and increased competition, particularly in the UK, create challenging economic and market conditions and a difficult operating environment for the Group’s businesses.  Uncertainties surrounding the referendum on Scottish independence and the implications of an affirmative outcome for independence are also likely to affect the Group. These factors, together with additional uncertainty relating to the recovery of the Eurozone economy where the Group has significant exposure and the risk of a return of volatile financial markets, in part due to the monetary policies and measures carried out by central banks, have been and will continue to adversely affect the Group’s businesses, earnings, financial condition and prospects.

 

 

The Group is subject to substantial regulation and oversight, and any significant regulatory or legal developments such as that which has occurred over the past several years could have an adverse effect on how the Group conducts its business and on its results of operations and financial condition. Certain regulatory measures introduced in the UK and in Europe relating to ring-fencing of bank activities may affect the Group’s borrowing costs, may impact product offerings and the viability of certain business models and require significant restructuring with the possible transfer of a large number of customers between legal entities.

 

 

The Group could fail to attract or retain senior management, which may include members of the Group Board, or other key employees, and it may suffer if it does not maintain good employee relations.

 

 

The Group is subject to a number of regulatory initiatives which may adversely affect its business, including the UK Government’s adoption of the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013, the US Federal Reserve’s new rules for applying US capital, liquidity and enhanced prudential standards to certain of the Group’s US operations and ongoing reforms in the European Union with respect to capital requirements, stability and resolution of financial institutions, including CRD IV and other currently debated proposals such as the Resolution and Recovery Directive (RRD).

200

 

 


 

 

 

Risk factors

 

The Group’s ability to meet its obligations including its funding commitments depends on the Group’s ability to access sources of liquidity and funding. The inability to access liquidity and funding due to market conditions or otherwise or to do so at a reasonable cost due to increased regulatory constraints, could adversely affect the Group’s financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the Group’s borrowing costs and its access to the debt capital markets and other sources of liquidity depend significantly on its and the UK Government’s credit ratings which would be likely to be negatively impacted by political events, such as an affirmative outcome of the referendum for the independence of Scotland.

 

 

The Group’s business performance, financial condition and capital and liquidity ratios could be adversely affected if its capital is not managed effectively or as a result of changes to capital adequacy and liquidity requirements, including those arising out of Basel III implementation (globally or by European, UK or US authorities) as well as structural changes that may result from the implementation of ring-fencing under the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 or proposed changes of the US Federal Reserve with respect to the Group’s US operations. The Group’s ability to reach its target capital ratios in the medium term will turn on a number of factors including a significant downsizing of the Group in part through the sale of RBS Citizens.

 

 

·

The Group is, and may be, subject to litigation and regulatory and governmental investigations that may impact its business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition. Although the Group settled a number of legal proceedings and regulatory investigations during 2013, the Group is expected to continue to have a material exposure to legacy litigation and regulatory matter proceedings in the medium term. The Group also expects greater regulatory and governmental scrutiny for the foreseeable future particularly as it relates to compliance with new and existing laws and regulations such as anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws.

 

 

Operational and reputational risks are inherent in the Group’s businesses.

 

 

·

The Group is highly dependent on its information technology systems and has been and will continue to be subject to cyber attacks which expose the Group to loss of customer data or other sensitive information, and combined with other failures of the Group’s information technology systems, hinder its ability to service its clients which could result in long-term damage to the Group’s business and brand.

 

 

The Group or any of its UK bank subsidiaries may face the risk of full nationalisation or other resolution procedures, including recapitalisation of the Group or any of its UK bank subsidiaries, through bail-in which has been introduced by the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 and will come into force on a date stipulated by HM Treasury. These various actions could be taken by or on behalf of the UK Government, including actions in relation to any securities issued, new or existing contractual arrangements and transfers of part or all of the Group’s businesses.

 

 

As a result of the UK Government’s majority shareholding in the Group it may be able to exercise a significant degree of influence over the Group including on dividend policy, the election of directors or appointment of senior management or limiting the Group’s operations. The offer or sale by the UK Government of all or a portion of its shareholding in the company could affect the market price of the equity shares and other securities and acquisitions of ordinary shares by the UK Government (including through conversions of other securities or further purchases of shares) may result in the delisting of the Group from the Official List.

201

 

 


 

 

 

Risk factors

 

The actual or perceived failure or worsening credit of the Group’s counterparties or borrowers, including sovereigns in the Eurozone, and depressed asset valuations resulting from poor market conditions have led the Group to realise and recognise significant impairment charges and write-downs which have adversely affected the Group and could continue to adversely affect the Group if, due to a deterioration in economic and financial market conditions or continuing weak economic growth, it were to recognise or realise further write-downs or impairment charges.

 

 

The value of certain financial instruments recorded at fair value is determined using financial models incorporating assumptions, judgements and estimates that may change over time or may ultimately not turn out to be accurate.

 

 

Recent developments in regulatory or tax legislation and any further significant developments could have an effect on how the Group conducts its business and on its results of operations and financial condition, and the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets recognised by the Group is subject to uncertainty.

 

 

The Group is required to make planned contributions to its pension schemes and to compensation schemes in respect of certain financial institutions, either of which, independently or in conjunction with additional or increased contribution requirements may have an adverse impact on the Group’s results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

 

 

 

 

202

 

 


 

 

 

Additional information

 

Share information

 

31 December 

2013 

30 September 

2013 

31 December 

2012 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share price

338.1p 

359.9p 

324.5p 

 

 

 

 

Number of ordinary shares in issue

6,203m 

6,186m 

6,071m 

 

The following table shows the Group’s issued and fully paid share capital, owners’ equity and indebtedness on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as at 31 December 2013.

 

As at 
31 December 

 2013 

 

£m 

 

 

Share capital - allotted, called up and fully paid

 

Ordinary shares of £1

6,203 

B shares of £0.01

510 

Dividend access share of £0.01

Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01

Non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01

Non-cumulative preference shares of £1

 

 

 

6,714 

Retained income and other reserves

52,028 

 

 

Owners’ equity

58,742 

 

 

Group indebtedness

 

Subordinated liabilities

24,012 

Debt securities in issue

67,819 

 

 

Total indebtedness

91,831 

 

 

Total capitalisation and indebtedness

150,573 

 

Under IFRS, certain preference shares are classified as debt and are included in subordinated liabilities in the table above.

 

Since 31 December 2013 buybacks of debt securities net of issuances totalled £1,094 million.

 

Other than as described above, the information contained in the tables above has not changed materially since 31 December 2013.

203

 

 


 

 

Other financial data

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2013

2012*

2011*

2010*

2009*

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets (1)

(0.7%)

(0.4%)

(0.1%)

(0.1%)

(0.2%)

Return on average ordinary and B shareholders’ equity (2)

(14.5%)

(8.9%)

(3.1%)

(0.9%)

(7.4%)

Average owners’ equity as a percentage of average total assets

5.6%

5.2%

4.9%

4.6%

2.8%

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference

  share dividends (3,4)

 

 

 

 

 

  - including interest on deposits

(0.34)

0.28 

0.85 

0.95 

0.72

  - excluding interest on deposits

(4.51)

(2.99)

(0.37)

0.50 

(0.47)

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges only (3,4)

 

 

 

 

 

  - including interest on deposits

(0.36)

0.29 

0.85 

0.97 

0.77 

  - excluding interest on deposits

(6.04)

(3.81)

(0.37)

0.58 

(0.71)

 

*Restated

 

Notes:

(1)

Return on average total assets represents (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary and B shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.

(2)

Return on average ordinary and B shareholders' equity represents (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary and B shareholders expressed as a percentage of average ordinary and B shareholders' equity.

(3)

For this purpose, earnings consist of income before tax and non-controlling interests, plus fixed charges less the unremitted income of associated undertakings (share of profits less dividends received). Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits and debt securities in issue, as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor (one third of total rental expenses).

(4)

The earnings for the year ended 31 December 2013 and for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were inadequate to cover total fixed charges and preference share dividends. The coverage deficiency for total fixed charges and preference share dividends for the year ended 31 December 2013 was £8,641 million and for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were £5,578 million, £1,396 million, £422 million and £4,034 million, respectively. The coverage deficiency for fixed charges only for the year ended 31 December 2013 was £8,243 million and for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were £5,277 million, £1,396 million, £298 million and £3,099 million, respectively.

 

204

 

 


 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rajan Kapoor

Rajan Kapoor

Group Chief Accountant

11 March 2014

205

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 1

 

RBS Capital Resolution (‘RCR’)

 

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 RBS Capital Resolution

 

Background

In June 2013, in response to a recommendation by the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards, the UK Government announced it would review the case for an external ‘bad bank’, based on three objectives as originally outlined by the Chancellor:

 

·

accelerating the return of RBS to the private sector;

·

supporting the British economy; and

·

best value for the taxpayer.

 

Following this announcement, RBS worked closely with HM Treasury (‘HMT’) and its advisers to identify a pool of assets with particularly high long-term capital intensity, credit risk, low returns and/or potential stress loss in varying scenarios. The balance of this identified pool was £47 billion as at 30 June 2013. The pool was forecast to be c.£38 billion of assets as at 31 December 2013, which together with derivatives were forecast to attract c.£116 billion of RWA equivalents.

 

HMT published its report on 1 November 2013. The review concluded that the effort, risk and expense involved in the creation of an external bad bank could not be justified. It also concluded that “RBS’s existing provisions and levels of capital deducted suggested that projected future losses are appropriately covered”.

 

As a result, and in line with its new strategic direction set out on 1 November 2013, RBS announced the creation of RBS Capital Resolution (‘RCR’) to separate and wind down RBS’s high capital intensive assets. RCR will bring assets under common management and was established with the following principles:

 

·

removing risk from the balance sheet in an efficient, expedient and economic manner;

·

reducing the volatile outcomes in stressed environments; and

·

accelerating the release of capital through management and exit of the portfolio.

 

The RCR division created with effect from 1 January 2014 is of a similar size to the ex Non-Core division, but the assets were selected on a different basis and no direct comparisons should be drawn. RCR assets were selected on the basis of long term capital intensity whereas the Non-Core assets were selected based on five strategic tests.

 

 

Going forward, as part of its external reporting, the Group will provide comprehensive and transparent disclosures on the progress of RCR, including funding and capital employed and released. Furthermore, a Board Oversight Committee (‘BOC’), has been set up, reporting directly to the Group Board, to report on adherence to asset management principles and recommend changes to strategy where appropriate. The BOC comprises a quorum of any two of the Chairman of the Group Board, the Senior Independent Director, the Chair of the Group Audit Committee and the Chair of the Board Risk Committee.

 

While there are inevitable uncertain market and execution risks associated with running down such assets, it is RBS’s aspiration, subject to shareholder value, to remove most of these assets and capital from the balance sheet in three years. RCR will target a reduction in funded assets to c.£23 billion by the end of 2014; to between £15 billion and £11 billion by the end of 2015 and to less than £6 billion by the end of 2016. RCR is expected to be Common Equity Tier 1 (‘CET1’) accretive over its life and neutral for shareholder value, taking into account future regulatory capital requirements.

 

1

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 RBS Capital Resolution

 

The RCR pool of assets was forecast to be c.£38 billion and c.£116 billion RWAe(1) at its inception on 1 January 2014 based on 30 June 2013 data. Since this forecast was made:

 

·

£4.6 billion of impairments and other adjustments were recorded in respect of non-performing and other assets as a result of the change in realisation strategy noted above, with capital impact of £37 billion RWAe. The increased impairments relate to certain of the impaired or non-performing assets transferred to RCR, and reflect the revised holding strategy which has led to adverse changes in our estimates of future cash flows.

·

there were materially higher levels of disposal activity and recoveries (£5 billion) in Non-Core than had been forecast based on 30 June 2013 data, with a capital impact of £14 billion reduction in RWAe.

 

In aggregate these two factors reduced the opening funded assets by £9 billion to £29 billion and RWAe by £51 billion to £65 billion. This reduction in funded assets in the second half of the year, particularly the disposals, has also resulted in a corresponding decrease in the Group’s funding requirements.

 

At 1 January 2014, 48% of the portfolio’s funded assets are from Non-Core (excluding Ulster Bank), 17% from Ulster Bank (Core and Non-Core) and the remainder are from UK Corporate, International Banking and Markets.

 

£12 billion of assets with RWAe of £11 billion managed by Non-Core have been returned to the relevant Core divisions because they did not meet the risk and capital criteria for RCR.

 

RCR commenced on 1 January 2014 and its first results will be reported separately in the Group’s first quarter 2014 results.

 

Roll forward of funded assets

  

Note

£bn 

  

  

  

Estimated balance at 30 June 2013

  

46.8 

Disposals

(a)

(6.0)

Run-off

(b)

(4.8)

Impairments

(c)

(5.2)

Other

(d)

(1.9)

  

  

  

Balance at 31 December 2013

  

28.9 

 

Notes:

(a)

Disposals in the second half of the year, predominantly in Non-Core.

(b)

Represents repayments and amortisations, partially offset by draw down of facilities across the portfolios.

(c)

Includes all impairments in the second half of 2013, predominately in Non-Core, and reflects increased impairments relating to the creation of RCR and the related strategy.

(d)

Other includes fair value adjustments, foreign exchange movements (£1.2 billion) and finalisation of the asset pool.

 

 

 

 

(1) RWA equivalent (RWAe) is an internal metric that measures the equity capital employed in divisions. RWAe converts both performing and non-performing exposures into a consistent capital measure, being the sum of the regulatory RWAs and the regulatory capital deductions, the latter converted to RWAe by applying a multiplier. The Group applies a CET 1 ratio of 10%, consistent with that used for divisional return on equity measure; this results in an FLB3 RWAe conversion multiplier of 10.

2

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 RBS Capital Resolution

 

Roll forward of FLB3 RWAe

  

  

  

Note

£bn 

  

  

  

Estimated balance at 30 June 2013

  

136.8 

Disposals

(a)

(11.9)

Run-off

(b)

(10.9)

Impairments

(c)

(45.1)

Other

(d)

(3.9)

  

  

  

Balance at 31 December 2013

  

65.0 

 

Notes:

(a)

Includes all aspects relating to disposals including associated removal of deductions from regulatory capital.

(b)

Represents RWAe on repayments and amortisations, partially offset by draw down of facilities across the portfolios.

(c)

RWAe impairment charge.

(d)

Other includes fair value adjustments; changes to inputs for RWA calculation (including LGD, PD, and slotting category); the implementation of a new RWA model or modification of an existing model approved by the PRA, foreign exchange movements and finalisation of the asset pool.

 

The £18 billion decrease in funded assets in the second half of the year resulted in a significantly higher reduction of £72 billion in RWAe. This was due to:

 

·

impairments of £5 billion recognised in the second half of 2013 resulted in a lower capital deduction for the excess of expected loss over provisions. Allowing for a restriction in provisions allowable against expected losses, the benefit was £4.5 billion or £45 billion of RWAe.

 

 

·

disposals of £6 billion resulting in RWAe of £12 billion.

 

 

·

run-off of £5 billion with a corresponding RWAe of £11 billion.

 

Capital deductions comprised expected losses less impairment provisions (31 December 2013 - £1,774 million; 30 June 2013 - £6,047 million) and allocation of defined pension fund deficit (31 December 2013 - £58 million; 30 June 2013 - £38 million).

 

Additional details are set out on the following pages.

3

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 RBS Capital Resolution

 

Impact of the revised strategy

  

  

  

The impact of the revised strategy on key metrics of the Group is set out below.

  

  

  

  

  

Rest of the 

  

Group 

RCR 

 Group 

Funded assets

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

28.0 

16.2 

11.8 

Ulster Bank

28.0 

2.5 

25.5 

UK Corporate

105.0 

5.3 

99.7 

International Banking

48.5 

2.2 

46.3 

Markets

212.8 

2.7 

210.1 

Other divisions

317.5 

317.5 

  

  

  

  

  

739.8 

28.9 

710.9 

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

19.0 

17.3 

1.7 

Ulster Bank

8.5 

3.8 

4.7 

UK Corporate

6.2 

2.3 

3.9 

International Banking

0.5 

0.5 

Markets

0.3 

0.3 

Other divisions

4.9 

4.9 

  

  

  

  

  

39.4 

24.2 

15.2 

  

  

  

  

Impairment provision

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

13.8 

13.0 

0.8 

Ulster Bank

5.4 

2.2 

3.2 

UK Corporate

2.8 

0.9 

1.9 

International Banking

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

Markets

0.3 

0.3 

Other divisions

2.6 

2.6 

  

  

  

  

  

25.2 

16.6 

8.6 

 

4

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 RBS Capital Resolution

 

Estimated funded assets (third party assets excluding derivatives or TPA) and RWAe of RCR

Analysis of the funded assets and RWAe of RCR at 31 December 2013 and the related position at 30 June 2013 (the starting point for the identification of the portfolios of RCR) are set out below.

 

 

Non-performing (1)

  

Performing (1)

  

Total

  

Gross 

Net 

RWAe 

  

Capital 

  

Gross 

Net 

RWAe 

  

Capital 

 

Gross 

Net 

RWAe 

  

Capital 

TPA 

 TPA 

RWA 

deducts 

TPA 

 TPA 

RWA 

deducts (2)

 TPA 

 TPA 

RWA

deducts 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£m 

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£m 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

18.4 

5.8 

4.7 

0.5 

413 

  

10.8 

10.4 

21.5 

23.2 

(170)

  

29.2 

16.2 

26.2 

23.7 

243 

Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

3.9 

1.8 

6.3 

0.2 

610 

  

0.8 

0.7 

1.9 

1.9 

  

4.7 

2.5 

8.2 

2.1 

613 

UK Corporate

2.3 

1.6 

3.5 

353 

  

3.9 

3.7 

8.0 

8.0 

  

6.2 

5.3 

11.5 

8.0 

353 

International Banking

0.5 

0.4 

1.8 

178 

  

1.9 

1.8 

4.5 

4.3 

23 

  

2.4 

2.2 

6.3 

4.3 

201 

Markets

0.4 

0.1 

0.9 

91 

  

2.6 

2.6 

11.9 

8.6 

331 

  

3.0 

2.7 

12.8 

8.6 

422 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Core

7.1 

3.9 

12.5 

0.2 

1,232 

  

9.2 

8.8 

26.3 

22.8 

357 

  

16.3 

12.7 

38.8 

23.0 

1,589 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total RCR

25.5 

9.7 

17.2 

0.7 

1,645 

  

20.0 

19.2 

47.8 

46.0 

187 

  

45.5 

28.9 

65.0 

46.7 

1,832 

 

30 June 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

22.3 

11.8 

39.4 

2.2 

3,716 

  

17.9 

17.9 

31.6 

38.4 

(666)

  

40.2 

29.7 

71.0 

40.6 

3,050 

Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

5.1 

2.8 

12.9 

0.8 

1,207 

  

1.4 

1.4 

5.2 

3.8 

149 

  

6.5 

4.2 

18.1 

4.6 

1,356 

UK Corporate

2.9 

2.5 

7.6 

762 

  

4.6 

4.6 

12.3 

9.6 

265 

  

7.5 

7.1 

19.9 

9.6 

1,027 

International Banking

0.9 

0.6 

3.2 

323 

  

2.4 

2.4 

4.8 

4.2 

59 

  

3.3 

3.0 

8.0 

4.2 

382 

Markets

  

2.8 

2.8 

19.8 

17.1 

270 

  

2.8 

2.8 

19.8 

17.1 

270 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Core

8.9 

5.9 

23.7 

0.8 

2,292 

  

11.2 

11.2 

42.1 

34.7 

743 

  

20.1 

17.1 

65.8 

35.5 

3,035 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total RCR

31.2 

17.7 

63.1 

3.0 

6,008 

  

29.1 

29.1 

73.7 

73.1 

77 

  

60.3 

46.8 

136.8 

76.1 

6,085 

 

Notes:

(1)

Performing assets are those with an internal asset quality band (AQ) of 1 - 9; and non-performing assets are in AQ 10 with a probability of default being 100%.

(2)

The negative capital deductions are a result of the latent loss provisions held in respect of the performing portfolio.

 

5